Quarterlytics / Technology / Hardware, Equipment & Parts / Luna Innovations

Luna Innovations

luna · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker luna
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Hardware, Equipment & Parts
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Luna Innovations
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

(MARK ONE)
☒

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF
1934

FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

OR

☐

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT
OF 1934

FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                     TO                     
COMMISSION FILE NUMBER 000-52008

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED

(Exact name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)

54-1560050
(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)

301 1st St SW, Suite 200
Roanoke, VA 24011
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
(540) 769-8400
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

Trading Symbol
LUNA

Name of each exchange on which registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ☐     No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ☐     No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of

Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  x     No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an

emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and "emerging growth
company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer 
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company

☐
☒

  ☐

  ☐

  ☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any

new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared
or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ☐     No  x

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant on June 30, 2020 based upon the

closing price of Common Stock on such date as reported by the Nasdaq Capital Market, was approximately $176.8 million.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the issuer’s classes of common stock, as of the latest practicable date: As of March 10, 2021 there

were 31,397,642 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Specified portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement with respect to its 2021 Annual Meeting of stockholders, anticipated to be filed within 120 days

after the end of its fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this annual report on Form 10-K.

 
 
Table of Contents

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2020

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV

Item 15.
Item 16.
SIGNATURES

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosure

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

3
10
27
27
27
27

28
30
32
42
43
76
76
77

78
78
78
78
78

79
84
84

 
Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K, including the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operation” section
in Item 7 of this report, and other materials accompanying this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of
Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended. All statements other than
statements  of  historical  facts  are  “forward-looking  statements”  for  purposes  of  these  provisions,  including  those  relating  to  future  events  or  our  future
financial  performance.  In  some  cases,  you  can  identify  these  forward-  looking  statements  by  words  such  as  “intends,”  “will,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,”
“expects,”  “may,”  “might,”  “estimates,”  “believes,”  “should,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  or  “continue,”  or  the  negative  of  those  words  and
other comparable words, and other words or terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of future operating or financial performance.
Similarly, statements that describe our business strategy, goals, prospects, opportunities, outlook, objectives, plans or intentions are also forward-looking
statements.  These  statements  are  only  predictions  and  may  relate  to,  but  are  not  limited  to,  expectations  of  future  operating  results  or  financial
performance, capital expenditures, introduction of new products, regulatory compliance, plans for growth and future operations, the potential impacts of
the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, operations and financial results, the potential benefits of our acquisition of OptaSense, as well as assumptions
relating to the foregoing.

These  statements  are  based  on  current  expectations  and  assumptions  regarding  future  events  and  business  performance  and  involve  known  and
unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual events or results to be materially different from any future events or results expressed
or implied by these statements. These factors include those set forth in the following discussion and within Item 1A “Risk Factors” of this Annual Report
on Form 10-K and elsewhere within this report.

You should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the filing date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
You should carefully review the risk factors described in other documents that we file from time to time with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
(“SEC”). Except as required by applicable law, including the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not plan to publicly update or revise any forward-
looking statements, whether as a result of any new information, future events or otherwise, other than through the filing of periodic reports in accordance
with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

We have proprietary rights to a number of trademarks used in this Annual Report which are important to our business. Solely for convenience, the
trademarks and trade names in this prospectus are referred to without the ® and TM symbols, but such references should not be construed as any indicator
that their respective owners will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, their rights thereto. All other trademarks, trade names and service
marks appearing in this Annual Report are the property of their respective owners.

RISK FACTORS SUMMARY

Our  business  is  subject  to  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties,  including  those  risks  discussed  at-length  below.  These  risks  include,  among  others,  the
following:

•

•

Risks Relating to our Business

◦ Our technology is subject to a license from Intuitive Surgical, Inc., which is revocable in certain circumstances. Without this license, we

cannot continue to market, manufacture or sell our fiber-optic products.

◦ We depend on third-party vendors for specialized components in our manufacturing operations, making us vulnerable to supply shortages

and price fluctuations that could harm our business.

◦ As  a  provider  of  contract  research  to  the  U.S.  government,  we  are  subject  to  federal  rules,  regulations,  audits  and  investigations,  the

violation or failure of which could adversely affect our business.

◦ We  rely  and  will  continue  to  rely  on  contracts  and  grants  awarded  under  the  Small  Business  Innovation  Research  program  for  a
significant  portion  of  our  revenues.  A  finding  by  the  SBA  that  we  no  longer  qualify  to  receive  Small  Business  Innovation  Research
awards could adversely affect our business.

◦ Our products must meet exacting specifications, and defects and failures may occur, which may cause customers to return or stop buying

◦

our products.
The markets for many of our products are characterized by changing technology which could cause obsolescence of our products, and we
may incur substantial costs in delivering new products.

Risks Relating to our Operations and Business Strategy

◦

If we fail to properly evaluate and execute our strategic initiatives, it could have an adverse effect on our future results and the market
price of our common stock.

1

Table of Contents

•

•

•

◦

Health  epidemics,  including  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  have  had,  and  could  in  the  future  have,  an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,
operations, and the markets and communities in which we and our customers and suppliers operate.

Risks Relating to our Regulatory Environment

◦ Our operations are subject to domestic and foreign laws, regulations and restrictions, and noncompliance with these laws, regulations and
restrictions could expose us to fines, penalties, suspension or debarment, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability
and overall financial position.

◦ We  are  or  may  become  subject  to  a  variety  of  privacy  and  data  security  laws,  and  our  failure  to  comply  with  them  could  harm  our

business.

Risks Relating to our Intellectual Property

◦ Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our technologies.
◦

Third parties may claim that we infringe their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expense as a
result.

Risks Relating to our Common Stock

◦ Our common stock price has been volatile and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially in the future,

which could cause you to lose all or a substantial part of your investment.

◦ Anti-takeover  provisions  in  our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  Delaware  law  could  discourage  or
prevent a change in control, even if an acquisition would be beneficial to our stockholders, which could affect our stock price adversely
and prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

2

Table of Contents

ITEM 1.    BUSINESS

Company Overview and Business Model

PART I

        Luna  Innovations  Incorporated  ("we"  or  the  "Company")  is  a  leader  in  advanced  optical  technology,  providing  high  performance  fiber  optic  test,
measurement  and  control  products  for  the  telecommunications  and  photonics  industries;  and  distributed  fiber  optic  sensing  solutions  that  measure,  or
“sense,” the structures for industries ranging from aerospace, automotive, energy, oil and gas, security and infrastructure.

Our communications test and control products help customers test their fiber optic networks and assemblies with speed and precision in both lab
and  production  environments,  accelerating  the  development  of  fiber  optic  products  and  assuring  accurate  testing  of  optical  components  like  photonic
integrated circuits ("PICs") and coherent receivers, which are both critical elements of meeting the world’s exponentially growing demand for bandwidth.
Our distributed fiber optic sensing products help designers and manufacturers more efficiently develop new and innovative products by measuring stress,
strain, and temperature at a high resolution for new designs or manufacturing processes. In addition, our distributed fiber optic sensing products ensure the
safety  and  structural  integrity  or  operational  health  of  critical  assets  in  the  field,  by  monitoring  stress,  strain,  and  vibration  in  large  civil  and  industrial
infrastructure such as bridges, roads, pipelines and borders. We also provide applied research services, typically under research programs funded by the
U.S. government, in areas of sensing and instrumentation, advanced materials, optical technologies and health sciences.

We are organized into two main reporting segments, our Lightwave segment and our Luna Labs segment. Our Lightwave segment consists of our
fiber optics testing, measurement and sensing solutions. Our Lightwave segment revenues represented approximately 71% and 70% of our total revenues
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

    Our Luna Labs segment performs applied research principally in the areas of sensing and instrumentation, advanced materials, optical technologies and
health sciences. Our Luna Labs segment comprised approximately 29% and 30% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.  Most  of  the  government  funding  for  our  Luna  Labs  segment  is  derived  from  the  Small  Business  Innovation  Research  ("SBIR")  program
coordinated by the U.S. Small Business Administration ("SBA").

    Our SBIR research is focused on technological areas with commercial potential and we strive to commercialize any resulting scientific advancements.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, approximately 32% of our total revenues were generated under the SBIR program, compared to 35% for the year
ended December 31, 2019.

    For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, 35% and 40%, respectively, of our total revenues were derived from the U.S. government.

Acquisitions

OptaSense Holdings Limited

On December 3, 2020, we acquired OptaSense Holdings Limited ("OptaSense") for $38.9 million, or £29.0 million, in cash. OptaSense, based in
Farnborough, United Kingdom ("UK") and formerly owned by QinetiQ Holdings Limited, is a market leader in fiber optic distributed monitoring solutions
for pipelines, oilfield services, security, highways and railways, and in power and utilities monitoring systems. The acquisition of OptaSense provided us
with important distributed acoustic sensing ("DAS") intellectual property and products. OptaSense's technology and products and geographic footprint are
highly complementary to our Lightwave segment which we believe will accelerate our technology roadmap and overall growth.

General Photonics Corporation

On  March  1,  2019,  we  acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  General  Photonics  Corporation  ("GP"),  a  leading  provider  of  innovative
components, modules and test equipment focused on the generation, measurement and control of polarized light critical in fiber optic-based applications for
aggregate consideration of $20.0 million, inclusive of $19.0 million paid at closing and $1.0 million of contingent consideration paid in 2020 related to
certain earn-out provisions.

3

 
Table of Contents

Lightwave

Our  Lightwave  segment  develops,  manufactures  and  markets  distributed  fiber  optic  sensing  products  and  fiber  optic  communications  test  and
control products. We develop and commercialize our fiber optic technology for sensing applications for aerospace, automotive, energy and infrastructure as
well  as  for  test  and  measurement  applications  in  the  telecommunications  and  data  communications  industries.  Our  Lightwave  segment  also  performs
applied research principally in the areas of optical and terahertz technologies.

Our  key  initiative  for  long  term  growth  is  to  become  a  leading  provider  of  fiber  optic  test,  measurement,  control  and  sensing  equipment.  The
acquisition  of  OptaSense  added  distributed  acoustic  sensing  technology  to  our  existing  suite  of  sensing  products  and  provided  for  expansion  into  high-
growth markets such as security and perimeter detection, smart infrastructure monitoring and oil and gas. Our products have historically been strong in
long-range, discrete sensing and short range, fully distributed sensing which are best when specific, known locations needed to be monitored. OptaSense's
product offering has helped us fill a gap for long range, fully distributed measurement, which is best for applications where signals can occur anywhere
along the length of the sensor.

Our primary product lines in our Lightwave segment are described in more detail below.

Communications Test and Photonic Controls Products

Test and Measurement Equipment for Fiber Optic Components and Sub-Assemblies

Our product lines in the optical test and measurement domain include our Optical Vector Analyzer, our Optical Backscatter Reflectometer, and our

Phoenix family of tunable lasers.

    Our optical test and measurement products primarily serve the telecommunications industry, as well as provide valuable applications in other fields. Our
test  and  measurement  products  test  and  monitor  the  integrity  of  fiber  optic  network  components  and  sub-assemblies.  These  products  are  designed  for
manufacturers and suppliers of optical components and sub-assemblies allowing them to reduce development, test and production costs and improve the
quality  of  their  products.  Our  products  are  particularly  useful  for  characterizing  and  testing  photonic  integrated  circuits,  such  as  silicon  photonics
components, which are a critical technology enabling the growing worldwide demand for internet connectivity. Most manufacturers and suppliers of optical
components and modules currently use a combination of different types of optical test equipment to measure performance and identify failures in optical
networks,  such  as  bad  splices,  bends,  crimps  and  other  reflective  and  non-reflective  events  that  can  cause  defects  and  negatively  impact  product
performance. Our optical test equipment products eliminate the need to employ multiple test products by addressing all stages of the end user’s product
development lifecycle, including design verification, component qualification, assembly process verification and failure analysis.

Polarization Control

    Our polarization control products include components, modules and instruments to measure, manage and control polarization and group delay in fiber
optic  networks.  Our  proprietary  fiber  optic  squeezing  technology  enables  a  high-  performance  polarization  control  and  measurement  system  for  the
accurate measurement of polarization properties of light sources and optical materials. We also manufacture and sell fiber optic coils for use in gyroscopes.

Tunable Lasers
        Our  swept  tunable  lasers  are  integrated  into  current  and  new  products  to  help  customers  build  faster,  more  flexible  and  cost-effective  test  and
measurement products. Our laser has desirable properties in the quality of the laser light produced, the speed at which it can operate, the small size of the
package,  and  the  environmental  conditions  in  which  it  can  operate,  making  it  possible  to  bring  these  capabilities  out  of  the  laboratory,  and  into  more
demanding environments such as aircraft structural health monitoring, automotive manufacturing, green energy and industrial applications.

Sensing and Non-Destructive Test Products

ODiSI Sensing Solution
    Our ODiSI products provide fully distributed strain and temperature measurements delivering an extraordinary amount of data by using an optical fiber
as a continuous sensor to produce measurements every millimeter for a sensor up to 50 meters in length. Compared to traditional sensing methods, such as
electrical  strain  gages,  this  technology  provides  greater  insight  into  the  performance,  tolerances  and  failure  mechanisms  of  composite  structures  and
vehicles and can be integrated into locations and environments not accessible with traditional sensors. We believe our ODiSI products provide exceptional
value to the

4

Table of Contents

aerospace and automotive industries as they continue to adopt electrification and move to lighter weight systems made of composite structures.

ODiSI incorporates multiple channels of fiber optic sensors whose inputs are integrated through an advanced measurement system and software
using fiber optic sensing technology with our innovative monitoring system that allows several thousand sensors to be networked along a single optical
fiber.

Hyperion Sensing Solution

Our  Hyperion  sensing  products  expand  our  capabilities  in  fiber  optic  sensing  by  providing  distributed  sensing  using  hundreds  of  Fiber-Bragg
Grating ("FBG") or Extrinsic Fabry-Perot ("FP") sensors integrated into long-rage sensors of up to 40km in length, measured at sampling rates up to 5KHz.
Hyperion enables rapid full-spectrum data acquisition and flexible peak detect algorithms of FBGs, Long Period FBGs and FP sensors with low-latency
access to data for closed-loop feedback applications. Our Hyperion products target fiber optic sensing applications that require more dynamic measurement
capabilities or longer distances than provided by our ODiSI platform, like monitoring of large, civil and industrial infrastructure.

Terahertz Sensing Systems

    Our Terametrix terahertz ("THz") gauging and imaging product line uses pulsed THz waves to provide precise single- and multi-layer thickness, density,
basis  weight  and  caliper  thickness  measurements  to  serve  the  industrial,  non-destructive  testing,  and  research  markets.  Similar  to  x-ray  images,  THz
wavelengths penetrate through most non-conductive materials and can easily reveal imperfections such as voids, cracks, and density variations. THz offers
a significant advantage over x-rays because the radiation is non-ionizing and thus is completely safe. THz technology, unlike other traditional methods, is
non-contact, works with both opaque and translucent materials, and works well for multilayer structures. The ability to accurately measure layer thickness
is critical for ensuring consistent quality, minimizing defects and reducing material usage for products such as tubing, tires, plastic bottles, adhesives and
coatings. Handheld THz sensors can measure and scan specialty coatings and multilayer structures to check thickness consistency and locate subsurface
defects. THz systems can be used to inspect the high-performance coatings used on military aircraft, verifying thickness of applied coatings with submicron
accuracy.

Distributed Acoustic Sensing Products

OptaSense

Our line of advanced DAS interrogator units deliver superior measurements for a wide range of applications from advanced industrial monitoring

through high performance geophysical measurements. Applications of these units include real-time pipeline monitoring preventing disruption flow,
advance monitoring and evaluation of reservoir and wellbore to reduce risk and optimize recovery, real-time information detection on highways and
railways for traffic management and ensuring safety, cost-effective surveillance of borders and national assets and the precise detection of faults in power
and utility infrastructure. Our DAS operations include a market leading laser technology company that supports and vertically integrates the most critical
element of the DAS system, its internal laser.

Sales and Marketing

    We primarily market our fiber optic test, measurement and control products to telecommunications companies, defense agencies, government system
integrators, researchers, original equipment manufacturers, distributors, testing labs and strategic partners worldwide. We have a regional sales force that
markets and sells our products directly as well as through manufacturer representative organizations to customers in North America and through partner
and distribution channels for sales outside of North America, including the EMEA, LATAM and APAC regions. We have a dedicated sales force for direct
marketing of our distributed sensing products, with an initial focus on customers in the automotive, aerospace, and energy industries.

    We sell and market our THz instruments primarily to original equipment manufacturers through a mix of technical sales engineers, value added resellers
and independent sales representatives. We market these products and capabilities through industry specific channels, including the internet, industry trade
shows and through trade journals.

    We believe that we provide a high level of support in developing and maintaining our long-term relationships with our customers. Customer service and
support are provided through our offices and those of our partners that are located throughout the world.

5

Table of Contents

Luna Labs

    We provide applied research for customers in our primary areas of focus, including sensing and materials such as coatings, adhesives, composites and
bio-engineered materials. We generally compete to win contracts in these areas on a fee-for-service basis. Our Luna Labs segment has a successful track
record of evaluating innovative technologies to address the needs of our customers.

    We seek to maximize the benefits of our contract research business by generating revenue and identifying promising technologies to develop. We focus
primarily on opportunities in which we develop intellectual property rights in areas that we believe we can commercialize. We take a disciplined approach
to contract research to ensure the costs of contracts we undertake will be fully reimbursed. We believe this model is cost-efficient and significantly reduces
our development risk by enabling us to defray the development costs of higher risk technology with third-party funding.

    While we conduct our applied research on a fee-for-service basis for third parties, we seek to retain full or partial rights to the technologies and patents
we  develop  under  these  contracts  to  continuously  enlarge  and  strengthen  our  intellectual  property  portfolio.  New  technology  that  we  develop  may
complement  our  existing  technologies  and  enable  us  to  develop  applications  and  products  that  were  previously  not  possible.  In  addition,  the  new
technologies we develop may have commercial markets beyond the scope of the applications originally contemplated in the contract research stage, and we
endeavor to capture the value of those opportunities. Funded research and development within this business segment was $23.6 million and $21.4 million
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

    Each year, U.S. government federal agencies and departments are required to allocate a portion of their grant awards for SBIR-qualified organizations.
SBIR contracts include Phase I feasibility contracts of up to $225,000 and Phase II proof-of-concept contracts, which can be as high as $1,500,000. We
have  won  three  National  Tibbetts  Awards  from  the  SBA  for  outstanding  SBIR  performance.  We  have  also  won  research  contracts  outside  the  SBIR
program from corporations and government entities. These contracts typically have a longer duration and higher value than SBIR grants. In the future, we
seek to derive a larger portion of our contract research revenues from contracts outside of the SBIR program.

Materials

        We  are  actively  developing  a  wide  variety  of  materials.  For  example,  we  have  developed  a  range  of  coatings,  including  both  hydrophobic  and
superoleophobic coatings. These coatings are being evaluated for use in a number of applications. Other coatings under development include anti-corrosion
and damage-indicating coatings.

    We are also working on a variety of bioengineered materials for homeostatic agents and wound healing. These materials must be approved by the FDA
or similar foreign regulatory agencies before they can be marketed, which we do not expect to occur for at least several years, if at all.

Sensing

    Our Luna Labs segment also performs a significant amount of applied research towards developing new sensors. This includes sensors for the purpose of
corrosion,  temperature,  strain,  pressure,  structural  health  and  chemical  detection.  Much  of  the  work  is  directed  to  harsh  environments  and  uses  optics.
Examples  include  measuring  temperature  and  neutron  flux  in  nuclear  reactors,  pressure  and  temperature  in  gas  turbines  and  temperatures  of  cryogenic
lines. The effort utilizes both discrete and distributed sensors. Our technology development work in this area is closely aligned with our Lightwave segment
and is directed at advancing the technology and the development of new applications.

Intellectual Property

    We seek patent protection on inventions that we consider important to the operations of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, trademark,
copyright and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions to protect our
proprietary technology and our brand. We control access to our proprietary technology and enter into confidentiality and invention assignment agreements
with our employees and consultants and confidentiality agreements with other third parties.

    Our success depends in part on our ability to develop patentable products and obtain, maintain and enforce patent and trade secret protection for our
products, including successfully defending our patents against third-party challenges both in the United States and in other countries. We will only be able
to protect our technologies from unauthorized use by third parties to the extent that we own or have licensed valid and enforceable patents or trade secrets
that cover them. Furthermore, the degree of future protection of our proprietary rights is uncertain because we may not be able to obtain patent protection
on some or all

6

Table of Contents

of  our  technology  and  because  legal  means  afford  only  limited  protection  and  may  not  adequately  protect  our  rights  or  permit  us  to  gain  or  keep  our
competitive advantage.

    Currently, we own or license approximately 527 U.S. and international patents and approximately 122 U.S. and international patent applications. Our
issued patents generally have terms that are scheduled to expire between 2021 and 2037. The patents scheduled to expire in 2021 are not expected to have a
significant impact on our revenues or results of operations. Patents may not be issued for any pending or future pending patent applications owned by or
licensed to us. Claims allowed under any issued patent or future issued patent owned or licensed by us may not be valid or sufficiently broad to protect our
technologies. Any issued patents owned by or licensed to us now or in the future may be challenged, invalidated or circumvented, and, in addition, the
rights  under  such  patents  may  not  provide  us  with  competitive  advantages.  In  addition,  competitors  may  design  around  our  technology  or  develop
competing technologies. To the extent we elect to pursue, intellectual property rights may also be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries, which
could make it easier for competitors to capture or increase their market share with respect to related technologies.

    A discussion of our material in-licensed patents is set forth below.

Shape Sensing Patents

    As a part of our sale of assets associated with our fiber optic shape sensing technology in the medical field to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. ("Intuitive") in 2014,
we transferred our related patents to Intuitive. Also, as a part of this transaction, we entered into a revocable license agreement with Intuitive pursuant to
which we have the right to use all of our transferred technology outside the field of medicine and in respect of our existing non-shape sensing products in
certain non-robotic medical fields. Two U.S. patents that we now license back from Intuitive cover the use of optical frequency domain reflectometry and
multiple, closely spaced Bragg gratings for shape sensing, and the use of the inherent scatter as a strain sensor for shape sensing. These two patents expire
in  July  2025.  We  also  license  back  from  Intuitive  patents  and  patent  applications  that  cover  certain  refinements  to  the  measurements  covered  in  the
foregoing two patents and related technologies, which are necessary in order to achieve the necessary accuracies for medical and other applications. These
patent applications were filed in the United States, the European Patent Office, China, India, Russia, Brazil, Japan, Indonesia and elsewhere. These patents
and patent applications can support other nonmedical applications of our fiber optic shape sensing technology.

Coherent

        In  December  2006,  we  entered  into  an  asset  transfer  and  license  agreement  with  Coherent,  Inc.  Under  the  agreement,  we  acquired  the  rights  to
manufacture Coherent’s “Iolon” brand of swept tunable lasers as well as certain manufacturing equipment and inventory previously used by Coherent to
manufacture the lasers. We continue to enhance, produce and market these lasers under our “Phoenix” brand. Under this agreement, Coherent granted non-
exclusive licenses to us for certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned or controlled by Coherent for making, having made, using,
importing, selling and offering for sale the lasers. This agreement expired in 2016. However, the patent licenses became fully paid and perpetual, as we
fulfilled our royalty obligations during the 10-year period and the license to the other intellectual property rights is perpetual. These U.S. patents expire
between 2020 and 2022. As consideration, we paid Coherent a total of $1.3 million in addition to paying royalties on net sales of products sold by us that
incorporate the lasers or that are manufactured using the intellectual property covered by the licenses.

The Phoenix laser is a miniaturized, external-cavity laser offering high performance in a compact footprint and is applicable to a range of fiber optic
test  and  measurement,  instrumentation,  and  sensing  applications.  These  products  employ  frequency-tuned  lasers  to  measure  various  aspects  of  the
transmission  properties  of  telecommunications  fiber  optic  components  and  systems.  Lasers  are  also  used  in  fiber  optic  sensing  applications  such  as
distributed strain and temperature mapping, and distributed measurement of shape. We currently use these lasers within our ODiSI platform of products,
our fiber optic shape sensing products and certain of our backscatter reflectometer products, and we also sell variations of the Phoenix laser as standalone
products. Under our agreements related to our sale of assets to Intuitive, we have certain obligations to supply Intuitive with these lasers.

Divestitures

Sale of High-Speed Optical Receiver ("HSOR") Business

    On August 9, 2017, we completed the sale of our HSOR business, which was part of our Lightwave segment, to Macom Technology Solutions Inc.
("Macom") for an initial purchase price of $33.5 million, of which $29.5 million in cash has been received, and $4.0 million was placed into escrow until
December  15,  2018  for  possible  working  capital  adjustments  to  the  purchase  price  and  potential  satisfaction  of  certain  post-closing  indemnification
obligations. The HSOR business was a

7

Table of Contents

component of the operations of Advanced Photonix, Inc., which we acquired in May 2015. In December 2018, we received $1.5 million of the escrow
amount. In March 2020, we settled a dispute regarding the remaining $2.5 million in escrow resulting in us receiving $0.6 million and Macom receiving
$1.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we have recorded a loss from discontinued operations of $1.4 million, net of income tax benefit, to
reflect the settlement of the dispute.

Sale of Luna Optoelectronics

    In July 2018 we sold substantially all of the assets associated with our custom optoelectronic components and sub-assemblies business for total cash
consideration of $17.5 million, paid at closing, in addition to contingent consideration of up to $1.0 million. The contingent consideration is subject to the
optoelectronic business achieving specified revenue targets for the 18-month period following the closing date. We did not receive any of the additional
$1.0 million of consideration because the minimum revenue targets were not achieved.

Corporate History

We were incorporated in the Commonwealth of Virginia in 1990 and reincorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2003. We completed our
initial public offering in June 2006. Our executive offices are located at 301 1st St SW, Suite 200, Roanoke, Virginia 24011 and our main telephone number
is (540) 769-8400.

Competition

We compete with a variety of companies in several different product markets. The products that we have developed or are currently developing
will compete with other technologically innovative products, as well as products incorporating conventional materials and technologies. We expect that we
will compete with companies that manufacture test and measurement equipment for a wide range of industries, including aerospace, defense, healthcare,
telecommunications,  energy  (including  oil  and  gas  and  green  energy),  industrial  measurement,  and  security  applications.  Although  there  can  be  no
assurance that we will continue to do so, we believe that we compete favorably in these areas because our products leverage advanced technologies to offer
superior performance. If we are unable to effectively compete in these areas in the future, we could lose business to our competitors, which could harm our
operating results.

We  also  compete,  or  will  compete,  for  government,  university  and  corporate  research  contracts  relating  to  a  broad  range  of  technologies.
Competition for contract research is intense and the industry has few barriers to entry. We compete against a number of in-house research and development
departments of major corporations, as well as a number of small, limited-service contract research providers and companies backed by large venture capital
firms. The contract research industry continues to experience consolidation, which has resulted in greater competition for clients. Increased competition
might lead to price and other forms of competition that could harm our operating results. We compete for contract research on the basis of a number of
factors, including reliability, past performance, expertise and experience in specific areas, scope of service offerings, technological capabilities and price.

Government Regulation

Qualification for Small Business Innovation Research Grants

    SBIR is a highly competitive program that encourages small businesses to explore their technological potential and provides them with incentives to
commercialize their technologies by funding research that might otherwise be prohibitively expensive or risky for companies like us. As noted above, we
presently derive a significant portion of our revenue from this program, but we must continue to qualify for the SBIR program in order to be eligible to
receive future SBIR awards. The eligibility requirements are:

• Ownership. The company must be more than 50 percent owned and controlled by U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens, or owned by an entity

that is itself more than 50 percent owned and controlled by U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens; and

•

Size. The company, including its affiliates, cannot have more than 500 employees.

    These requirements are set forth in the SBA’s regulations and are interpreted by the SBA’s Office of Hearings and Appeals. In determining whether we
satisfy the more than 50% ownership requirement, agreements to merge, stock options, convertible debt and other similar instruments are given “present
effect” by the SBA as though the underlying security were actually issued unless the exercisability or conversion of such securities is speculative, remote or
beyond  the  control  of  the  security  holder.  We  therefore  believe  our  outstanding  options  and  warrants  held  by  eligible  individuals  may  be  counted  as
outstanding  equity  for  purposes  of  meeting  the  more  than  50%  equity  ownership  requirement.  We  believe  that  we  are  in  compliance  with  the  SBA
ownership requirements.

8

Table of Contents

    In addition, to be eligible for SBIR contracts, the number of our employees, including those of any entities that are considered to be affiliated with us,
cannot exceed 500. As of December 31, 2020, we, including all of our divisions, had 426 full- and part-time employees. In determining whether we have
500 or fewer employees, the SBA may count the number of employees of entities that are large stockholders who are “affiliated” or have the power to
control us. In determining whether firms are affiliated, the SBA evaluates factors such as stock ownership and common management, but it ultimately may
make  its  determination  based  on  the  totality  of  the  circumstances.  Eligibility  protests  can  be  raised  to  the  SBA  by  a  competitor  or  by  the  awarding
contracting agency. If we grow larger, and if our ownership becomes more diversified, we may no longer qualify for the SBIR program, and we may be
required to seek alternative sources and partnerships to fund some of our research and development costs. Additional information regarding these risks may
be found below in “Risk Factors.”

Environmental, Health and Safety Regulation

    Our facilities and current and proposed activities involve the use of a broad range of materials that are considered hazardous under applicable laws and
regulations. Accordingly, we are subject to a number of domestic and foreign laws and regulations and other requirements relating to employee health and
safety, protection of the environment, product labeling and product take back. Regulated activities include the storage, use, transportation and disposal of,
and exposure to, hazardous or potentially hazardous materials and wastes. Our current and proposed activities also include potential exposure to physical
hazards associated with work environment and equipment. We could incur costs, fines, civil and criminal penalties, personal injury and third-party property
damage claims, or we could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to violate or become liable under environmental,
health and safety laws and regulations or requirements. Liability under environmental, health and safety laws can be joint and several and without regard to
fault. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental, health and safety laws will not occur in the future as a result of the inability to obtain
permits in a timely manner, human error, equipment failure or other causes. Environmental, health and safety laws could also become more stringent over
time, imposing greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could harm our business. Further, violations of
present and future environmental, health and safety laws could restrict our ability to expand facilities and pursue certain technologies, as well as require us
to acquire costly equipment or to incur potentially significant costs to comply with environmental, health and safety regulations and other requirements.

    We have made, and will continue to make, expenditures to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety laws. We anticipate that we
could incur additional capital and operating costs in the future to comply with existing environmental, health and safety laws and new requirements arising
from new or amended statutes and regulations. In addition, because the applicable regulatory agencies have not yet promulgated final standards for some
existing environmental, health and safety programs, we cannot at this time reasonably estimate the cost for compliance with these additional requirements.
The amount of any such compliance costs could be material. We cannot predict the impact that future regulations will impose upon our business.

Employees

       As  of  December  31,  2020,  we  had  approximately  411  full-time  employees  and  15  part-time  employees,  including  approximately  179  in  research,
development and engineering positions, approximately 140 in operations, approximately 56 in sales and marketing, and approximately 51 in administrative
positions. None of our employees are covered by a collective bargaining agreement, and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.

Backlog

    Our backlog of purchase orders received for which the related goods have not been shipped or recognized as revenue, primarily within our Lightwave
segment, was $28.2 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

    We have historically had a backlog of contracts, primarily within our Luna Labs segment, for which work has been scheduled, but for which a specified
portion of work has not yet been completed. The approximate value of our backlog was $26.8 million and $31.3 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019,
respectively.

    We define backlog as the dollar amount of obligations payable to us under negotiated contracts upon completion of a specified portion of work that has
not  yet  been  completed,  exclusive  of  revenues  previously  recognized  for  work  already  performed  under  these  contracts,  if  any.  Total  backlog  includes
funded  backlog,  which  is  the  amount  for  which  money  has  been  directly  authorized  by  the  U.S.  government  or  for  which  a  purchase  order  has  been
received from a commercial customer, and unfunded backlog, which represents firm orders for which funding has not yet been appropriated. Unfunded
backlog  was  $5.0  million  and  $2.2  million  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  Indefinite  delivery  and  quantity  contracts  and  unexercised
options are not reported in total backlog. Our backlog is subject to delays or program cancellations that may be beyond our control.

9

Table of Contents

Website Access to Reports

        Our  website  address  is  www.lunainc.com.  We  make  available,  free  of  charge  under  “SEC  Filings”  on  the  Investor  Relations  portion  of  our  website,
access to our annual report on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K, as well as amendments to those reports
filed  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  13(a)  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as  amended,  as  soon  as  reasonably  practicable  after  such
material is electronically filed with or furnished to the SEC. Information appearing on our website is not incorporated by reference in and is not a part of
this annual report. The SEC maintains an internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding our filings at
www.sec.gov.

ITEM 1A.    RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. The risks described below are not the
only ones we face. Additional risks not presently known to us or that we currently believe are immaterial may also impair our business operations and
financial results. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be adversely affected. In such
case, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. Our filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission also contain forward-looking statements that involve risks or uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated or
contemplated by these forward-looking statements as a result of a number of factors, including the risks we face described below, as well as other variables
that could affect our operating results. Past financial performance should not be considered to be a reliable indicator of future performance, and investors
should not use historical trends to anticipate results or trends in future periods.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

Our technology is subject to a license from Intuitive Surgical, Inc., which is revocable in certain circumstances. Without this license, we cannot
continue to market, manufacture or sell our fiber-optic products.

As a part of the sale of certain assets to Intuitive Surgical, Inc. ("Intuitive") in 2014, we entered into a license agreement with Intuitive pursuant to
which we received rights to use all of our transferred technology outside the field of medicine and in respect of our existing non-shape sensing products in
certain  non-robotic  medical  fields.  This  license  back  to  us  is  revocable  if  after  notice  and  certain  time  periods,  we  were  to  (i)  challenge  the  validity  or
enforceability of the transferred patents and patent applications, (ii) commercialize our fiber optical shape sensing and localization technology in the field
of  medicine  (except  to  perform  on  a  development  and  supply  project  for  Hansen  Medical,  Inc.),  (iii)  violate  our  obligations  related  to  our  ability  to
sublicense in the field of medicine or (iv) violate our confidentiality obligations in a manner that advantages a competitor in the field of medicine and not
cure such violation. Maintaining this license is necessary for us to conduct our fiber-optic products business, both for our telecom products and our ODiSI
sensing products. If this license were to be revoked by Intuitive, we would no longer be able to market, manufacture or sell these products which could
have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We depend on third-party vendors for specialized components in our manufacturing operations, making us vulnerable to supply shortages and price
fluctuations that could harm our business.

We primarily rely on third-party vendors for the manufacture of the specialized components used in our products. The highly specialized nature of
our  supply  requirements  poses  risks  that  we  may  not  be  able  to  locate  additional  sources  of  the  specialized  components  required  in  our  business.  For
example, there are few manufacturers who produce the special lasers used in our optical test equipment. Our reliance on these vendors subjects us to a
number of risks that could negatively affect our ability to manufacture our products and harm our business, including interruption of supply, including as a
result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Although  we  are  now  manufacturing  tunable  lasers  in  low-rate  initial  production,  we  expect  our  overall  reliance  on
third-party  vendors  to  continue.  Any  significant  delay  or  interruption  in  the  supply  of  components,  or  our  inability  to  obtain  substitute  components  or
materials from alternate sources at acceptable prices and in a timely manner could impair our ability to meet the demand of our customers and could harm
our business.

We depend upon outside contract manufacturers for a portion of the manufacturing process for some of our products. Our operations and revenue
related to these products could be adversely affected if we encounter problems with these contract manufacturers.

10

Table of Contents

Many  of  our  products  are  manufactured  internally.  However,  we  also  rely  upon  contract  manufacturers  to  produce  the  finished  portion  of  certain
lasers. Our reliance on contract manufacturers for these products makes us vulnerable to possible capacity constraints and reduced control over delivery
schedules,  manufacturing  yields,  manufacturing  quality  control  and  costs.  If  the  contract  manufacturer  for  our  products  were  unable  or  unwilling  to
manufacture our products in required volumes and at high quality levels or to continue our existing supply arrangement, we would have to identify, qualify
and  select  an  acceptable  alternative  contract  manufacturer  or  move  these  manufacturing  operations  to  internal  manufacturing  facilities.  An  alternative
contract  manufacturer  may  not  be  available  to  us  when  needed  or  may  not  be  in  a  position  to  satisfy  our  quality  or  production  requirements  on
commercially  reasonable  terms,  including  price.  Any  significant  interruption  in  manufacturing  our  products,  including  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19
pandemic, would require us to reduce the supply of products to our customers, which in turn would reduce our revenue, harm our relationships with the
customers of these products and cause us to forego potential revenue opportunities.

As a provider of contract research to the U.S. government, we are subject to federal rules, regulations, audits and investigations, the violation or failure
of which could adversely affect our business.

We  must  comply  with  and  are  affected  by  laws  and  regulations  relating  to  the  award,  administration  and  performance  of  U.S.  government
contracts. Government contract laws and regulations affect how we do business with our government customers and, in some instances, impose added costs
on our business. A violation of a specific law or regulation could result in the imposition of fines and penalties, termination of our contracts or debarment
from  bidding  on  contracts.  In  some  instances,  these  laws  and  regulations  impose  terms  or  rights  that  are  more  favorable  to  the  government  than  those
typically available to commercial parties in negotiated transactions. For example, the U.S. government may terminate any of our government contracts and,
in general, subcontracts, at their convenience, as well as for default based on performance.

In addition, U.S. government agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency and the Department of Labor, routinely audit and investigate
government  contractors.  These  agencies  review  a  contractor’s  performance  under  its  contracts,  cost  structure  and  compliance  with  applicable  laws,
regulations  and  standards.  The  U.S.  government  also  may  review  the  adequacy  of,  and  a  contractor’s  compliance  with,  its  internal  control  systems  and
policies, including the contractor’s purchasing, property, estimating, compensation and management information systems. Any costs found to be improperly
allocated to a specific contract will not be reimbursed, while such costs already reimbursed must be refunded. If an audit uncovers the inclusion of certain
claimed costs deemed to be expressly unallowable, or improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative
sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or prohibition from doing business with
the U.S. government. In addition, our reputation could suffer serious harm if allegations of impropriety were made against us.

In  addition  to  the  risk  of  government  audits  and  investigations,  U.S.  government  contracts  and  grants  impose  requirements  on  contractors  and
grantees relating to ethics and business practices, which carry civil and criminal penalties including monetary fines, assessments, loss of the ability to do
business with the U.S. government and certain other criminal penalties.

We  may  also  be  prohibited  from  commercially  selling  certain  products  that  we  develop  under  our  Lightwave  and  Luna  Labs  segments  or  related
products based on the same core technologies if the U.S. government determines that the commercial availability of those products could pose a risk to
national security. For example, certain of our wireless technologies have been classified as secret by the U.S. government and as a result we cannot sell
them commercially. Any of these determinations would limit our ability to generate product sales and license revenues.

We rely and will continue to rely on contracts and grants awarded under the SBIR program for a significant portion of our revenues. A finding by the
SBA that we no longer qualify to receive SBIR awards could adversely affect our business.

We  compete  as  a  small  business  for  some  of  our  government  contracts.  Our  revenues  derived  from  the  SBIR  program  account  for  a  significant
portion  of  our  consolidated  total  revenues,  and  contract  research,  including  SBIR  contracts,  will  remain  a  significant  portion  of  our  consolidated  total
revenues for the foreseeable future. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, revenues generated under the SBIR program represented 32% and
35%, respectively, of our total revenues.

We may not continue to qualify to participate in the SBIR program or to receive new SBIR awards from federal agencies. In order to qualify for
SBIR contracts and grants, we must meet certain size and ownership eligibility criteria. These eligibility criteria are applied as of the time of the award of a
contract or grant. A company can be declared ineligible for a contract award as a result of a size challenge filed with the SBA by a competitor or a federal
agency.

In order to be eligible for SBIR contracts and grants, under current SBA rules we must be more than 50% owned and controlled by individuals who
are U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens, and/or other small business concerns (each of which is more than 50% owned and controlled by individuals
who are U.S. citizens or permanent resident aliens) or certain

11

Table of Contents

qualified investment companies. In the event our institutional ownership significantly increases, either because of increased buying by institutions or selling
by individuals, we could lose eligibility for new SBIR contracts and grants.

Also, in order to be eligible for SBIR contracts and grants, the number of our employees, including those of any entities that are considered to be
affiliated with us, cannot exceed 500. As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately 426 full-time and part-time employees. In determining whether we
are  affiliated  with  any  other  entity,  the  SBA  may  analyze  whether  another  entity  controls  or  has  the  power  to  control  us.  Carilion  Clinic  is  our  largest
institutional stockholder.

Since  early  2011,  a  formal  size  determination  by  the  SBA  that  focused  on  whether  or  not  Carilion  is  or  was  our  affiliate  has  been  outstanding.
Although we do not believe that Carilion has or had the power to control our company, we cannot assure you that the SBA will interpret its regulations in
our favor on this question. If the SBA were to make a determination that we are or were affiliated with Carilion, we would exceed the size limitations, as
Carilion has over 500 employees. In that case, we would lose eligibility for new SBIR contracts and grants and other awards that are set aside for small
businesses  based  on  the  criterion  of  number  of  employees,  and  the  relevant  government  agency  would  have  the  discretion  to  suspend  performance  on
existing SBIR grants. The loss of our eligibility to receive SBIR awards would have a material adverse impact on our revenues, cash flows and our ability
to fund our growth.

Moreover, as our business grows, it is foreseeable that we will eventually exceed the SBIR size limitations, in which case we may be required to seek

alternative sources of revenues or capital.

A decline in government research contract awards or government funding for existing or future government research contracts, including SBIR
contracts, could adversely affect our revenues, cash flows and ability to fund our growth.

Contract  research  revenue  within  the  Lightwave  and  Luna  Labs  segment  revenues,  which  consists  primarily  of  government-funded  research,
accounted  for  35%  and  37%  of  our  consolidated  total  revenues  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.  As  a  result,  we  are
vulnerable to adverse changes in our revenues and cash flows if a significant number of our research contracts and subcontracts were to be simultaneously
delayed or canceled for budgetary, performance or other reasons. For example, the U.S. government may cancel these contracts at any time without cause
and  without  penalty  or  may  change  its  requirements,  programs  or  contract  budget,  any  of  which  could  reduce  our  revenues  and  cash  flows  from  U.S.
government research contracts. Our revenues and cash flows from U.S. government research contracts and subcontracts could also be reduced by declines
or  other  changes  in  U.S.  defense,  homeland  security  and  other  federal  agency  budgets.  In  addition,  we  compete  as  a  small  business  for  some  of  these
contracts, and in order to maintain our eligibility to compete as a small business, we, together with any affiliates, must continue to meet size and revenue
limitations established by the U.S. government.

Our  contract  research  customer  base  includes  government  agencies,  corporations  and  academic  institutions.  Our  customers  are  not  obligated  to
extend their agreements with us and may elect not to do so. Also, our customers’ priorities regarding funding for certain projects may change and funding
resources may no longer be available at previous levels.

In  addition  to  contract  cancellations  and  changes  in  agency  budgets,  our  future  financial  results  may  be  adversely  affected  by  curtailment  of  or
restrictions  on  the  U.S.  government’s  use  of  contract  research  providers,  including  curtailment  due  to  government  budget  reductions  and  related  fiscal
matters or any legislation or resolution limiting the number or amount of awards we may receive. These or other factors could cause U.S. defense and other
federal agencies to conduct research internally rather than through commercial research organizations or direct awards to other organizations, to reduce
their overall contract research requirements or to exercise their rights to terminate contracts. Alternatively, the U.S. government may discontinue the SBIR
program or its funding altogether. Also, SBIR regulations permit increased competition for SBIR awards from companies that may not have previously
been eligible, such as those backed by venture capital operating companies, hedge funds and private equity firms. Any of these developments could limit
our ability to obtain new contract awards and adversely affect our revenues, cash flows and ability to fund our growth.

Our failure to attract, train and retain skilled employees or members of our senior management and to obtain necessary security clearances for such
persons or maintain a facility security clearance would adversely affect our business and operating results.

The availability of highly trained and skilled technical and professional personnel is critical to our future growth and profitability. Competition for
scientists,  engineers,  technicians  and  professional  personnel  is  intense  and  our  competitors  aggressively  recruit  key  employees.  In  the  past,  we  have
experienced difficulties in recruiting and hiring these personnel as a result of the tight labor market in certain fields. Any difficulty in hiring or retaining
qualified employees, combined with our growth strategy and future needs for additional experienced personnel, particularly in highly specialized areas such
as nanomaterial manufacturing and fiber optic sensing technologies, may make it more difficult to meet all of our needs for these employees in a timely
manner. Although we intend to continue to devote significant resources to recruit, train and retain

12

Table of Contents

qualified employees, we may not be able to attract and retain these employees, especially in technical fields in which the supply of experienced qualified
candidates is limited, or at the senior management level. Any failure to do so would have an adverse effect on our business. Any loss of key personnel
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  meet  key  operational  objectives,  such  as  timely  and  effective  project  milestones  and  product
introductions, which in turn could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We provide certain services to the U.S. government that require us to maintain a facility security clearance and for certain of our employees and our
board chairman to hold security clearances. In general, the failure for necessary persons to obtain or retain sufficient security clearances, any loss by us of a
facility security clearance or any public reprimand related to security matters could result in a U.S. government customer terminating an existing contract or
choosing not to renew a contract or prevent us from bidding on or winning certain new government contracts.

In  addition,  our  future  success  depends  in  a  large  part  upon  the  continued  service  of  key  members  of  our  senior  management  team.  We  do  not
maintain any key-person life insurance policies on our officers. The loss of any members of our management team or other key personnel could seriously
harm our business.

Our business is subject to the cyclical nature of the markets in which we compete and any future downturn may reduce demand for our products and
revenue.

Many factors beyond our control affect our business, including consumer confidence in the economy, interest rates, fuel prices, health crises, such as
the COVID-19 pandemic, and the general availability of credit. The overall economic climate and changes in Gross National Product growth have a direct
impact on some of our customers and the demand for our products. We cannot be sure that our business will not be adversely affected as a result of an
industry or general economic downturn.

Our customers may reduce capital expenditures and have difficulty satisfying liquidity needs because of continued turbulence in the U.S. and global

economies, resulting in reduced sales of our products and harm to our financial condition and results of operations.

In particular, our historical results of operations have been subject to substantial fluctuations, and we may experience substantial period-to-period
fluctuations  in  future  results  of  operations.  Any  future  downturn  in  the  markets  in  which  we  compete  could  significantly  reduce  the  demand  for  our
products and therefore may result in a significant reduction in revenue or increase the volatility of the price of our common stock. Our revenue and results
of operations may be adversely affected in the future due to changes in demand from customers or cyclical changes in the markets utilizing our products.

In addition, the telecommunications industry has, from time to time, experienced, and may again experience, a pronounced downturn. To respond to a
downturn, many service providers may slow their capital expenditures, cancel or delay new developments, reduce their workforces and inventories and take
a  cautious  approach  to  acquiring  new  equipment  and  technologies  from  original  equipment  manufacturers,  which  would  have  a  negative  impact  on  our
business. Weakness in the global economy or a future downturn in the telecommunications industry may cause our results of operations to fluctuate from
quarter-to-quarter and year-to-year, harm our business, and may increase the volatility of the price of our common stock.

Customer acceptance of our products is dependent on our ability to meet changing requirements, and any decrease in acceptance could adversely affect
our revenue.

Customer  acceptance  of  our  products  is  significantly  dependent  on  our  ability  to  offer  products  that  meet  the  changing  requirements  of  our
customers,  including  telecommunication,  military,  medical  and  industrial  corporations,  as  well  as  government  agencies.  Any  decrease  in  the  level  of
customer acceptance of our products could harm our business.

Our products must meet exacting specifications, and defects and failures may occur, which may cause customers to return or stop buying our products.

Our  customers  generally  establish  demanding  specifications  for  quality,  performance  and  reliability  that  our  products  must  meet.  However,  our
products are highly complex and may contain defects and failures when they are first introduced or as new versions are released. Our products are also
subject to rough environments as they are integrated into our customer products for use by the end customers. If defects and failures occur in our products,
we could experience lost revenue, increased costs, including warranty expense and costs associated with customer support, delays in or cancellations or
rescheduling of orders or shipments, product returns or discounts, diversion of management resources or damage to our reputation and brand equity, and in
some cases consequential damages, any of which would harm our operating results. In addition, delays in our ability to fill product orders as a result of
quality control issues may negatively impact our relationship with our customers. We cannot assure you that we will have sufficient resources, including
any available insurance, to satisfy any asserted claims.

13

Table of Contents

The markets for many of our products are characterized by changing technology which could cause obsolescence of our products, and we may incur
substantial costs in delivering new products.

The markets for many of our products are characterized by changing technology, new product introductions and product enhancements, and evolving
industry  standards.  The  introduction  or  enhancement  of  products  embodying  new  technology  or  the  emergence  of  new  industry  standards  could  render
existing products obsolete, and result in a write down to the value of our inventory, or result in shortened product life cycles. Accordingly, our ability to
compete is in part dependent on our ability to continually offer enhanced and improved products.

The success of our new product offerings will depend upon several factors, including our ability to:

•
•
•
•
•

accurately anticipate customer needs;
innovate and develop new technologies and applications;
successfully commercialize new technologies in a timely manner;
price products competitively and manufacture and deliver products in sufficient volumes and on time; and
differentiate our product offerings from those of our competitors.

Our inability to find new customers or retain existing customers could harm our business.

Our business is reliant on our ability to find new customers and retain existing customers. In particular, customers normally purchase certain of our
products  and  incorporate  them  into  products  that  they,  in  turn,  sell  in  their  own  markets  on  an  ongoing  basis.  As  a  result,  the  historical  sales  of  these
products  have  been  dependent  upon  the  success  of  our  customers’  products  and  our  future  performance  is  dependent  upon  our  success  in  finding  new
customers and receiving new orders from existing customers.

In several markets, the quality and reliability of our products are a major concern for our customers, not only upon the initial manufacture of the
product, but for the life of the product. Many of our products are used in remote locations for higher value assembly, making servicing of our products
unfeasible. Any failure of the quality or reliability of our products could harm our business.

Customer demand for our products is difficult to accurately forecast and, as a result, we may be unable to optimally match production with customer
demand, which could adversely affect our business and financial results.

We make planning and spending decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules, inventory
levels,  component  procurement  commitments,  personnel  needs  and  other  resource  requirements,  based  on  our  estimates  of  customer  requirements.  The
short-term nature of commitments by many of our customers and the possibility of unexpected changes in demand for their products reduce our ability to
accurately estimate future customer requirements. On occasion, customers may require rapid increases in production, which can strain our resources, cause
our  manufacturing  to  be  negatively  impacted  by  materials  shortages,  necessitate  higher  or  more  restrictive  procurement  commitments,  increase  our
manufacturing yield loss and scrapping of excess materials, and reduce our gross margin. We may not have sufficient capacity at any given time to meet the
volume  demands  of  our  customers,  or  one  or  more  of  our  suppliers  may  not  have  sufficient  capacity  at  any  given  time  to  meet  our  volume  demands.
Conversely, a downturn in the markets in which our customers compete can cause, and in the past have caused, our customers to significantly reduce or
delay the amount of products ordered or to cancel existing orders, leading to lower utilization of our facilities. Because many of our costs and operating
expenses are relatively fixed, reduction in customer demand due to market downturns or other reasons would have a negative effect on our gross margin,
operating income and cash flow.

Rapidly changing standards and regulations could make our products obsolete, which would cause our revenue and results of operations to suffer.

    We design products to conform to our customers’ requirements and our customers’ systems may be subject to regulations established by governments or
industry standards bodies worldwide. Because some of our products are designed to conform to current specific industry standards, if competing or new
standards emerge that are preferred by our customers, we would have to make significant expenditures to develop new products. If our customers adopt
new or competing industry standards with which our products are not compatible, or the industry groups adopt standards or governments issue regulations
with which our products are not compatible, our existing products would become less desirable to our customers and our revenue and results of operations
would suffer.

14

 
Table of Contents

The results of our operations could be adversely affected by economic and political conditions and the effects of these conditions on our customers’
businesses and levels of business activity.

Global economic and political conditions affect our customers’ businesses and the markets they serve. A severe or prolonged economic downturn,
including  during  and  following  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  or  a  negative  or  uncertain  political  climate  could  adversely  affect  our  customers’  financial
conditions  and  the  timing  or  levels  of  business  activity  of  our  customers  and  the  industries  we  serve.  This  may  reduce  the  demand  for  our  products  or
depress pricing for our products and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. Changes in global economic conditions could also shift
demand to products or services for which we do not have competitive advantages, and this could negatively affect the amount of business we are able to
obtain. In addition, if we are unable to successfully anticipate changing economic and political conditions, we may be unable to effectively plan for and
respond to those changes, and our business could be negatively affected as a result.

We have experienced net losses in the past, and because our strategy for expansion may be costly to implement, we may experience losses and may not
maintain profitability or positive cash flow.

We  have  experienced  net  losses  in  the  past.  We  expect  to  continue  to  incur  significant  expenses  as  we  pursue  our  strategic  initiatives,  including
increased expenses for research and development, sales and marketing and manufacturing. We may also grow our business in part through acquisitions of
additional companies and complementary technologies which could cause us to incur greater than anticipated transaction expenses, amortization or write-
offs of intangible assets and other acquisition-related expenses. As a result, we may incur net losses in the future, and these losses could be substantial. At a
certain level, continued net losses could impair our ability to comply with Nasdaq continued listing standards, as described further below.

Our  ability  to  generate  additional  revenues  and  remain  profitable  will  depend  on  our  ability  to  execute  our  key  growth  initiative  regarding  the
development, marketing and sale of sensing products, develop and commercialize innovative technologies, expand our contract research capabilities and
sell the products that result from those development initiatives. We may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

We have obtained capital by borrowing money under a term loan and revolving line of credit and we might require additional capital to support and
expand our business; our term loan and revolving line of credit have various covenants with which we must comply.

We  intend  to  continue  to  make  investments  to  support  our  business  growth,  including  developing  new  products,  enhancing  our  existing  products,
obtaining important regulatory approvals, enhancing our operating infrastructure, completing our development activities and building our commercial scale
manufacturing facilities. To the extent that we are unable to remain profitable and to finance our activities from continuing operations, we may require
additional funds to support these initiatives and to grow our business.

If  we  are  successful  in  raising  additional  funds  through  issuances  of  equity  or  convertible  debt  securities,  our  existing  stockholders  could  suffer
significant dilution, including as the result of the issuance of warrants in connection with the financing, and any new equity securities we issue could have
rights, preferences and privileges superior to those of our existing common stock. Furthermore, such financings may jeopardize our ability to apply for
SBIR grants or qualify for SBIR contracts or grants, and our dependence on SBIR grants may restrict our ability to raise additional outside capital. If we
raise additional funds through debt financings, these financings may involve significant cash payment obligations and covenants that restrict our ability to
operate our business and make distributions to our stockholders.

We have a term loan and borrowings under a revolving line of credit with PNC Bank, National Association ("PNC"), which require us to comply
with  a  number  of  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants  including,  among  others,  financial  covenants  regarding  minimum  net  leverage  and  fixed  charge
coverage, affirmative covenants regarding delivery of financial statements, payment of taxes, and maintenance of government compliance, and restrictive
covenants regarding dispositions of property, acquisitions, incurrence of additional indebtedness or liens, investments and transactions with affiliates. We
are also restricted from paying dividends or making other distributions or payments on our capital stock, subject to limited exceptions. Upon the occurrence
of certain events, including our failure to satisfy its payment obligations, failure to adhere to the financial covenants, the breach of certain of our other
covenants,  cross  defaults  to  other  indebtedness  or  material  agreements,  judgment  defaults  and  defaults  related  to  failure  to  maintain  governmental
approvals, PNC will have the right, among other remedies, to declare all principal and interest immediately due and payable, and to exercise secured party
remedies.

If we are unable to obtain adequate financing or financing terms satisfactory to us when we require it, our ability to continue to support our business

growth and to respond to business challenges could be significantly limited.

15

Table of Contents

We face and will face substantial competition in several different markets that may adversely affect our results of operations.

We face and will face substantial competition from a variety of companies in several different markets. As we focus on developing marketing and

selling fiber optic sensing products, we may also face substantial and entrenched competition in that market.

Many of our competitors have longer operating histories, greater name recognition, larger customer bases and significantly greater financial, sales
and  marketing,  manufacturing,  distribution,  technical  and  other  resources  than  we  do.  These  competitors  may  be  able  to  adapt  more  quickly  to  new  or
emerging technologies and changes in customer requirements. In addition, current and potential competitors have established or may establish financial or
strategic relationships among themselves or with existing or potential customers or other third parties. Accordingly, new competitors or alliances among
competitors could emerge and rapidly acquire significant market share. We cannot assure you that we will be able to compete successfully against current
or new competitors, in which case our revenues may fail to increase or may decline.

Intense competition in our markets could result in aggressive business tactics by our competitors, including aggressively pricing their products or
selling older inventory at a discount. If our current or future competitors utilize aggressive business tactics, including those described above, demand for
our products could decline, we could experience delays or cancellations of customer orders, or we could be required to reduce our sales prices.

Shifts in product mix may result in declines in gross profit.

Our gross profit margins vary among our product platforms and are generally highest on our test and measurement instruments. Our overall gross
profit may fluctuate from period to period as a result of a variety of factors including shifts in product mix, the introduction of new products, and decreases
in average selling prices for older products. If our customers decide to buy more of our products with low gross profit margins or fewer of our products
with high gross profit margins, our total gross profits could be harmed.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR OPERATIONS AND BUSINESS STRATEGY

If we fail to properly evaluate and execute our strategic initiatives, including the integration of acquired businesses, it could have an adverse effect on
our future results and the market price of our common stock.

We evaluate strategic opportunities related to products, technology and business transactions, including acquisitions and divestitures. In the past, we
have  acquired  businesses  to  support  our  growth  strategy,  including  the  acquisition  of  OptaSense  in  December  2020,  General  Photonics  Corporation  in
March 2019 and Micron Optics, Inc. in October 2018. If we choose to enter into such transactions in the future, we face certain risks including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the failure of the acquired business to meet our performance and financial expectations;

difficulty integrating an acquired business's operations, personnel and financial and reporting systems into our current business

potential unknown liabilities associated with the acquisition;

lost sales and customers as a result of customers deciding not to do business with us;

complexities associated with managing the larger combined company with distant business locations;

integrating personnel while maintaining focus on providing consistent, high quality products;

loss of key employees; and

performance shortfalls as a result of the division of management's attention caused by completing the acquisition and integrating operations.

If any of these events were to occur, our ability to maintain relationships with the customers, suppliers and employees or our ability to achieve the
anticipated  benefits  of  the  acquisition  could  be  adversely  affected,  or  could  reduce  our  future  earnings  or  otherwise  adversely  affect  our  business  and
financial results and, as a result, adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

If we cannot successfully transition our revenue mix from contract research revenues to product sales and license revenues, we may not be able to fully
execute our business model or grow our business.

16

Table of Contents

Our  business  model  and  future  growth  depend  on  our  ability  to  transition  to  a  revenue  mix  that  contains  significantly  larger  product  sales  and
revenues  from  the  provision  of  services  or  from  licensing.  Product  sales  and  these  revenues  potentially  offer  greater  scalability  than  contract  research
revenues. Our current plan is to increase our sales of commercial products, our licensing revenues and our provision of non-research services to customers
so as to represent a larger percentage of our total revenues. If we are unable to develop and grow our product sales and revenues from the provision of
services or from licensing to augment our contract research revenues, however, our ability to execute our business model or grow our business could suffer.
There can be no assurance that we will be able to achieve increased revenues in this manner.

Failure to develop, introduce and sell new products or failure to develop and implement new technologies, could adversely impact our financial results.

Our success will depend on our ability to develop and introduce new products that customers choose to buy. The new products the market requires
tend to be increasingly complex, incorporating more functions and operating at faster speeds than old products. If we fail to introduce new product designs
or  technologies  in  a  timely  manner  or  if  customers  do  not  successfully  introduce  new  systems  or  products  incorporating  our  products,  our  business,
financial condition and results of operations could be materially harmed.

If we are unable to manage growth effectively, our revenues and net loss could be adversely affected.

We may need to expand our personnel resources to grow our business effectively. We believe that sustained growth at a higher rate will place a strain
on  our  management  as  well  as  on  our  other  human  resources.  To  manage  this  growth,  we  must  continue  to  attract  and  retain  qualified  management,
professional, scientific and technical and operating personnel. If we are unable to recruit a sufficient number of qualified personnel, we may be unable to
staff and manage projects adequately, which in turn may slow the rate of growth of our contract research revenues or our product development efforts.

We may not be successful in identifying market needs for new technologies or in developing new products.

Part of our business model depends on our ability to correctly identify market needs for new technologies. We intend to identify new market needs,
but  we  may  not  always  have  success  in  doing  so  in  part  because  our  contract  research  largely  centers  on  identification  and  development  of  unproven
technologies, often for new or emerging markets. Furthermore, we must identify the most promising technologies from a sizable pool of projects. If our
commercialization strategy process fails to identify projects with commercial potential or if management does not ensure that such projects advance to the
commercialization stage, we may not successfully commercialize new products and grow our revenues.

Our growth strategy requires that we also develop successful commercial products to address market needs. We face several challenges in developing
successful new products. Many of our existing products and those currently under development are technologically innovative and require significant and
lengthy product development efforts. These efforts include planning, designing, developing and testing at the technological, product and manufacturing-
process  levels.  These  activities  require  us  to  make  significant  investments.  Although  there  are  many  potential  applications  for  our  technologies,  our
resource  constraints  require  us  to  focus  on  specific  products  and  to  forgo  other  opportunities.  We  expect  that  one  or  more  of  the  potential  products  we
choose to develop will not be technologically feasible or will not achieve commercial acceptance, and we cannot predict which, if any, of our products we
will successfully develop or commercialize. The technologies we research and develop are new and steadily changing and advancing. The products that are
derived from these technologies may not be applicable or compatible with the state of technology or demands in existing markets. Our existing products
and technologies may become uncompetitive or obsolete if our competitors adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies and changes in customers’
requirements. Furthermore, we may not be able to identify if and when new markets will open for our products given that future applications of any given
product may not be readily determinable, and we cannot reasonably estimate the size of any markets that may develop. If we are not able to successfully
develop new products, we may be unable to increase our product revenues.

17

Table of Contents

We face risks associated with our international business.

We currently conduct business internationally and we might considerably expand our international activities in the future. Our international business

operations are subject to a variety of risks associated with conducting business internationally, including:

•

•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

having  to  comply  with  U.S.  export  control  regulations  and  policies  that  restrict  our  ability  to  communicate  with  non-U.S.  employees  and  supply
foreign affiliates and customers;
changes in or interpretations of foreign regulations that may adversely affect our ability to sell our products, perform services or repatriate profits to
the United States;
the imposition of tariffs;
hyperinflation or economic or political instability in foreign countries;
imposition of limitations on, or increase of withholding and other taxes on remittances and other payments by foreign subsidiaries or joint ventures;
conducting business in places where business practices and customs are unfamiliar and unknown;
the imposition of restrictive trade policies;
the imposition of inconsistent laws or regulations;
the imposition or increase of investment and other restrictions or requirements by foreign governments;
uncertainties relating to foreign laws and legal proceedings;
having to comply with a variety of U.S. laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act ("FCPA"); and
having to comply with licensing requirements.

We do not know the impact that these regulatory, geopolitical and other factors may have on our international business in the future. Further, the
COVID-19  pandemic  has  prompted  precautionary  government-imposed  closures  of  certain  travel  and  business.  It  is  unknown  whether  and  how  global
supply  chains,  may  be  affected  if  such  an  epidemic  persists  for  an  extended  period  of  time.    We  may  incur  expenses  or  delays  relating  to  such  events
outside of our control or experience potential disruption of our ability to travel to customer sites and industry conferences important to the marketing and
support of our products, any of which could have an adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We may dispose of or discontinue existing product lines and technology developments, which may adversely impact our future results.

On an ongoing basis, we evaluate our various product offerings and technology developments in order to determine whether any should be
discontinued or, to the extent possible, divested. In addition, if we are unable to generate the amount of cash needed to fund the future operations of our
business, we may be forced to sell one or more of our product lines or technology developments.

We  cannot  guarantee  that  we  have  correctly  forecasted,  or  that  we  will  correctly  forecast  in  the  future,  the  right  product  lines  and  technology
developments to dispose or discontinue or that our decision to dispose of or discontinue various investments, product lines and technology developments is
prudent if market conditions change. In addition, there are no assurances that the discontinuance of various product lines will reduce operating expenses or
will not cause us to incur material charges associated with such decision. Furthermore, the discontinuance of existing product lines entails various risks,
including the risk that we will not be able to find a purchaser for a product line or the purchase price obtained will not be equal to at least the book value of
the net assets for the product line. Other risks include managing the expectations of, and maintaining good relations with, our historical customers who
previously purchased products from a disposed or discontinued product line, which could prevent us from selling other products to them in the future. We
may also incur other significant liabilities and costs associated with disposal or discontinuance of product lines, including employee severance costs and
excess facilities costs.     

Health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic, have had, and could in the future have, an adverse impact on our business, operations, and the
markets and communities in which we and our customers and suppliers operate.

In December 2019, a disease referred to as COVID-19 was reported and has spread to many countries worldwide, including the United States.

The ongoing global COVID-19 pandemic has impacted, and will likely continue to impact, the way we conduct our business, including the way in
which  we  interface  with  customers,  suppliers  and  our  employees.  Although  to  date  we  have  not  experienced  any  material  changes  in  our  customers’
purchasing patterns during the COVID-19 pandemic, it is possible that the pandemic could result in customers delaying purchasing decisions, deferring the
ordering of our products or experiencing reductions in capital expenditure budgets that could otherwise impact the near term demand for our products. 
Similarly, while we have not experienced any material changes in our supply chain, it is possible that suppliers could experience difficulty in

18

Table of Contents

providing us with necessary components for our products.  If the demand for our products, or our access to critical components were to be interrupted, it
could have a material adverse impact on our results of operations.

The  COVID-19  pandemic  has  been  declared  a  national  emergency.  In  response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  many  state,  local,  and  foreign
governments have put in place, and others in the future may put in place, quarantines, executive orders, shelter-in-place orders, and similar government
orders and restrictions in order to control the spread of the disease. Such orders or restrictions, or the perception that such orders or restrictions could occur,
have resulted in business closures, work stoppages, slowdowns and delays, work-from-home policies, travel restrictions, and cancellation or postponement
of  events,  among  other  effects  that  could  negatively  impact  productivity  and  disrupt  our  operations  and  those  of  our  customers  and  suppliers.  We have
implemented alternate work arrangements, including staggered schedules and shifts, distancing within our offices and working from home for most of our
employees, and we may take further actions that alter our operations as may be required by federal, state, or local authorities, or which we determine are in
our  best  interests.  While  most  of  our  operations  can  be  performed  under  these  alternate  work  arrangements,  there  is  no  guarantee  that  we  will  be  as
effective while working under them because our team is dispersed, many employees may have additional personal needs to attend to (such as looking after
children  as  a  result  of  school  closures  or  family  who  become  sick),  and  employees  may  become  sick  themselves  and  be  unable  to  work.  Decreased
effectiveness of our team could adversely affect our results due to our inability to meet in person with potential customers, longer time periods for supply,
longer time periods for manufacturing and other decreases in productivity that could seriously harm our business. Furthermore, we may decide to postpone
or cancel planned investments in our business in response to changes in our business as a result of the spread of COVID-19, which could seriously harm
our business.

In  addition,  while  the  potential  impact  and  duration  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic  on  the  global  economy  and  our  business  in  particular  may  be
difficult to assess or predict, the pandemic has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant disruption of global financial markets, reducing our
ability to access capital, which could negatively affect our liquidity in the future.

The  global  impact  of  COVID-19  continues  to  rapidly  evolve,  and  we  will  continue  to  monitor  the  situation  closely.  The  ultimate  impact  of  the
COVID-19 pandemic or a similar health epidemic is highly uncertain and subject to change.  We do not yet know the full extent of potential delays or
impacts on our business, operations, or the global economy as a whole.  While the spread of COVID-19 may eventually be contained or mitigated, there is
no guarantee that a future outbreak of this or any other widespread epidemics will not occur, or that the global economy will recover, either of which could
seriously harm our business.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR REGULATORY ENVIRONMENT

Our operations are subject to domestic and foreign laws, regulations and restrictions, and noncompliance with these laws, regulations and restrictions
could expose us to fines, penalties, suspension or debarment, which could have a material adverse effect on our profitability and overall financial
position.

Our  operations,  particularly  our  international  sales,  subject  us  to  numerous  U.S.  and  foreign  laws  and  regulations,  including,  without  limitation,
regulations relating to imports, exports (including the Export Administration Regulations and the International Traffic in Arms Regulations), technology
transfer  restrictions,  anti-boycott  provisions,  economic  sanctions  and  anti-corruption  laws  including  the  FCPA  and  the  UK  Bribery  Act  of  2010  in  the
United Kingdom. The number of our various emerging technologies, the development of many of which has been funded by the Department of Defense,
presents  us  with  many  regulatory  challenges.  Failure  by  us  or  our  sales  representatives  or  consultants  to  comply  with  these  laws  and  regulations  could
result in administrative, civil, or criminal liabilities and could result in suspension of our export privileges, which could have a material adverse effect on
our  business.  Changes  in  regulation  or  political  environment  may  affect  our  ability  to  conduct  business  in  foreign  markets  including  investment,
procurement and repatriation of earnings.

Environmental regulations could increase operating costs and additional capital expenditures and delay or interrupt operations.

The  photonics  industry,  as  well  as  the  semiconductor  industry,  are  subject  to  governmental  regulations  for  the  protection  of  the  environment,
including those relating to air and water quality, solid and hazardous waste handling, and the promotion of occupational safety. Various federal, state and
local laws and regulations require that we maintain certain environmental permits. While we believe that we have obtained all necessary environmental
permits required to conduct our manufacturing processes, if we are found to be in violation of these laws, we could be subject to governmental fines and
liability for damages resulting from such violations.

19

Table of Contents

Changes in the aforementioned laws and regulations or the enactment of new laws, regulations or policies could require increases in operating costs

and additional capital expenditures and could possibly entail delays or interruptions of our operations.

If our manufacturing facilities do not meet Federal, state or foreign country manufacturing standards, we may be required to temporarily cease all or
part of our manufacturing operations, which would result in product delivery delays and negatively impact revenues.

Our manufacturing facilities are subject to periodic inspection by regulatory authorities and our operations will continue to be regulated by the FDA
for  compliance  with  Good  Manufacturing  Practice  requirements  contained  in  the  quality  systems  regulations.  We  are  also  required  to  comply  with
International Organization for Standardization ("ISO"), quality system standards in order to produce certain of our products for sale in Europe. If we fail to
continue to comply with Good Manufacturing Practice requirements or ISO standards, we may be required to cease all or part of our operations until we
comply with these regulations. Obtaining and maintaining such compliance is difficult and costly. We cannot be certain that our facilities will be found to
comply  with  Good  Manufacturing  Practice  requirements  or  ISO  standards  in  future  inspections  and  audits  by  regulatory  authorities.  In  addition,  if  we
cannot maintain or establish manufacturing facilities or operations that comply with such standards or do not meet the expectations of our customers, we
may not be able to realize certain economic opportunities in our current or future supply arrangements.

We are subject to additional significant foreign and domestic government regulations, including environmental and health and safety regulations, and
failure to comply with these regulations could harm our business.

Our facilities and current and proposed activities involve the use of a broad range of materials that are considered hazardous under applicable laws
and regulations. Accordingly, we are subject to a number of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to health and safety, protection of
the  environment  and  the  storage,  use,  disposal  of,  and  exposure  to,  hazardous  materials  and  wastes.  We  could  incur  costs,  fines  and  civil  and  criminal
penalties, personal injury and third-party property damage claims, or could be required to incur substantial investigation or remediation costs, if we were to
violate or become liable under environmental, health and safety laws. Moreover, a failure to comply with environmental laws could result in fines and the
revocation of environmental permits, which could prevent us from conducting our business. Liability under environmental laws can be joint and several
and without regard to fault. There can be no assurance that violations of environmental and health and safety laws will not occur in the future as a result of
the  inability  to  obtain  permits,  human  error,  equipment  failure  or  other  causes.  Environmental  laws  could  become  more  stringent  over  time,  imposing
greater compliance costs and increasing risks and penalties associated with violations, which could harm our business. Accordingly, violations of present
and future environmental laws could restrict our ability to expand facilities, pursue certain technologies, and could require us to acquire costly equipment or
incur potentially significant costs to comply with environmental regulations.

Compliance  with  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  environmental  laws  and  regulations  represents  a  small  part  of  our  present  budget.  If  we  fail  to
comply with any such laws or regulations, however, a government entity may levy a fine on us or require us to take costly measures to ensure compliance.
Any such fine or expenditure may adversely affect our development. We cannot predict the extent to which future legislation and regulation could cause us
to incur additional operating expenses, capital expenditures or restrictions and delays in the development of our products and properties.

We are or may become subject to a variety of privacy and data security laws, and our failure to comply with them could harm our business.

We  maintain  sensitive  information,  including  confidential  business  and  personal  information  in  connection  with  our  business  customers  and  our
employees, and may be subject to laws and regulations governing the privacy and security of such information. In the United States, there are numerous
federal and state privacy and data security laws and regulations governing the collection, use, disclosure and protection of personal information. Each of
these constantly evolving laws can be subject to varying interpretations.

    In addition, states are constantly adopting new laws or amending existing laws, requiring attention to frequently changing regulatory requirements. For
example, the California Consumer Privacy Act, or the CCPA, took effect on January 1, 2020 and has been dubbed the first “GDPR-like” law in the United
States. The CCPA gives California residents expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing
and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used by requiring covered companies to provide new disclosures to California
consumers  (as  that  term  is  broadly  defined  and  can  include  any  of  our  current  or  future  employees  who  may  be  California  residents)  and  provide  such
residents new ways to opt-out of certain sales of personal information. The CCPA provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of
action for data breaches that is expected to increase data breach litigation. The CCPA

20

Table of Contents

may  increase  our  compliance  costs  and  potential  liability.  Some  observers  have  noted  that  the  CCPA  could  mark  the  beginning  of  a  trend  toward  more
stringent privacy legislation in the United States. Other states are beginning to pass similar laws.

Additionally, California voters approved a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act, or CPRA, in the November 3, 2020 election. Effective
starting  on  January  1,  2023,  the  CPRA  will  significantly  modify  the  CCPA,  including  by  expanding  consumers’  rights  with  respect  to  certain  sensitive
personal information. The CPRA also creates a new state agency that will be vested with authority to implement and enforce the CCPA and the CPRA.

New legislation proposed or enacted in Illinois, Massachusetts, Nevada, New Jersey, New York, Rhode Island, Virginia, Washington and other states,
and a proposed right to privacy amendment to the Vermont Constitution, imposes, or has the potential to impose, additional obligations on companies that
collect,  store,  use,  retain,  disclose,  transfer  and  otherwise  process  confidential,  sensitive  and  personal  information,  and  will  continue  to  shape  the  data
privacy environment nationally. State laws are changing rapidly and there is discussion in Congress of a new federal data protection and privacy law to
which we would become subject if it is enacted. All of these evolving compliance and operational requirements impose significant costs that are likely to
increase  over  time,  may  require  us  to  modify  our  data  processing  practices  and  policies,  divert  resources  from  other  initiatives  and  projects,  and  could
restrict  the  way  products  and  services  involving  data  are  offered,  all  of  which  could  significantly  harm  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of
operations  and  prospects.  Further,  certain  state  laws  may  be  more  stringent  or  broader  in  scope,  or  offer  greater  individual  rights,  with  respect  to
confidential,  sensitive  and  personal  information  than  federal,  international  or  other  state  laws,  and  such  laws  may  differ  from  each  other,  which  may
complicate compliance efforts.

A similar situation exists in the EU, where the General Data Protection Regulation, the GDPR, took effect in 2018 in the European Economic Area,
the EEA. The GDPR governs the collection, use, disclosure, transfer or other processing of personal data of European data subjects. Among other things,
the  GDPR  imposes  requirements  regarding  the  security  of  personal  data  and  notification  of  data  processing  obligations  to  the  competent  national  data
processing  authorities,  changes  the  lawful  bases  on  which  personal  data  can  be  processed,  and  expands  the  definition  of  personal  data.  In  addition,  the
GDPR increases the scrutiny of transfers of personal data from the EEA to the United States and other jurisdictions that the European Commission does not
recognize as having “adequate” data protection laws, and imposes substantial fines for breaches and violations (up to the greater of €20 million or 4% of
our consolidated annual worldwide gross revenue). The GDPR also confers a private right of action on data subjects and consumer associations to lodge
complaints with supervisory authorities, seek judicial remedies and obtain compensation for damages resulting from violations of the GDPR. Compliance
with these and any other applicable privacy and data security laws and regulations is a rigorous and time-intensive process, and we may be required to put
in place additional mechanisms ensuring compliance with the new data protection rules. If we fail to comply with any such laws or regulations, we may
face  significant  fines  and  penalties  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Furthermore,  the  laws  are  not
consistent, and compliance in the event of a widespread data breach could be costly.

More recently, the Court of Justice of the European Union ruled in July 2020 that the Privacy Shield, used by thousands of companies to transfer data
between the European Union and United States, was invalid and could no longer be used. In September 2020, Switzerland concluded that the Swiss-U.S.
Privacy Shield Framework does not provide an adequate level of protection for data transfers from Switzerland to the United States. Alternative transfer
mechanisms may be used, including the standard contractual clauses (“SCCs”), while the authorities interpret the decisions and scope of the invalidated
Privacy Shield, but the SCCs have also been called into question in the same ruling that invalidated Privacy Shield. At present, there are few if any viable
alternatives to the SCCs, so future developments may necessitate further expenditures on local infrastructure, changes to internal business processes, or
may otherwise affect or restrict sales and operations.

Further, the vote in the United Kingdom in favor of exiting the European Union, referred to as Brexit, has complicated data protection regulation in
the United Kingdom. In particular, as of January 1,2021, the GDPR has been converted into United Kingdom law and the United Kingdom is now a “third
country”  under  the  GDPR.  Pursuant  to  the  Trade  and  Cooperation  Agreement,  which  went  into  effect  on  January  1,  2021,  the  United  Kingdom  and
European Union agreed to a specified period during which the United Kingdom will be treated like a European Union member state in relation to transfers
of personal data to the United Kingdom for four months from January 1, 2021. This period may be extended by two further months. Unless the European
Commission  makes  an  ‘adequacy  finding’  in  respect  of  the  United  Kingdom  before  the  expiration  of  such  specified  period,  the  United  Kingdom  will
become an ‘inadequate third country’ under the GDPR and transfers of data from the EEA to the United Kingdom will require an ‘transfer mechanism,’
such  as  the  standard  contractual  clauses.  Furthermore,  following  the  expiration  of  the  specified  period,  there  will  be  increasing  scope  for  divergence  in
application, interpretation and enforcement of the data protection law as between the United Kingdom and EEA.

In  addition  to  the  foregoing,  any  breach  of  privacy  laws  or  data  security  laws,  particularly  resulting  in  a  significant  security  incident  or  breach
involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized use or disclosure of sensitive or confidential personal information, could have a material adverse
effect on our business, reputation and financial condition. In any circumstances where we are a data controller, we will be accountable for any third-party
service providers we engage to

21

Table of Contents

process personal data on our behalf. We attempt to mitigate the associated risks but there is no assurance that privacy and security-related safeguards will
protect us from all risks associated with the third-party processing, storage and transmission of such information.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

Our proprietary rights may not adequately protect our technologies.

Our  commercial  success  will  depend  in  part  on  our  obtaining  and  maintaining  patent,  trade  secret,  copyright  and  trademark  protection  of  our
technologies  in  the  United  States  and  other  jurisdictions  as  well  as  successfully  enforcing  this  intellectual  property  and  defending  it  against  third-party
challenges.  We  will  only  be  able  to  protect  our  technologies  from  unauthorized  use  by  third  parties  to  the  extent  that  valid  and  enforceable  intellectual
property  protections,  such  as  patents  or  trade  secrets,  cover  them.  In  particular,  we  place  considerable  emphasis  on  obtaining  patent  and  trade  secret
protection  for  significant  new  technologies,  products  and  processes.  The  degree  of  future  protection  of  our  proprietary  rights  is  uncertain  because  legal
means afford only limited protection and may not adequately protect our rights or permit us to gain or keep our competitive advantage. The degree of future
protection of our proprietary rights is also uncertain for products that are currently in the early stages of development because we cannot predict which of
these products will ultimately reach the commercial market or whether the commercial versions of these products will incorporate proprietary technologies.

Our patent position is highly uncertain and involves complex legal and factual questions. Accordingly, we cannot predict the breadth of claims that

may be allowed or enforced in our patents or in third-party patents. For example:

• we or our licensors might not have been the first to make the inventions covered by each of our pending patent applications and issued patents;
• we or our licensors might not have been the first to file patent applications for these inventions;
•
•
•
•

others may independently develop similar or alternative technologies or duplicate any of our technologies;
it is possible that none of our pending patent applications or the pending patent applications of our licensors will result in issued patents;
patents may issue to third parties that cover how we might practice our technology;
our issued patents and issued patents of our licensors may not provide a basis for commercially viable technologies, may not provide us with any
competitive advantages, or may be challenged and invalidated by third parties; and

• we may not develop additional proprietary technologies that are patentable.

Patents may not be issued for any pending or future pending patent applications owned by or licensed to us, and claims allowed under any issued
patent or future issued patent owned or licensed by us may not be valid or sufficiently broad to protect our technologies. Moreover, protection of certain of
our  intellectual  property  may  be  unavailable  or  limited  in  the  United  States  or  in  foreign  countries,  and  we  have  not  sought  to  obtain  foreign  patent
protection for certain of our products or technologies due to cost, concerns about enforceability or other reasons. Any issued patents owned by or licensed
to  us  now  or  in  the  future  may  be  challenged,  invalidated,  or  circumvented,  and  the  rights  under  such  patents  may  not  provide  us  with  competitive
advantages.  In  addition,  competitors  may  design  around  our  technology  or  develop  competing  technologies.  Intellectual  property  rights  may  also  be
unavailable or limited in some foreign countries, and in the case of certain products no foreign patents were filed or can be filed. This could make it easier
for competitors to capture or increase their market share with respect to related technologies. We could incur substantial costs to bring suits in which we
may assert our patent rights against others or defend ourselves in suits brought against us. An unfavorable outcome of any litigation could have a material
adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We also rely on trade secrets to protect our technology, especially where we believe patent protection is not appropriate or obtainable. However, trade
secrets are difficult to protect. We regularly attempt to obtain confidentiality agreements and contractual provisions with our collaborators, employees and
consultants to protect our trade secrets and proprietary know-how. These agreements may be breached or may not have adequate remedies for such breach.
While  we  use  reasonable  efforts  to  protect  our  trade  secrets,  our  employees,  consultants,  contractors  or  scientific  and  other  advisors,  or  those  of  our
strategic partners, may unintentionally or willfully disclose our information to competitors. If we were to enforce a claim that a third party had illegally
obtained and was using our trade secrets, our enforcement efforts would be expensive and time consuming, and the outcome would be unpredictable. In
addition, courts outside the United States are sometimes unwilling to protect trade secrets. Moreover, if our competitors independently develop equivalent
knowledge, methods and know-how, it will be more difficult for us to enforce our rights and our business could be harmed.

If we are not able to defend the patent or trade secret protection position of our technologies, then we will not be able to exclude competitors from
developing  or  marketing  competing  technologies  and  we  may  not  generate  enough  revenues  from  product  sales  to  justify  the  cost  of  developing  our
technologies and to achieve or maintain profitability.

22

Table of Contents

We also rely on trademarks to establish a market identity for our company and our products. To maintain the value of our trademarks, we might have
to file lawsuits against third parties to prevent them from using trademarks confusingly similar to or dilutive of our registered or unregistered trademarks.
Also,  we  might  not  obtain  registrations  for  our  pending  trademark  applications,  and  we  might  have  to  defend  our  registered  trademark  and  pending
trademark  applications  from  challenge  by  third  parties.  Enforcing  or  defending  our  registered  and  unregistered  trademarks  might  result  in  significant
litigation costs and damages, including the inability to continue using certain trademarks.

Third parties may claim that we infringe their intellectual property, and we could suffer significant litigation or licensing expense as a result.

Various U.S. and foreign issued patents and pending patent applications, which are owned by third parties, exist in our technology areas. Such third
parties may claim that we infringe their patents. Because patent applications can take several years to result in a patent issuance, there may be currently
pending applications, unknown to us, which may later result in issued patents that our technologies may infringe. For example, we are aware of competitors
with patents in technology areas applicable to our optical test equipment products. Such competitors may allege that we infringe these patents. There could
also be existing patents of which we are not aware that our technologies may inadvertently infringe. We have from time to time been, and may in the future
be, contacted by third parties, including patent assertion entities or intellectual property advisors, about licensing opportunities that also contain claims that
we are infringing on third party patent rights. If third parties assert these claims against us, we could incur extremely substantial costs and diversion of
management resources in defending these claims, and the defense of these claims could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations. Even if we believe we have not infringed on a third party’s patent rights, we may have to settle a claim on unfavorable terms
because  we  cannot  afford  to  litigate  the  claim.  In  addition,  if  third  parties  assert  claims  against  us  and  we  are  unsuccessful  in  defending  against  these
claims, these third parties may be awarded substantial damages as well as injunctive or other equitable relief against us, which could effectively block our
ability to make, use, sell, distribute or market our products and services in the United States or abroad.

Commercial  application  of  nanotechnologies  in  particular,  or  technologies  involving  nanomaterials,  is  new  and  the  scope  and  breadth  of  patent
protection is uncertain. Consequently, the patent positions of companies involved in nanotechnologies have not been tested, and there are complex legal and
factual questions for which important legal principles will be developed or may remain unresolved. In addition, it is not clear whether such patents will be
subject to interpretations or legal doctrines that differ from conventional patent law principles. Changes in either the patent laws or in interpretations of
patent laws in the United States and other countries may diminish the value of our nanotechnology-related intellectual property. Accordingly, we cannot
predict  the  breadth  of  claims  that  may  be  allowed  or  enforced  in  our  nanotechnology-related  patents  or  in  third  party  patents.  In  the  event  that  a  claim
relating to intellectual property is asserted against us, or third parties not affiliated with us hold pending or issued patents that relate to our products or
technology,  we  may  seek  licenses  to  such  intellectual  property  or  challenge  those  patents.  However,  we  may  be  unable  to  obtain  these  licenses  on
commercially reasonable terms, if at all, and our challenge of the patents may be unsuccessful. Our failure to obtain the necessary licenses or other rights
could prevent the sale, manufacture or distribution of our products and, therefore, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

A substantial portion of our technology is subject to retained rights of our licensors, and we may not be able to prevent the loss of those rights or the
grant of similar rights to third parties.

A  substantial  portion  of  our  technology  is  licensed  from  academic  institutions,  corporations  and  government  agencies.  Under  these  licensing
arrangements, a licensor may obtain rights over the technology, including the right to require us to grant a license to one or more third parties selected by
the  licensor  or  that  we  provide  licensed  technology  or  material  to  third  parties  for  non-commercial  research.  The  grant  of  a  license  for  any  of  our  core
technologies to a third party could have a material and adverse effect on our business. In addition, some of our licensors retain certain rights under the
licenses, including the right to grant additional licenses to a substantial portion of our core technology to third parties for non-commercial academic and
research  use.  It  is  difficult  to  monitor  and  enforce  such  non-commercial  academic  and  research  uses,  and  we  cannot  predict  whether  the  third-party
licensees would comply with the use restrictions of such licenses. We have incurred and could incur substantial expenses to enforce our rights against them.
We also may not fully control the ability to assert or defend those patents or other intellectual property which we have licensed from other entities, or which
we have licensed to other entities.

In addition, some of our licenses with academic institutions give us the right to use certain technology previously developed by researchers at these
institutions. In certain cases, we also have the right to practice improvements on the licensed technology to the extent they are encompassed by the licensed
patents and are within our field of use. Our licensors may currently own and may in the future obtain additional patents and patent applications that are
necessary  for  the  development,  manufacture  and  commercial  sale  of  our  anticipated  products.  We  may  be  unable  to  agree  with  one  or  more  academic
institutions from which we have obtained licenses whether certain intellectual property developed by researchers at these

23

Table of Contents

academic institutions is covered by our existing licenses. In the event that the new intellectual property is not covered by our existing licenses, we would be
required to negotiate a new license agreement. We may not be able to reach agreement with current or future licensors on commercially reasonable terms, if
at all, or the terms may not permit us to sell our products at a profit after payment of royalties, which could harm our business.

Some of our patents may cover inventions that were conceived or first reduced to practice under, or in connection with, U.S. government contracts or
other federal funding agreements. With respect to inventions conceived or first reduced to practice under a federal funding agreement, the U.S. government
may retain a non-exclusive, non-transferable, irrevocable, paid-up license to practice or have practiced for or on behalf of the United States the invention
throughout  the  world.  We  may  not  succeed  in  our  efforts  to  retain  title  in  patents,  maintain  ownership  of  intellectual  property  or  in  limiting  the  U.S.
government’s rights in our proprietary technologies and intellectual property when an issue exists as to whether such intellectual property was developed in
the performance of a federal funding agreement or developed at private expense.

If we fail to obtain the right to use the intellectual property rights of others which are necessary to operate our business, and to protect their intellectual
property, our business and results of operations will be adversely affected.

In  the  past,  we  have  licensed  certain  technologies  for  use  in  our  products.  In  the  future,  we  may  choose,  or  be  required,  to  license  technology  or
intellectual property from third parties in connection with the development of our products. We cannot assure you that third-party licenses will be available
on commercially reasonable terms, if at all. Our competitors may be able to obtain licenses, or cross-license their technology, on better terms than we can,
which could put us at a competitive disadvantage. Also, we often enter into confidentiality agreements with such third parties in which we agree to protect
and  maintain  their  proprietary  and  confidential  information,  including  at  times  requiring  our  employees  to  enter  into  agreements  protecting  such
information. There can be no assurance that the confidentiality agreements will not be breached by any of our employees or that such third parties will not
make claims that their proprietary information has been disclosed.

RISKS RELATING TO OUR COMMON STOCK

Our common stock price has been volatile and we expect that the price of our common stock will fluctuate substantially in the future, which could
cause you to lose all or a substantial part of your investment.

The  public  trading  price  for  our  common  stock  is  volatile  and  may  fluctuate  significantly.  Since  January  1,  2009,  our  common  stock  has  traded
between  a  high  of  $12.85  per  share  and  a  low  of  $0.26  per  share.  Among  the  factors,  many  of  which  we  cannot  control,  that  could  cause  material
fluctuations in the market price for our common stock are:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

sales of our common stock by our significant stockholders, or the perception that such sales may occur;
changes in earnings estimates, investors’ perceptions, recommendations by securities analysts or our failure to achieve analysts’ earnings estimates;
changes in our status as an entity eligible to receive SBIR contracts and grants;
quarterly variations in our or our competitors’ results of operations;
challenges integrating our recent or future acquisitions, including the inability to realize any expected synergies;
general market conditions and other factors unrelated to our operating performance or the operating performance of our competitors;
announcements by us, or by our competitors, of acquisitions, new products, significant contracts, commercial relationships or capital commitments;
pending or threatened litigation;
any major change in our board of directors or management or any competing proxy solicitations for director nominees;
changes in governmental regulations or in the status of our regulatory approvals;
announcements related to patents issued to us or our competitors;
a lack of, limited or negative industry or securities analyst coverage;
health epidemics, including the COVID-19 pandemic;
discussions of our company or our stock price by the financial and scientific press and online investor communities; and
general developments in our industry.

In  addition,  the  stock  prices  of  many  technology  companies  have  experienced  wide  fluctuations  that  have  often  been  unrelated  to  the  operating

performance of those companies. These factors may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

24

Table of Contents

If our estimates relating to our critical accounting policies are based on assumptions or judgments that change or prove to be incorrect, our operating
results could fall below expectations of financial analysts and investors, resulting in a decline in our stock price.

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires our management to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that
affect  the  amounts  reported  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience  and  on
various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the
carrying values of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our operating results may be adversely
affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions, which could cause our operating results to fall below the
expectations  of  financial  analysts  and  investors,  resulting  in  a  decline  in  our  stock  price.  Significant  assumptions  and  estimates  used  in  preparing  our
consolidated  financial  statements  include  those  related  to  revenue  recognition,  stock-based  compensation  and  income  taxes.  Moreover,  the  revenue
recognition guidance, ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, requires more judgment than did the prior guidance.

Our financial results may be adversely affected by changes in accounting principles applicable to us.

U.S. GAAP is subject to interpretation by the FASB, the SEC, and other bodies formed to promulgate and interpret appropriate accounting principles.
For  example,  in  May  2014,  the  FASB  issued  ASC  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers,  which  supersedes  nearly  all  existing  revenue
recognition  guidance  under  U.S.  GAAP.  We  adopted  this  guidance  as  of  January  1,  2018.  The  most  significant  impact  relates  to  changing  the  revenue
recognition for custom optoelectronics to an over time method. Before the adoption of this standard, we deferred the recognition of revenue until products
were shipped to the customer. Any difficulties in implementing these pronouncements or adequately accounting after adoption could cause us to fail to
meet our financial reporting obligations, which could result in regulatory discipline and harm investors’ confidence in us.

Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law could discourage or prevent a change
in  control,  even  if  an  acquisition  would  be  beneficial  to  our  stockholders,  which  could  affect  our  stock  price  adversely  and  prevent  attempts  by  our
stockholders to replace or remove our current management.

Our  amended  and  restated  certificate  of  incorporation  and  bylaws  and  Delaware  law  contain  provisions  that  might  delay  or  prevent  a  change  in
control,  discourage  bids  at  a  premium  over  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  adversely  affect  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  and  the
voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. These provisions include:

•
•
•

•

a classified board of directors serving staggered terms;
advance notice requirements to stockholders for matters to be brought at stockholder meetings;
a supermajority stockholder vote requirement for amending certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws;
and
the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval, which could be used to dilute the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer.

We  are  also  subject  to  provisions  of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  law  that,  in  general,  prohibit  any  business  combination  with  a  beneficial
owner of 15% or more of our common stock for three years unless the holder’s acquisition of our stock was approved in advance by our board of directors
or certain other conditions are satisfied.

The existence of these provisions could adversely affect the voting power of holders of common stock and limit the price that investors might be

willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock.

GENERAL RISK FACTORS

We could be negatively affected by a security breach or other compromise, either through cyber-attack, cyber-intrusion or other significant disruption
of our IT networks and related systems.

We face the risk, as does any company, of a security breach or other compromise, whether through cyber-attack or cyber-intrusion over the internet,
malware,  computer  viruses,  attachments  to  e-mails,  persons  inside  our  organization  or  persons  with  access  to  systems  inside  our  organization,  or  other
significant  disruption  of  our  IT  networks  and  related  systems.  The  risk  of  a  security  breach  or  disruption,  particularly  through  cyber-attack  or  cyber-
intrusion, including by computer hackers, foreign governments and cyber terrorists, has increased as the number, intensity and sophistication of attempted
attacks and intrusions

25

Table of Contents

from  around  the  world  have  increased.  We  may  also  experience  security  breaches  or  compromises  from  unintentional  or  accidental  actions  by  our
employees, contractors, consultants, business partners, and/or other third parties. To the extent that any security breach or disruption were to result in a loss,
destruction,  unavailability,  alteration  or  dissemination  of,  or  damage  to,  our  data  or  applications,  or  for  it  to  be  believed  or  reported  that  any  of  these
occurred, we could incur liability and reputational damage.

As a technology company, and particularly as a government contractor, we may face a heightened risk of a security breach, compromise or disruption
from  attempts  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  our  proprietary,  confidential  or  classified  information  on  our  IT  networks  and  related  systems  via  cyber-
attacks or cyber-intrusions. These types of information and IT networks and related systems are critical to the operation of our business and essential to our
ability to perform day-to-day operations, and, in some cases, are critical to our operations or those of our customers. Such critical information includes our
proprietary software code, which we protect as a trade secret and is critical to the competitive advantage of many of our products, which could be adversely
affected if this code were stolen in a cyber-intrusion or otherwise compromised. In addition, as certain of our technological capabilities become widely
known, it is possible that we may be subjected to cyber-attack or cyber-intrusion as third parties seek to gain improper access to information regarding
these capabilities and cyber-attacks or cyber-intrusion could compromise our confidential information or our IT networks and systems generally, as it is not
practical as a business matter to isolate all of our confidential information and trade secrets from email and internet access. A security breach, compromise
or  other  significant  disruption  involving  these  types  of  information  and  IT  networks  and  related  systems  could  disrupt  the  proper  functioning  of  these
networks  and  systems  and  therefore  our  operations,  compromise  our  confidential  information  and  trade  secrets,  or  damage  our  reputation  among  our
customers and the public generally. We have not identified any significant security breaches or experienced other significant disruptions of these types to
date. To date, we have not experienced a significant cyber-intrusion, cyber-attack or other similar disruption. There can be no assurance that our security
efforts and measures will be effective or that attempted security breaches or disruptions would not be successful or damaging. Any of these developments
in the future could have a negative impact on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

If there are substantial sales of our common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, our stock price could decline.

If any of our stockholders were to sell substantial amounts of our common stock, the market price of our common stock may decline, which might
make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Substantial sales of our
common stock, or the perception that such sales may occur, may have a material adverse effect on the prevailing market price of our common stock.

We  may  become  involved  in  securities  class  action  litigation  that  could  divert  management’s  attention  and  harm  our  business  and  our  insurance
coverage may not be sufficient to cover all costs and damages.

The stock market has from time to time experienced significant price and volume fluctuations that have affected the market prices for the common
stock of technology companies. These broad market fluctuations may cause the market price of our common stock to decline. In the past, following periods
of  volatility  in  the  market  price  of  a  particular  company’s  securities,  securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been  brought  against  that  company.
Securities  class  litigation  also  often  follows  certain  significant  business  transactions,  such  as  the  sale  of  a  business  division  or  a  change  in  control
transaction. We may become involved in this type of litigation in the future. Litigation often is expensive and diverts management’s attention and resources,
which could adversely affect our business.

We are obligated to develop and maintain proper and effective internal controls over financial reporting and any failure to maintain the adequacy of
these internal controls may adversely affect investor confidence in our company and, as a result, the value of our common stock.

We are required, pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of
our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  on  an  annual  basis.  This  assessment  includes  disclosure  of  any  material  weaknesses  identified  by  our
management in our internal control over financial reporting.

During  the  evaluation  and  testing  process  of  our  internal  controls,  if  we  identify  one  or  more  material  weaknesses  in  our  internal  control  over
financial reporting, we will be unable to assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective. While we have established certain procedures
and  controls  over  our  financial  reporting  processes,  we  cannot  assure  you  that  these  efforts  will  prevent  restatements  of  our  financial  statements  in  the
future. We may not be able to remediate any future material weaknesses, or to complete our evaluation, testing and any required remediation in a timely
fashion.

26

Table of Contents

Any  failure  to  maintain  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  could  severely  inhibit  our  ability  to  accurately  report  our  financial  condition  or
results of operations. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, we could lose investor confidence in the
accuracy  and  completeness  of  our  financial  reports,  the  market  price  of  our  common  stock  could  decline,  and  we  could  be  subject  to  sanctions  or
investigations by the Nasdaq Stock Market, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remedy any material weakness in our internal control over
financial reporting, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, could also restrict our future access to the
capital markets.

ITEM 1B.    UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.

ITEM 2.    PROPERTIES

The following table summarizes the location, ownership status and total square footage of space utilized for our operations and principal corporate

offices as of December 31, 2020:

Operations facilities
Principal corporate offices:
  Corporate headquarters
  OptaSense headquarters

Location
12 locations in 5 US states, 2 UK counties, 1 CN province and 1 UAE city

Square Footage

199,000

Roanoke, Virginia (US)
Farnborough, Hampshire (UK)

4,400
7,500

All of our properties are leased with various end dates through 2030. We believe that our existing facilities are adequate for our current needs and

suitable additional or substitute space will be available as needed to accommodate expansion of our operations.

ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From  time  to  time,  we  may  become  involved  in  litigation  or  claims  arising  out  of  our  operations  in  the  normal  course  of  business.  Management
currently believes the amount of ultimate liability, if any, with respect to these actions will not materially affect our financial position, results of operations,
or liquidity.

Refer to Note 14, Commitments and Contingencies, of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements included herein for information relating to

certain legal proceedings.

ITEM 4.    MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

27

 
 
 
Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5.    MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES

STOCKHOLDERS

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol "LUNA." As of March 10, 2021, we had 31,397,642 shares of common
stock outstanding held by 94 holders of record. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes stockholders
who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include
stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

STOCK PERFORMANCE GRAPH

The  graph  set  forth  below  compares  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  our  common  stock  for  the  previous  five  years,  during  which  our
common stock was traded on the Nasdaq Capital Market, as compared to the cumulative total return of the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Russell 2000
Index  over  the  same  period.  This  graph  assumes  the  investment  of  $100,000  in  our  common  stock  at  the  closing  price  on  January  1,  2016,  and  an
equivalent amount in the Nasdaq Composite Index and the Russell 2000 Index on that date, and assumes the reinvestment of dividends, if any. We have
never paid dividends on our common stock and have no present plans to do so.

Since there is no published industry or line-of-business index for our business reflective of our performance, nor do we believe we can reasonably
identify  a  peer  group,  we  measure  our  performance  against  issuers  with  similar  market  capitalizations.  We  selected  the  Russell  2000  Index  because  it
measures the performance of a broad range of companies with lower market capitalizations than those companies included in the S&P 500 Index.

The comparisons shown in the graph below are based upon historical data. We caution that the stock price performance shown in the graph below is

not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of our common stock.

28

Table of Contents

The  preceding  Stock  Performance  Graph  is  not  deemed  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  shall  not  be  incorporated  by
reference in any of our filings under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, whether made before or
after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language in any such filing.

DIVIDEND POLICY

Since our inception, we have never declared or paid any cash dividends on our common stock. We currently expect to retain any future earnings for
use in the operation and expansion of our business, and therefore do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our debt
facility with PNC Bank restricts us from paying cash dividends on our capital stock without the bank’s prior written consent.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities

Not applicable.

29

Table of Contents

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Parties-

The  following  table  summarizes  repurchases  of  our  common  stock  during  December  2020.  There  were  no  purchases  during  October  2020  or

November 2020.

Period

12/1/2020 - 12/31/2020

Total Number of
Shares Purchased

Average Price Paid
per Share

Total Number of
Shares Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Program

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
May Yet be Purchased
Under the Program

12,534 (1) $

9.87 

—  $

— 

(1) These shares of common stock were repurchased from employees to satisfy tax withholding obligations triggered upon vesting of restricted stock
awards.

ITEM 6.    SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

The consolidated statement of operations data for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report. The consolidated
statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2018, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2018,
2017 and 2016 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements that do not appear in this report. The following selected consolidated
financial data should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and
Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  included  at  Part  II,  Item  7  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  The  selected  data  in  this
section is not intended to replace the consolidated financial statements, and the historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected
in any future period.

30

Table of Contents

(in thousands, except share and per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:

Lightwave
Luna Labs

Total revenues (1)
Cost of revenues:
Lightwave
Luna Labs
Total cost of revenues
Gross profit
Operating expense
Operating income/(loss)
Other income/(expense), net
Interest income
Interest expense, net
Income/(loss) from continuing operations before income taxes
Income tax (expense)/benefit
Net income/(loss) from continuing operations
(Loss)/income from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net income/(loss)
Less: Preferred stock dividend
Net income/(loss) attributable to common stockholders

Net income/(loss) per share from continuing operations:

Basic

         Diluted
Net (loss)/income per share from discontinued operations:

Basic

         Diluted
Net income/(loss) per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

         Diluted
Weighted-average shares:

Basic
Diluted

2020

Years ended December 31,
2018

2017

2019

2016

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

59,115 
23,566 
82,681 

23,306 
17,187 
40,493 
42,188 
37,205 
4,983 
50 
67 
(25)
5,075 
(348)
4,727 
(1,436)
3,291 
— 
3,291 

0.15 
0.15 

(0.05)
(0.04)

0.11 
0.10 

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

49,117 
21,399 
70,516 

20,157 
15,176 
35,333 
35,183 
31,867 
3,316 
(5)
394 
(16)
3,689 
1,654 
5,343 
— 
5,343 
286 
5,057 

0.19 
0.17 

— 
— 

0.18 
0.16 

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

24,409 
18,508 
42,917 

10,136 
13,343 
23,479 
19,438 
18,560 
878 
(17)
549 
(124)
1,286 
(48)
1,238 
9,766 
11,004 
257 
10,747 

0.04 
0.04 

0.35 
0.30 

0.39 
0.33 

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

16,846 
16,236 
33,082 

7,362 
12,351 
19,713 
13,369 
15,577 
(2,208)
26 
— 
(218)
(2,400)
1,149 
(1,251)
15,866 
14,615 
147 
14,468 

(0.05)
(0.05)

0.58 
0.58 

0.52 
0.52 

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

15,552 
14,052 
29,604 

7,124 
10,766 
17,890 
11,714 
15,840 
(4,126)
28 
— 
(317)
(4,415)
136 
(4,279)
1,909 
(2,370)
105 
(2,475)

(0.16)
(0.16)

0.07 
0.07 

(0.09)
(0.09)

30,669,874 
32,578,757 

28,688,867 
31,840,584 

27,596,401 
32,452,228 

27,579,988 
27,579,988 

27,547,217 
27,547,217 

    (1) The  consolidated  statement  of  operations  for  years  ended  December  31,  2018  and  beyond  were  recognized  in  accordance  with  ASC  606.  The  years  prior  to  December  31,  2018  were
recognized under ASC 605.

(in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (2)
Total assets (2)
Total current liabilities (2)
Total debt

2020

2019

As of December 31,
2018

2017

2016

$

$

15,366 
45,384 
131,002 
30,085 
19,984 

$

25,006 
41,072 
86,524 
17,044 
— 

$

42,460 
56,089 
75,599 
12,139 
619 

$

36,982 
43,975 
66,223 
14,826 
2,436 

12,802 
21,129 
54,997 
15,968 
4,253 

(2)     ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities were recognized in the year ended December 31, 2019, in accordance with ASC 842. Years ended December 31, 2018 and prior were
recognized under ASC 840.

31

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.    MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations  should  be  read  in  conjunction  with  our  consolidated
financial statements and the related notes to those statements included elsewhere in this report. In addition to historical financial information, the following
discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results and timing of selected
events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those discussed under “Risk
Factors” and elsewhere in this report.

Business Overview

        We  are  a  leader  in  advanced  optical  technology,  providing  high  performance  fiber  optic  test,  measurement  and  control  products  for  the
telecommunications and photonics industries; and distributed fiber optic sensing solutions that measure, or “sense,” the structures for industries ranging
from aerospace, automotive, energy, oil and gas, security and infrastructure.

Our communications test and control products help customers test their fiber optic networks and assemblies with speed and precision in both lab
and  production  environments,  accelerating  the  development  of  fiber  optic  products  and  assuring  accurate  testing  of  optical  components  like  photonic
integrated circuits (PICs) and coherent receivers, which are both critical elements of meeting the world’s exponentially growing demand for bandwidth.
Our distributed fiber optic sensing products help designers and manufacturers more efficiently develop new and innovative products by measuring stress,
strain, and temperature at a high resolution for new designs or manufacturing processes. In addition, our distributed fiber optic sensing products ensure the
safety  and  structural  integrity  or  operational  health  of  critical  assets  in  the  field,  by  monitoring  stress,  strain,  and  vibration  in  large  civil  and  industrial
infrastructure such as bridges, roads, pipelines and borders. We also provide applied research services, typically under research programs funded by the
U.S. government, in areas of sensing and instrumentation, advanced materials, optical technologies and health sciences.

We are organized into two reporting segments, our Lightwave segment and our Luna Labs segment. Our Lightwave segment consists of our fiber
optics testing, measurement and sensing solutions. Our Lightwave segment revenues represented approximately 71% and 70% of our total revenues for the
years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Our Luna Labs segment performs applied research principally in the areas of sensing and instrumentation, advanced materials and health sciences.
Our Luna Labs segment comprised approximately 29% and 30% of our total revenues for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Most
of the government funding for our Luna Labs segment is derived from the Small Business Innovation Research ("SBIR"), program coordinated by the U.S.
Small Business Administration. Within the Luna Labs segment, we have historically had a backlog of contracts for which work has been scheduled, but for
which  a  specified  portion  of  work  has  not  yet  been  completed.  We  define  backlog  as  the  dollar  amount  of  obligations  payable  to  us  under  negotiated
contracts upon completion of a specified portion of work that has not yet been completed, exclusive of revenues previously recognized for work already
performed under these contracts, if any. Total backlog includes funded backlog, which is the amount for which money has been directly authorized by the
U.S. government and for which a purchase order has been received by a commercial customer, and unfunded backlog, representing firm orders for which
funding has not yet been appropriated. Indefinite delivery and quantity contracts and unexercised options are not reported in total backlog. The approximate
value of our Lightwave segment backlog was $35.9 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The approximate value of our
Luna Labs segment backlog was $19.0 million and $21.8 million at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Revenues from product sales are mostly derived from the sales of our communications test, measurement, control and sensing products that make use
of light-transmitting optical fibers, or fiber optics. We continue to invest in product development and commercialization, which we anticipate will lead to
increased product sales growth. Although we have been successful in licensing certain technologies in past years, we do not expect license revenues to
represent  a  significant  portion  of  future  revenues.  Over  time  we  intend  to  gradually  increase  such  revenues.  In  the  near  term,  we  expect  revenues  from
product sales to continue to be primarily in areas associated with our communications test, measurement, control and sensing fiber optic test platforms. In
the  long  term,  we  expect  that  revenues  from  product  sales  will  represent  a  larger  portion  of  our  total  revenues.  As  we  develop  and  commercialize  new
products, our revenues will reflect a broader and more diversified mix of products.

We realized net income attributable to common stockholders of approximately $3.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and net income
attributable  to  common  stockholders  of  approximately  $5.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  We  realized  net  income  from  continuing
operations  of  $4.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  and  net  income  from  continuing  operations  of  $5.3  million  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019.

We may incur increasing expenses as we seek to expand our business, including expenses for research and development, sales and marketing and

manufacturing capabilities. We may continue to grow our business in part through acquisitions of

32

Table of Contents

additional companies and complementary technologies, which could cause us to incur transaction expenses, amortization or write-offs of intangible assets
and goodwill and other acquisition-related expenses. As a result, we may incur net losses in future periods, and these losses could be substantial.

Acquisitions

OptaSense Holdings Limited

On December 3, 2020, we acquired OptaSense Holdings Limited ("OptaSense") for $38.9 million (£29.0 million) in cash. OptaSense, formerly owned

by QinetiQ Holdings Limited, is a market leader in fiber optic distributed monitoring solutions for pipelines, oilfield services, security, highways and
railways, and in power and utilities monitoring systems. The acquisition of OptaSense provided us with important distributed acoustic sensing ("DAS")
intellectual property and products. OptaSense's technology and products and geographic footprint are highly complementary to our Lightwave segment
which we believe will accelerate our technology and overall growth roadmap.

General Photonics Corporation

On March 1, 2019, we acquired all of the outstanding stock of General Photonics Corporation ("GP"), a leading provider of innovative components,
modules and test equipment focused on the generation, measurement and control of polarized light critical in fiber optic-based applications for aggregate
consideration of $20.0 million, inclusive of $19.0 million paid at closing and $1.0 million of contingent consideration in 2020 related to certain earn-out
provisions.

Description of Our Revenues, Costs and Expenses

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic

The broader impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our results of operations and overall financial performance remains uncertain. The COVID-19
pandemic  has  affected  how  we  interact  with  our  customers  by  reducing  face-to-face  meetings  and  increasing  our  on-line  and  virtual  presence.  While
increasing  our  on-line  and  virtual  presence  has  proven  effective,  we  are  unsure  of  the  impact  if  these  conditions  continue  for  an  extended  period.  In
addition, we have experienced minor impacts on our supply chain that we have managed. For example, in cases where there were delays we relied on our
inventory of components to continue production. There is no guarantee we will be able to manage through future delays in our supply chain. See “Risk
Factors” for further discussion of the potential adverse impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business.

Revenues

We  generate  revenues  from  product  sales,  commercial  product  development  and  licensing  and  technology  development  activities.  Our Lightwave
segment revenues reflect amounts that we receive from sales of our products or development of products for third parties and, to a lesser extent, fees paid to
us in connection with licenses or sub-licenses of certain patents and other intellectual property.

We derive Luna Labs segment revenues from providing research and development services to third parties, including government entities, academic
institutions  and  corporations,  and  from  achieving  milestones  established  by  some  of  these  contracts.  In  general,  we  complete  contracted  research  over
periods ranging from six months to three years and recognize these revenues over the life of the contract as costs are incurred.

Cost of Revenues

Cost of revenues associated with Lightwave segment revenues consists of license fees for use of certain technologies, product manufacturing costs
including  all  direct  material  and  direct  labor  costs,  amounts  paid  to  our  contract  manufacturers,  manufacturing,  shipping  and  handling,  provisions  for
product warranties and inventory obsolescence, as well as overhead allocated to each of these activities.

Cost of revenues associated with Luna Labs segment revenues consists of costs associated with performing the related research activities including

direct labor, amounts paid to subcontractors and overhead allocated to Luna Labs segment activities.

Operating Expense

Operating  expense  consists  of  selling,  general  and  administrative  expense,  as  well  as  expenses  related  to  research,  development  and  engineering,
depreciation of fixed assets and amortization of intangible assets. These expenses also include compensation for employees in executive and operational
functions including certain non-cash charges related to expenses from

33

Table of Contents

equity awards, facilities costs, professional fees, salaries, commissions, travel expense and related benefits of personnel engaged in sales, marketing, and
administrative activities; costs of marketing programs and promotional materials; salaries, bonuses and related benefits of personnel engaged in our own
research and development beyond the scope and activities of our Luna Labs segment; product development activities not provided under contracts with
third parties; and overhead costs related to these activities.

Investment Income

Investment income consists of amounts earned on our cash equivalents. We sweep on a daily basis a portion of our cash on hand into a fund invested

in U.S. government obligations.

Interest Expense, Net

Interest expense is composed of interest paid under our term loans as well as interest accrued on our finance lease obligations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Lightwave Revenues

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for Lightwave contracts, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and
accounted for as one single contract and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. We
recognize revenue when the performance obligation has been satisfied by transferring the control of the product or service to the customer. For tangible
products  that  contain  software  that  is  essential  to  the  tangible  product’s  functionality,  we  consider  the  product  and  software  to  be  a  single  performance
obligation  and  recognize  revenue  accordingly.  For  contracts  with  multiple  performance  obligations,  we  allocate  the  contract’s  transaction  price  to  each
performance obligation based on their relative stand-alone selling prices. In such circumstances, we use the observable price of goods or services which are
sold separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. If these prices are not observable, then we will estimate the stand-alone selling price using
information that is reasonably available. For the majority of our standard products and services, price list and discount structures related to customer type
are available. For products and services that do not have price list and discount structures, we may use one or more of the following: (i) adjusted market
assessment  approach,  (ii)  expected  cost  plus  a  margin  approach,  and  (iii)  residual  approach.  The  adjusted  market  approach  requires  us  to  evaluate  the
market in which we sell goods or services and estimate the price that a customer in that market would be willing to pay for those goods or services. The
expected cost-plus margin approach requires us to forecast our expected costs of satisfying the performance obligation and then add a reasonable margin
for  that  good  or  service.  The  residual  approach  decreases  the  total  transaction  price  by  the  sum  of  the  observable  standalone  selling  prices  if  either  the
company sells the same good or services to different customers for a broad range of amounts or the company has not established a price for the good or
service and that good or service has not been sold on a standalone basis. Shipping and handling activities primarily occur after a customer obtains control
and are considered fulfillment cost rather than separate performance obligations. Similarly, sales and similar taxes assessed by a governmental authority
that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the entity from a customer are excluded from the
measurement of the transaction price.

For standard products, we recognize revenue at a point in time when control passes to the customer. Absent substantial product acceptance clauses,
this is based on the shipping terms. For  custom  products  that  require  engineering  and  development  based  on  customer  requirements,  we  will  recognize
revenue over time using the output method for any items shipped and any finished goods or work in process that is produced for balances of open sales
orders. For  any  finished  goods  or  work  in  process  that  has  been  produced  for  the  balance  of  open  sales  orders  we  recognize  revenue  by  applying  the
average selling price for such open order to the lesser of the on-hand balance in finished goods or open sales order quantity which we present as a contract
asset on the balance sheet. Cost of sales is recognized based on the standard cost of the finished goods and work in process associated with this revenue and
inventory balances are reduced accordingly. For extended warranties and product rentals, revenue is recognized over time using the output method based on
the time elapsed for the warranty or service period. In the case of warranties, we record a contract liability for amounts billed but that are not recognized
until subsequent periods. A separate contract liability is recorded for the cost associated with warranty repairs based on our estimate of future expense. For
testing  services  where  we  are  performing  testing  on  an  asset  the  customer  controls,  revenue  is  recognized  over  time  by  the  output  method  using  the
performance to date. For training, where the customer is receiving the benefit of training as it is occurring, and for repairs to a customer-controlled asset,
revenue is recognized over time by the output method using the

34

Table of Contents

performance to date. For royalty revenue, we apply the practical expedient “royalty exception” recognizing revenue based on the royalty agreement which
specifies an amount based on sales or minimum amount, whichever is greater.

        In  some  product  rental  contracts,  a  customer  may  be  offered  a  discount  on  the  purchase  of  an  item  that  would  provide  for  a  material  right.  When a
material right has been provided to a customer, a separate performance obligation is established, and a portion of the rental revenue will be deferred until
the future product is purchased or the option expires. This deferred revenue is recognized as a contract liability on the balance sheet.

Luna Labs Revenues

We perform research and development for U.S. Federal government agencies, educational institutions and commercial organizations. We account for
a research contract when a contract has been executed, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial
substance, and collectability of the contract price is considered probable. Revenue is earned under cost reimbursable, time and materials and fixed price
contracts. Direct contract costs are expensed as incurred.

Our contracts with agencies of the U.S. government are subject to periodic funding by the respective contracting agency. Funding for a contract may
be provided in full at inception of the contract or ratably throughout the contract as the services are provided. In evaluating the probability of funding for
purposes  of  assessing  collectability  of  the  contract  price,  we  consider  our  previous  experience  with  our  customers,  communication  with  our  customers
regarding funding status and our knowledge of available funding for the contract or program. If funding is not assessed as probable, revenue recognition is
deferred until realization is reasonably assured.

Under the typical payment terms of our U.S. government contracts, the customer pays us either performance-based payments ("PBPs") or progress
payments. PBPs, which are typically used in the firm fixed price contracts, are interim payments based on quantifiable measures of performance or on the
achievement of specified events or milestones. Progress payments, which are typically used in our cost type contracts, are interim payments based on costs
incurred as the work progresses. For our U.S. government cost-type contracts, the customer generally pays us during the performance period for 80%-90%
of our actual costs incurred. Because the customer retains a small portion of the contract price until completion of the contract and audit of allowable costs,
cost type contracts generally result in revenue recognized in excess of billings which we present as contract assets on the balance sheet. Amounts billed and
due from our customers are classified as receivables on the balance sheet. For non-U.S. government contracts, we typically receive interim payments as
work progresses, although for some contracts, we may be entitled to receive advance payments. We recognize a liability for these advance payments and
PBPs paid in advance which are in excess of the revenue recognized and present these amounts as contract liabilities on the balance sheet.

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for research and development contracts, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be
combined and accounted for as one single contract and whether the combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance
obligation. For instances where a contract has options that were bid with the initial contract and awarded at a later date, we combine the options with the
original contract when options are awarded. For most of our contracts, the customer contracts for research with multiple milestones that are interdependent.
Consequently, the entire contract is accounted for as one performance obligation. The effect of the combined or modified contract on the transaction price
and measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an increase in or a reduction
of revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.

Contract revenue recognition is measured over time as we perform because of continuous transfer of control to the customer. For U.S. government
contracts which are typically subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, this continuous transfer of control to the customer is supported by clauses in the
contract that allow the customer to unilaterally terminate the contract for convenience, pay us for cost incurred plus a reasonable profit and take control of
any work in process. From time to time, as part of normal management processes, facts may change, causing revisions to estimated total costs or revenues
expected. The cumulative impact of any revisions to estimates and the full impact of anticipated losses on any type of contract are recognized in the period
in which they become known.

Because  of  control  transfers  over  time,  revenue  is  recognized  over  time  based  on  the  extent  of  progress  towards  completion  of  the  performance
obligation.  The  selection  of  the  method  to  measure  progress  towards  completion  requires  judgment  and  is  based  on  the  nature  of  the  services  to  be
provided. We generally use the input method, more specifically the cost-to-cost measure of progress for our contracts because it best depicts the transfer of
control  to  the  customer  which  occurs  as  we  incur  costs  on  our  contracts.  Under  the  cost-to-cost  measure  of  progress,  the  extent  of  progress  towards
completion is

35

Table of Contents

measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. The underlying bases for
estimating our contract research revenues are measurable expenses, such as labor, subcontractor costs and materials, and data that are updated on a regular
basis for purposes of preparing our cost estimates. Our research contracts generally have a period of performance of six months to three years, and our
estimates of contract costs have historically been consistent with actual results. Revisions in these estimates between accounting periods to reflect changing
facts and circumstances have not had a material impact on our operating results, and we do not expect future changes in these estimates to be material. The
cumulative impact of any revisions to estimates and the full impact of anticipated losses on any type of contract are recognized in the period in which they
become known.

Under cost reimbursable contracts, we are reimbursed for costs that are determined to be reasonable, allowable and allocable to the contract and paid
a fixed fee representing the profit negotiated between us and the contracting agency. Revenue from cost reimbursable contracts is recognized as costs are
incurred plus an estimate of applicable fees earned. We consider fixed fees under cost reimbursable contracts to be earned in proportion to the allowable
costs incurred in performance of the contract.

Revenue from time and materials contracts is recognized based on direct labor hours expended at contract billing rates plus other billable direct costs.

Fixed price contracts may include either a product delivery or specific service performance throughout a period. For fixed price contracts that are
based on the proportional performance method and involve a specified number of deliverables, we recognize revenue based on the proportion of the cost of
the  deliverables  compared  to  the  cost  of  all  deliverables  included  in  the  contract  as  this  method  more  accurately  measures  performance  under  these
arrangements. For fixed price contracts that provide for the development and delivery of a specific prototype or product, revenue is recognized based upon
the percentage of completion method.

Whether certain costs under government contracts are allowable is subject to audit by the government. Certain indirect costs are charged to contracts
using provisional or estimated indirect rates, which are subject to later revision based on government audits of those costs. Management is of the opinion
that costs subsequently disallowed, if any, would not likely have a significant impact on revenues recognized for those contracts.

Income Taxes

We estimate our tax liability through calculating our current tax liability, together with assessing temporary differences resulting from the different
treatment of items for tax and accounting purposes. These differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities, which we record on our balance sheet.
Management then assesses the likelihood that deferred tax assets will be recovered in future periods. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance against
the net deferred tax asset, management considers factors such as future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences, taxable income in prior carry
back years, whether carry back is permitted under the tax law, tax planning strategies and estimated future taxable income exclusive of reversing temporary
differences  and  carryforwards.  To  the  extent  that  we  cannot  conclude  that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  the  benefit  of  such  assets  will  be  realized,  we
establish a valuation allowance to reduce their net carrying value.

As we assess our projections of future taxable income or other factors that may impact our ability to generate taxable income in future periods, our

estimate of the required valuation allowance may change, which could have a material impact on future earnings or losses.

We recognize tax benefits from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by
taxing authorities. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of timing of the resolution of any particular tax matter, we establish a liability at
the time we determine it is probable we will be required to pay additional taxes related to certain matters. These liabilities are recorded in accrued liabilities
in  our  consolidated  balance  sheets.  We  adjust  this  provision,  including  any  impact  on  the  related  interest  and  penalties,  in  light  of  changing  facts  and
circumstances, such as the progress of a tax audit. A number of years may elapse before a particular matter for which we have established a liability is
audited and finally resolved. The number of years with open tax audits varies depending on the tax jurisdiction. Settlement of any particular issue would
usually require the use of cash. We recognize favorable resolutions of tax matters for which we have previously established liabilities as a reduction to our
income tax expense when the amounts involved become known.

Due to differences between federal and state tax law, and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") certain
items are included in the tax return at different times than when those items are reflected in the consolidated financial statements. Therefore, the annual tax
rate reflected in our consolidated financial statements is different than that reported in our tax return. Some of these differences are permanent, such as
expenses that are not deductible in our tax

36

Table of Contents

return.  Some  differences,  such  as  depreciation  expense,  reverse  over  time  and  create  deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities.  The  tax  rates  used  to  determine
deferred tax assets or liabilities are the enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Based on the evaluation of all
available  information,  we  recognize  future  tax  benefits,  such  as  net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carryforwards,  to  the  extent  that  realizing  these  benefits  is
considered more likely than not.

Because we have NOLs carried over from a previously acquired company that are limited under Section 382, the deferred tax assets of $1.2 million

as of December 31, 2020 are expected to be realized over an extended period of time (with continued earnings realized ratably through 2033).

Following  our  acquisition  of  OptaSense,  the  deferred  taxes  include  loss  carry  forwards  in  the  United  Kingdom,  and  the  United  States.  Given
cumulative three years of losses for each of the entities, we have concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the net deferred tax assets from the UK and
US entities will not be realized, and have recorded a full valuation allowance against them.

Stock-Based Compensation

We recognize stock-based compensation expense based upon the fair value of the underlying equity award on the date of the grant. The calculation of
the fair value of our awards requires certain inputs that are subjective and changes to the estimates used will cause the fair values of our stock awards and
related stock-based compensation expense to vary. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes-Merton ("Black-Scholes") option pricing model to determine
the fair value of stock options. The fair value of a stock option award is affected by our stock price on the date of the grant as well as other assumptions
used as inputs in the valuation model including the estimated volatility of our stock price over the term of the awards, the estimate period of time that we
expect employees to hold their stock options and the risk-free interest rate assumption. In addition, we are required to reduce stock-based compensation
expense for the effects of actual forfeitures of unvested awards in the period they occur.

Long-lived and Intangible Assets

Long-lived  assets  and  certain  identifiable  intangibles  are  reviewed  for  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the
carrying amount of an asset might not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of
an asset to future un-discounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be
recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Assets to be disposed of are reported at
the lower of the carrying amount or fair value, less cost to sell.

Goodwill

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually, or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired. We

have established October 1 as our specified annual date for impairment testing.

Business Combinations

We account for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting, in accordance with ASC 805 - Business Combinations. Under
ASC  805,  the  total  estimated  purchase  consideration  is  allocated  to  the  acquired  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and  assumed  liabilities  based  on  their
estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. Any excess of the fair value of acquisition consideration over the fair value of identifiable assets acquired
and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill.

37

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

        The  following  table  shows  information  derived  from  our  consolidated  statements  of  operations  expressed  as  a  percentage  of  total  revenues  for  the
periods presented.

Revenues:

Lightwave
Luna Labs

Total revenues

Cost of revenues:
Lightwave
Luna Labs

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit
Operating expense
Operating income
Total other income
Income from continuing operations before income taxes
Income from continuing operations, net of income taxes
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes
Net income

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

71.5 %
28.5 
100.0 

28.2 
20.8 
49.0 
51.0 
45.0 
6.0 
0.1 
6.1 
5.7 
(1.7)
4.0 %

69.7 %
30.3 
100.0 

28.6 
21.5 
50.1 
49.9 
45.2 
4.7 
0.5 
5.2 
7.6 
— 
7.6 %

Year Ended December 31, 2020 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2019

Revenues

(in thousands)
Lightwave revenues
Luna Labs revenues
Total revenues

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

$ Difference

% Difference

$

$

59,115 
23,566 
82,681 

$

$

49,117  $
21,399 
70,516  $

9,998 
2,167 
12,165 

20.4 %
10.1 %
17.3 %

        Our  Lightwave  segment  included  revenues  from  sales  of  test  and  measurement  systems,  primarily  representing  sales  of  our  Optical  Backscatter
Reflectometer, ODiSI, and Optical Vector Analyzer platforms, optical components and sub-assemblies and sales of our Hyperion and Terahertz sensing
platforms. Our Lightwave segment revenues increased $10.0 million to $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $49.1 million for
the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  The  increase  resulted  primarily  from  the  incremental  revenues  associated  with  the  acquired  operations  of  GP  and
OptaSense as well as increased revenues from our sensing products during the year ended December 31, 2020. Continued growth in sales of our fiber-optic
sensing products, including our ODiSI products directed toward the expanding use of composite materials and the need for improved means of testing their
structural integrity, and our communications test instruments also contributed to this increase.

    Our Luna Labs segment revenues increased $2.2 million to $23.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $21.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019. Revenues within this segment increased due to additional contract awards, including higher value Phase 2 SBIR contracts. The
increase  continues  a  growth  trend  experienced  over  the  past  few  years  largely  driven  by  successes  in  Phase  2  SBIR  awards.  The  increase  was  realized
primarily in our advanced materials research group. As Phase 2 SBIR contracts generally have a performance period of a year or more, we currently expect
Luna Labs segment revenues to remain at a similar level for the near term.

38

 
 
Table of Contents

Cost of Revenues

(in thousands)
Lightwave costs
Luna Labs costs

Total costs of revenues

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

$ Difference

% Difference

$

$

23,306 
17,187 
40,493 

$

$

20,157  $
15,176 
35,333  $

3,149 
2,011 
5,160 

15.6 %
13.3 %
14.6 %

    Our Lightwave segment costs increased $3.1 million to $23.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $20.2 million for the year
ended  December  31,  2019.  This  increase  primarily  resulted  from  the  incremental  costs  associated  with  the  inclusion  of  approximately  one  month  of
operations  from  OptaSense,  which  was  acquired  in  December  2020,  as  well  as  an  increase  in  sales  volume  in  our  sensing  and  communications  testing
products.

Our Luna Labs segment costs increased $2.0 million, to $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $15.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019. The overall increase in Luna Labs segment costs was driven by increases in additional headcount and the increased spending on
other direct costs to support the growth in our research contracts and was consistent with the rate of revenue growth for this business segment.

Operating Expense

(in thousands)
Selling, general and administrative expense
Research, development and engineering expense
Acquisition related expense
Loss on sale of property and equipment

Total operating expense

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

$ Difference

% Difference

$

$

27,644 
6,713 
2,204 
644 
37,205 

$

$

23,344  $
7,496 
1,027 
— 
31,867  $

4,300 
(783)
1,177 
644 
5,338 

18.4 %
(10.4)%
114.6 %
100.0 %
16.8 %

Selling, general and administrative expense increased $4.3 million to $27.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $23.3 million
for the year ended December 31, 2019. Selling, general and administrative expense increased primarily due to the additional selling related expenses as a
result of increased revenues, increased depreciation on acquired fixed assets and share-based compensation related to employee participation in our ESPP
which began during the third quarter.

Research, development and engineering expenses decreased $0.8 million to $6.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to $7.5
million for the year ended December 31, 2019 primarily due to additional expenses related to product improvements in our Lightwave segment for the year
ended December 31, 2019 that did not reoccur during the year ended December 31, 2020.

Acquisition  related  expense  consists  primarily  of  investment  banking,  legal  and  consulting  fees  incurred  in  connection  with  our  acquisition  of
OptaSense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  Acquisition  related  expense  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019  consists  of  fees  incurred  in
connection with our acquisition of GP.

The  loss  on  sale  of  property  and  equipment  was  primarily  due  to  the  sale  of  one  of  our  buildings  and  other  fixed  assets  in  order  to  consolidate

operations in our Luna Labs operating segment.

Investment Income

Investment income was $0.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to $0.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. During
the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  we  invested  a  portion  of  our  cash  in  funds  holding  U.S.  treasury  securities.  The  decrease  in  investment
income is primarily related to lower returns on our cash balance held in U.S. treasury securities.

Income Tax Expense/(Benefit)

    For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recorded income tax expense of $0.3 million, compared to an income tax benefit of $1.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2019. The income tax expense recognized for the year ended December 31, 2020 was driven mostly by not having the benefit of a
partial release of our valuation allowance partially offset by research and development tax credits received in 2020.

39

Table of Contents

Net Income From Continuing Operations

    For the year ended December 31, 2020, we recognized income from continuing operations before income taxes of $5.1 million, compared to $3.7 million
for the year ended December 31, 2019. After  tax,  our  net  income  from  continuing  operations  was  $4.7  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,
compared to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Net Loss from Discontinued Operations

For the year ended December 31,2020, we recognized loss from discontinued operations, net of income taxes, of $1.4 million which represented the
after-tax  loss  on  sale  of  our  High  Speed  Optical  Receiver  ("HSOR")  business.  In  March  2020,  we  settled  the  notice  of  claim  dispute  with  Macom
Technology Solutions, Inc. ("Macom") resulting in us receiving $0.6 million and Macom receiving $1.9 million. There were no results from discontinued
operations for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Preferred Stock Dividend

In January 2010, we issued 1,321,514 shares of our newly designated Series A Convertible Preferred Stock to Carilion. The Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock carried an annual cumulative dividend of 6%, or approximately 79,292 shares of common stock per year. During 2019, we accrued $0.3
million for the dividends payable to Carilion. During 2019, the total accrued dividend of 770,454 shares of common stock were issued to Carilion as shown
on our consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity. There were no additional shares of common stock accrued or issued during 2020.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

At December 31, 2020, our total cash and cash equivalents were $15.4 million.

On December 1, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), we entered into a Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as
lender (the “Lender”) and our domestic subsidiaries as guarantors. The Loan Agreement provides a $12.5 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) and
a $15.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Line”), which include a $3.0 million letter of credit sublimit. On the Effective Date, we borrowed
the full amount of the Term Loan from the Lender pursuant to a term note (the “Term Note”) and a $7.6 million revolving loan (the “Revolving Loan”)
pursuant to a revolving line of credit note (the “Revolving Line of Credit Note”). We may repay and reborrow advances under the Revolving Line from
time to time pursuant to the Revolving Line of Credit Note.

We used the proceeds from the Term Loan and the Revolving Loan to pay, in part, the consideration for the acquisition of OptaSense.

The Term Loan matures on December 1, 2023. The Term Loan is due and payable in 12 equal quarterly payments of principal and interest. The Term
Loan  bears  interest  at  a  floating  per  annum  rate  equal  to  the  sum  of  (a)  LIBOR  plus  (b)  a  margin  ranging  from  1.75%  to  2.25%  depending  on  the  Net
Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Loan Agreement). We may prepay the Term Loan without penalty or premium.

The Revolving Line expires on December 1, 2023. Borrowings under the Revolving Line will bear interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the
sum of (a) LIBOR plus (b) a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% depending on the Net Leverage Ratio. Accrued interest will be due and payable on the
first  day  of  each  month  and  the  outstanding  principal  balance  and  any  accrued  but  unpaid  interest  will  be  due  and  payable  on  December  1,  2023.  The
unused portion of the Revolving Line will accrue a fee equal to 0.20% per annum multiplied by the quarterly average unused amount.

The Loan Agreement includes a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants, including, among others, financial covenants regarding minimum
net leverage and fixed charge coverage, affirmative covenants regarding delivery of financial statements, payment of taxes, and maintenance of government
compliance,  and  restrictive  covenants  regarding  dispositions  of  property,  acquisitions,  incurrence  of  additional  indebtedness  or  liens,  investments  and
transactions with affiliates. We are also restricted from paying dividends or making other distributions or payments on our capital stock, subject to limited
exceptions.  Our  obligations  under  the  Loan  Agreement  are  secured  by  a  first  priority  perfected  security  interest  in  substantially  all  of  our  and  the
guarantors’ assets.

Upon the occurrence of certain events, including our failure to satisfy its payment obligations under the Loan Agreement, failure to adhere to the
financial covenants, the breach of certain of its other covenants under the Loan Agreement, cross defaults to other indebtedness or material agreements,
judgment defaults and defaults related to failure to maintain governmental approvals, the Lender will have the right, among other remedies, to declare all
principal and interest immediately due and payable, and to exercise secured party remedies.

40

Table of Contents

We believe that our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2020 in addition to amounts available to us under our Revolving Line will provide
adequate liquidity for us to meet our working capital needs over the next twelve months from the date of issuance of the consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Additionally, we believe that should we have the need for increased capital spending to support
our planned growth, we will be able to fund such growth through either third-party financing on competitive market terms or through our available cash.
However,  these  estimates  are  based  on  assumptions  that  may  prove  to  be  incorrect,  including  as  a  result  of  the  ongoing  COVID-19  pandemic  and  its
potential impacts on our business. If we require additional capital beyond our current balances of cash and cash equivalents and borrowing capacity under
the Revolving Line described above, this additional capital may not be available when needed, on reasonable terms, or at all. Moreover, our ability to raise
additional capital may be adversely impacted by potential worsening global economic conditions and the recent disruptions to and volatility in the credit
and financial markets in the United States and worldwide resulting from the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic.

Discussion of Cash Flows

(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

2,856 
(34,159)
21,649 
(9,654)

$

$

4,798 
(19,815)
(2,437)
(17,454)

$

$

During 2020, the $2.9 million of net cash provided by operating activities consisted of our net income of $3.3 million, and included non-cash charges
for depreciation and amortization of $3.0 million, and stock-based compensation of $2.1 million, net loss on sale of fixed assets of $0.6 million, and a net
loss from discontinued operations of $1.4 million offset by a net cash outflow of $7.2 million from changes in working capital. The changes in working
capital were principally driven by an increase in accounts receivable of $3.3 million, an increase in inventory of $1.5 million, an increase in contract assets
of $1.5 million, an increase in other assets of $2.2 million, and an increase in accounts payable and accrued expenses of $1.1 million.

In 2019, the $4.8 million of net cash provided by operating activities consisted of our net income of $5.3 million and included non-cash charges for
depreciation and amortization of $2.5 million and stock-based compensation of $1.5 million, offset by a net cash outflow of $1.8 million from changes in
working capital. The changes in working capital were principally driven by an increase in inventory of $0.7 million, an increase in accounts receivable of
$2.2 million, an increase in contract assets of $0.4 million, and an increase in accounts payable and accrued liabilities of $0.6 million, all partially offset by
a $0.2 million decrease in other assets.

Cash used in investing activities in 2020 consisted primarily of the $34.1 million payment for acquisitions, $0.7 million of fixed asset additions and
$0.4 million of capitalized intellectual property costs partially offset by $0.4 million from the proceeds from the sale of property and equipment and $0.6
million from the sale of discontinued operations, net of fees.

Cash used in the investing activities in 2019 consisted primarily of $19.0 million for our acquisition of GP, $0.5 million of fixed asset additions and

$0.3 million of capitalized intellectual property costs.

Cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $21.6 million, compared to $2.4 million of cash used in financing
activities in 2019. During  2020,  we  received  proceeds  of  $20.0  million  from  our  term  loan  and  revolving  loan,  received  $1.7  million  from  exercises  of
stock options and received $0.5 million from purchases pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan. These payments were partially offset by $0.5 million
to repurchase our common stock under our stock repurchase program. During 2019, we repaid $0.6 million on our outstanding term loan with SVB and
used  $2.2  million  to  repurchase  our  common  stock  under  our  stock  repurchase  program.  These  payments  were  partially  offset  by  $0.4  million  received
from exercises of stock options and warrants.

41

 
Table of Contents

Summary of Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth information concerning our known contractual obligations as of December 31, 2020 that are fixed and determinable.

(in thousands)
Debt financing (1)
Operating facility leases (2)
Finance leases (3)
Purchase order obligation (4)
Total

Total

Less than 1
year

1 - 3 years

3 - 5 years

More than 5
years

$

$

19,984  $
15,022 
259 
2,894 
38,159  $

4,144  $
2,953 
53 
2,894 
10,044  $

15,840  $
5,064 
105 
— 
21,009  $

—  $

3,123 
101 
— 
3,224  $

— 
3,882 
— 
— 
3,882 

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

In  December  2020,  we  entered  into  a  Loan  Agreement  with  the  Lender  which  provided  us  with  a  $12.5  million  Term  Loan  and  a  $15.0  million
Revolving  Line.  We  have  borrowed  the  full  amount  of  the  Term  Loan  and  $7.6  million  against  the  Revolving  Line.  The  Term  Loan  matures  in
December 2023 and the Revolving Line expires in December 2023.
We lease our facilities for all of our locations under operating leases that as of December 31, 2020, are scheduled to expire between March 2021 and
September  2030.  Upon  expiration  of  our  office  leases,  we  may  exercise  certain  renewal  options  as  specified  in  the  leases.  Rental  payments
associated with these option periods are not included in the table above.
In  January  2019  and  December  2020,  we  executed  leases  in  the  amounts  of  $14,500  and  $247,500,  respectively,  for  office  equipment.  These
equipment leases expire in 2021 and 2025, respectively.
Purchase order obligations included outstanding orders for inventory purchases. In 2020, our Luna Technologies subsidiary executed non-cancelable
purchase orders for a total amount of $3.0 million for multiple shipments of tunable lasers to be delivered over a 12-month period beginning in July
2020 and October 2020.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have no off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.

Inflation

We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

ITEM 7A.    QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and rates. We do not
hold or issue financial instruments for trading purposes or have any derivative financial instruments. Our exposure to market risk is limited to interest rate
fluctuations, due to changes in the general level of U.S. interest rates, and foreign currency exchange rates.

Interest Rate Risk

We do not use derivative financial instruments as a hedge against interest rate fluctuations, and, as a result, we are subject to interest rate risk on our
Term Loan and Revolving Loan with variable interest rates based on LIBOR plus a margin as defined in the credit agreement governing the Term Loan and
Revolving Loan. As of December 31, 2020, we had outstanding borrowings under our Term Loan and Revolving Loan of $12.5 million and $7.6 million,
respectively,  at  the  weighted-average  variable  interest  rates  of  2.5%  and  2.4%,  respectively.  At  this  borrowing  level,  a  0.25%  increase  in  interest  rates
would have had an unfavorable annual impact on our pre-tax earnings and cash flows in the amount of $0.05 million.

Foreign Currency Exchange Rate Risk

Following  our  acquisition  of  OptaSense  on  December  3,  2020,  we  are  exposed  to  risks  from  foreign  currency  exchange  rate  fluctuations  on  the
translation of our foreign operations into U.S. dollars and on the purchase of goods by these foreign operations that are not denominated in their functional
currencies. As of December 31, 2020, our exposure to foreign currency rate fluctuations is not material to our financial condition or results of operations.

42

 
Table of Contents

ITEM 8.    FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

Luna Innovations Incorporated

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

44
46
47
49
49
50
51

43

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Stockholders
Luna Innovations Incorporated

Opinion on the financial statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Luna Innovations Incorporated (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the
“Company”) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity,
and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes and financial statement schedule included under Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the
“financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of
December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules
and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical audit matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or
required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical
audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which it they relate.

Revenue recognition on the Company’s fixed price contract revenue
As described further in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company performs technology research under fixed price contracts with the
associated revenue recognized over time. For fixed price revenue contracts recognized over time, management utilizes the input method to measure
progress toward the complete satisfaction of the performance obligations based upon the cost incurred to date as a percentage of the total estimated cost.
We identified revenue recognition for fixed price contracts as a critical audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that revenue recognition for fixed price contracts was a critical audit matter is that the measure of
progress towards completion utilizes assumptions for future costs to complete the performance obligations, and those assumptions have significant
estimation uncertainty. A significant change in the assumptions could affect the profitability of the contract. Auditing such assumptions required extensive
audit effort due to the volume and complexity of these contracts and a high degree of auditor judgment when performing audit procedures and evaluating
the results of those procedures.

Our audit procedures related to testing revenue recognition of fixed-price contracts included the following, among others.

• We evaluated the design effectiveness of controls over the Company’s process for recognizing revenue over time. This included the design of

controls over the initial budgeting process and proportional performance determination.
For a sample of contracts, we inquired regarding the status of the project and obtained an understanding for significant changes in budgeted to
actual costs.
For a sample of contracts, we tested the completeness and accuracy of costs incurred to date.

•

•

44

Table of Contents

• We inspected a sample of contracts to evaluate the existence of an enforceable right to payment for performance completed to date, while

•

evaluating the progress towards completion of contracts based on costs incurred, evaluating the reasonableness of management’s estimate of profit
margins by comparing contract to date profit margins to year to date profit margins and tested the appropriateness of timing and amount of
revenue recognized.
To evaluate management’s ability to estimate progress towards completion, we selected a sample of firm fixed price contracts completed during
the year, and obtained the internal budget at inception and compared the budgeted margin to the margin upon completion. We also selected an
additional sample of fixed price contracts completed during the year and compared the costs incurred during the current year to the costs that were
estimated to be incurred at completion as of the prior year end.

Business Combination – OptaSense Holdings Limited
As described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company acquired OptaSense Holdings Limited in December 2020. This acquisition
was accounted for as a business combination. We identified the evaluation of the acquisition date fair value of the intangible assets acquired as a critical
audit matter.

The principal consideration for our determination that the evaluation of the acquisition date fair values of the intangible assets acquired was a critical audit
matter is the high degree of subjective auditor judgment associated with evaluating management’s determination of the fair values of the acquired
intangible assets, which is primarily due to the complexity of the valuation models used and the sensitivity of the underlying significant assumptions. The
key assumptions used within the valuation models included prospective financial information, including future revenue growth and an applied discount
rate. The calculated fair values are sensitive to changes in these key assumptions.
Our audit procedures related to the evaluation of acquisition date fair values of intangible assets acquired included the following, among others.

• We evaluated the design effectiveness of certain controls over the acquisition-date valuation process, including controls over the

development of the key assumptions such as the revenue growth and the applied discount rate.

• We obtained the purchase price allocation analyses from management and the third-party specialist engaged by management. We assessed
the qualifications and competence of management and the third-party specialist and evaluated the methodologies used to determine the
fair values of the intangible assets.

• We tested the assumptions used within the discounted cash flow models to estimate the fair values of the intangible assets, which

included key assumptions such as the future revenue growth and the applied discount rate.

• We assessed the reasonableness of management’s forecast by inquiring with management to understand how the forecast was developed
and comparing the projections to historical results and external sources including industry trends and peer companies’ historical data;

• We also involved a valuation specialist who assisted in the evaluation and testing performed of the reasonableness of significant

assumptions to the models, including the applied discount rate.

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2005.

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 12, 2021

45

Table of Contents

Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable, net

       Receivable from sale of HSOR business

Contract assets
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Luna Innovations Incorporated
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share data)

Assets

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

Total current assets
Property and equipment, net
Intangible assets, net
Goodwill
Long-term contract assets
Operating lease ROU asset
Finance lease ROU asset
Other assets
Deferred tax asset

Total assets

Current liabilities:

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity

Current portion of long-term debt obligations
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Contract liabilities
Current portion of operating lease ROU liability
Current portion of finance lease ROU liability

Total current liabilities

Long-term debt obligations
Long-term portion of operating lease ROU liability
Long-term portion of finance lease ROU liability
Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, par value $0.001, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 32,724,512 and 31,788,896 shares issued,
31,024,537 and 30,149,105 shares outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Treasury stock at cost, 1,699,975 and 1,639,791 shares at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

46

$

$

$

$

15,366  $
24,951 
— 
7,046 
23,597 
4,509 
75,469 
3,308 
20,109 
18,121 
471 
11,281 
244 
39 
1,960 
131,002  $

4,167  $
4,393 
12,159 
7,095 
2,223 
48 
30,085 
15,817 
10,248 
196 
214 
56,560 

33 
(4,789)
92,403 
(12,957)
(248)
74,442 
131,002  $

25,006 
16,269 
2,501 
2,759 
10,294 
1,287 
58,116 
3,466 
10,194 
10,542 
449 
2,236 
70 
35 
1,416 
86,524 

— 
2,787 
9,036 
3,888 
1,283 
50 
17,044 
— 
1,988 
23 
— 
19,055 

32 
(4,337)
88,022 
(16,248)
— 
67,469 
86,524 

Table of Contents

Revenues:

Lightwave
Luna Labs

Total revenues

Cost of revenues:
Lightwave
Luna Labs

Total cost of revenues

Gross profit
Operating expense:

Selling, general and administrative
Research, development and engineering
Acquisition related expense
Loss on sale and disposal of property and equipment

Total operating expense

Operating income
Other income/(expense):

Other income/(expense), net
Investment income
Interest expense, net

Total other income
Income from continuing operations before income taxes

Income tax (expense)/benefit
Net income from continuing operations
Loss from discontinued operations, net of income tax of $464
Net income

Less: Preferred stock dividend

Net income attributable to common stockholders

Net income per share from continuing operations:

Basic

       Diluted
Net loss per share from discontinued operations:

Basic

       Diluted
Net income per share attributable to common stockholders:

Basic

       Diluted
Weighted average shares:

Basic
Diluted

Luna Innovations Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Operations
 (in thousands, except share and per share data)

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

59,115  $
23,566 
82,681 

23,306 
17,187 
40,493 
42,188 

27,644 
6,713 
2,204 
644 
37,205 
4,983 

50 
67 
(25)
92 
5,075 
(348)
4,727 
(1,436)
3,291 
— 
3,291  $

0.15  $
0.15  $

(0.05) $
(0.04) $

0.11  $
0.10  $

49,117 
21,399 
70,516 

20,157 
15,176 
35,333 
35,183 

23,344 
7,496 
1,027 
— 
31,867 
3,316 

(5)
394 
(16)
373 
3,689 
1,654 
5,343 
— 
5,343 
286 
5,057 

0.19 
0.17 

— 
— 

0.18 
0.16 

30,669,874 
32,578,757 

28,688,867 
31,840,584 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

47

 
 
Table of Contents

Net income
Other comprehensive loss

Total other comprehensive income

Luna Innovations Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
 (in thousands)

Years ended December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

3,291  $
(248)
3,043  $

5,057 
— 
5,057 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

48

 
 
Table of Contents

Luna Innovations Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
 (in thousands, except share data)

Preferred Stock
$

Shares

Common Stock

Shares

$

Treasury Stock
$

Shares

Additional
Paid in
Capital
$

Accumulated
Deficit
$

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Balance, January 1, 2019,
as previously reported
Exercise of stock option
Stock-based
compensation
Stock dividends (1)
Preferred stock to
common stock conversion
Forfeitures of restricted
stock grants
Purchase of treasury stock
Net income
Balance, January 1, 2020,
as previously reported

Exercise of stock option
Stock-based
compensation
Deferred compensation
issuance
ESPP Issuance
Forfeitures of restricted
stock
Purchase of treasury stock
Net income
Foreign currency
translation adjustment
Balance, December 31,
2020

1,321,514  $

— 

— 
— 

(1,321,514)

— 
— 
— 

—  $

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

—  $

1 
— 

— 
— 

(1)

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

— 

27,956,401  $
487,802 

16,286 
770,454 

1,321,514 

(16,666)
(386,686)
— 

30,149,105  $

792,466 

83,935 

47,377 
93,368 

(81,530)
(60,184)
— 

— 

31,024,537  $

30 
1 

— 
— 

1 

— 
— 
— 

32 

1 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

— 

33 

Total
$

62,354 
448 

1,544 
— 

— 

— 
(2,220)
5,343 

1,253,105  $

— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
386,686 
— 

(2,117) $
— 

85,745  $
447 

(21,305)
— 

— 
— 

— 

— 
(2,220)
— 

1,544 
286 

— 

— 
— 
— 

— 
(286)

— 

— 
— 
5,343 

$
—  $

—  $
—  $

—  $

—  $
—  $
— 

1,639,791  $

(4,337) $

88,022  $

(16,248) $

—  $

67,469 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
60,184 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
(452)
— 

— 

2,275 

2,134 

78 
456 

(562)
— 
— 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
3,291 

— 

— 

— 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

(248)

2,276 

2,134 

78 
456 

(562)
(452)
3,291 

(248)

1,699,975  $

(4,789) $

92,403  $

(12,957) $

(248) $

74,442 

(1) The  stock  dividends  payable  in  connection  with  the  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  were  issued  at  the  request  of  Carilion.  See  Note  11  -

Stockholders' Equity for more information.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

49

 
 
 
Table of Contents

Luna Innovations Incorporated
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 (in thousands, except share data)

Cash flows provided by operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Loss on sale and disposal of property and equipment
Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax
Deferred tax asset
Tax benefit from release of valuation allowance
Bad debt expense

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable
Contract assets
Inventory
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Other long-term assets
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities
Contract liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Acquisition of property and equipment
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
Intangible property costs
Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations
Net cash used in investing activities

Cash flows provided by/(used in) financing activities:

Proceeds from debt obligations
Payments on debt obligations
Payments on finance lease obligations
Purchase of common stock
Proceeds from ESPP
Proceeds from the exercise of options and warrants

Net cash provided by/(used in) financing activities

Net change in cash and cash equivalents
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents—beginning of period
Cash and cash equivalents—end of period

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information
Cash paid for interest
Cash paid for income taxes
Cash received for income tax refunds
Supplemental disclosure for non-cash transactions
Contingent liability for business combination
Dividend on preferred stock

Years ended December 31,
2019
2020

$

3,291  $

5,343 

2,970 
2,134 
644 
1,436 
(522)
— 
127 

(3,292)
(1,504)
(1,550)
(2,203)
(3)
1,143 
(29)
214 
2,856 

(34,102)
(681)
403 
(379)
600 
(34,159)

19,984 
— 
(53)
(452)
456 
1,714 
21,649 
(9,654)
14 
25,006 
15,366  $

4  $
1,244  $
— 

225  $
—  $

2,503 
1,544 
— 
— 
— 
(3,349)
538 

(2,249)
(449)
(723)
(242)
45 
592 
1,245 
— 
4,798 

(19,004)
(541)
— 
(270)
— 
(19,815)

— 
(625)
(40)
(2,220)
— 
448 
(2,437)
(17,454)
— 
42,460 
25,006 

18 
1,160 
— 

1,000 
286 

$

$
$

$
$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

50

Table of Contents

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.    Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Luna Innovations Incorporated (“we” or the "Company”), headquartered in Roanoke, Virginia, was incorporated in the Commonwealth of Virginia in
1990 and reincorporated in the State of Delaware in April 2003. We are a leader in advanced optical technology, providing high performance fiber optic
test, measurement and control products for the telecommunications and photonics industries; and distributed fiber optic sensing solutions that measure, or
“sense,” the structures for industries ranging from aerospace, automotive, energy, oil and gas, security and infrastructure.

Consolidation Policy

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States ("GAAP") and

include our accounts and the accounts of our wholly owned subsidiaries. We eliminate from our financial results all intercompany transactions.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of our consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities in our consolidated financial statements
and accompanying notes.

Although these estimates are based on our knowledge of current events and actions we may undertake in the future, actual results may differ from

such estimates and assumptions.

Revenue Recognition

Lightwave Revenues

Revenues from product sales are generated by the sale of commercial products and services under various sales programs to the end user and through
distribution channels. We sell fiber optic test and sensing systems to end users for use in numerous fiber optic-based measurement applications. Revenues
are recorded net of applicable sales taxes collected from customers and payable to state or local governmental entities.

For Lightwave contracts, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be combined and accounted for as one single contract and whether the
combined or single contract should be accounted for as more than one performance obligation. We recognize revenue when the performance obligation has
been  satisfied  by  transferring  the  control  of  the  product  or  service  to  the  customer.  For  tangible  products  that  contain  software  that  is  essential  to  the
tangible  product’s  functionality,  we  consider  the  product  and  software  to  be  a  single  performance  obligation.  For  contracts  with  multiple  performance
obligations,  we  allocate  the  contract’s  transaction  price  to  each  performance  obligation  based  on  their  relative  stand-alone  selling  prices.  In  such
circumstances, we use the observable price of goods or services which are sold separately in similar circumstances to similar customers. If these prices are
not observable, then we will estimate the stand-alone selling price using information that is reasonably available. For the majority of our standard products
and services, price list and discount structures related to customer type are available. For products and services that do not have price list and discount
structures, we may use one or more of the following: (i) adjusted market assessment approach, (ii) expected cost-plus a margin approach, and (iii) residual
approach. The adjusted market approach requires us to evaluate the market in which we sell goods or services and estimate the price that a customer in that
market would be willing to pay for those goods or services. The expected cost plus margin approach requires us to forecast our expected costs of satisfying
the performance obligation and then add a reasonable margin for that good or service. The residual approach decreases the total transaction price by the
sum of the observable standalone selling prices if either the company sells the same good or services to different customers for a broad range of amounts or
the company has not established a price for the good or service and that good or service has not been sold on a standalone basis. Shipping and handling
activities primarily occur after a customer obtains control and are considered fulfillment cost rather than separate performance obligations. Similarly, sales
and similar taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected
by the entity from a customer are excluded from the measurement of the transaction price.

For standard products, we recognize revenue at a point in time when control passes to the customer. Absent substantial product acceptance clauses,
this is based on the shipping terms. For  custom  products  that  require  engineering  and  development  based  on  customer  requirements,  we  will  recognize
revenue over time using the output method for any items shipped and any finished goods or work in process that is produced for balances of open sales
orders. For any finished goods or work in process

51

 
Table of Contents

that has been produced for the balance of open sales orders we recognize revenue by applying the average selling price for such open order to the lesser of
the on-hand balance in finished goods or open sales order quantity which we present as a contract asset on the balance sheet. Cost of sales is recognized
based  on  the  standard  cost  of  the  finished  goods  and  work  in  process  associated  with  this  revenue  and  inventory  balances  are  reduced  accordingly.  For
extended warranties and product rentals, revenue is recognized over time using the output method based on the time elapsed for the warranty or service
period. In the case of warranties, we record a contract liability for amounts billed but that are not recognized until subsequent periods. A separate contract
liability is recorded for the cost associated with warranty repairs based on our estimate of future expense. For testing services where we are performing
testing  on  an  asset  the  customer  controls,  revenue  is  recognized  over  time  by  the  output  method  using  the  performance  to  date.  For training where the
customer is receiving the benefit of training as it is occurring and for repairs to a customer-controlled asset, revenue is recognized over time by the output
method using the performance to date. For royalty revenue, we apply the practical expedient “royalty exception” recognizing revenue based on the royalty
agreement which specifies an amount based on sales or minimum amount, whichever is greater.

        In  some  product  rental  contracts,  a  customer  may  be  offered  a  discount  on  the  purchase  of  an  item  that  would  provide  for  a  material  right.  When a
material right has been provided to a customer, a separate performance obligation is established, and a portion of the rental revenue will be deferred until
the future product is purchased or the option expires. This deferred revenue is recognized as a contract liability on the balance sheet.

Luna Labs Revenues

We perform research and development for U.S. Federal government agencies, educational institutions and commercial organizations. We account for
a research contract when a contract has been executed, the rights of the parties are identified, payment terms are identified, the contract has commercial
substance, and collectability of the contract price is considered probable. Revenue is earned under cost reimbursable, time and materials and fixed price
contracts. Direct contract costs are expensed as incurred.

Our contracts with agencies of the U.S. government are subject to periodic funding by the respective contracting agency. Funding for a contract may
be provided in full at inception of the contract or ratably throughout the contract as the services are provided. In evaluating the probability of funding for
purposes  of  assessing  collectability  of  the  contract  price,  we  consider  our  previous  experience  with  our  customers,  communication  with  our  customers
regarding funding status and our knowledge of available funding for the contract or program. If funding is not assessed as probable, revenue recognition is
deferred until realization is reasonably assured.

Under the typical payment terms of our U.S. government contracts, the customer pays us either performance-based payments ("PBPs") or progress
payments. PBPs, which are typically used in the firm fixed price contracts, are interim payments based on quantifiable measures of performance or on the
achievement of specified events or milestones. Progress payments, which are typically used in our cost type contracts, are interim payments based on costs
incurred as the work progresses. For our U.S. government cost-type contracts, the customer generally pays us during the performance period for 80% to
90% of our actual costs incurred. Because the customer retains a small portion of the contract price until completion of the contract and audit of allowable
costs, cost type contracts generally result in revenue recognized in excess of billings which we present as contract assets on the balance sheet. Amounts
billed  and  due  from  our  customers  are  classified  as  receivables  on  the  balance  sheet.  For  non-U.S.  government  contracts,  we  typically  receive  interim
payments as work progresses, although for some contracts, we may be entitled to receive an advance payment. We recognize a liability for these advance
payments and PBPs paid in advance which are in excess of the revenue recognized and present these amounts as contract liabilities on the balance sheet.

To determine the proper revenue recognition method for research and development contracts, we evaluate whether two or more contracts should be
combined  and  accounted  for  as  one  single  modified  contract  and  whether  the  combined  or  single  contract  should  be  accounted  for  as  more  than  one
performance  obligation.  For  instances  where  a  contract  has  options  that  were  bid  with  the  initial  contract  and  awarded  at  a  later  date,  we  combine  the
options with the original contract when options are awarded. For most of our contracts, the customer contracts for research with multiple milestones that
are interdependent. Consequently, the entire contract is accounted for as one performance obligation. The effect of the combined or modified contract on
the transaction price and measure of progress for the performance obligation to which it relates, is recognized as an adjustment to revenue (either as an
increase in or a reduction of revenue) on a cumulative catch-up basis.

Contract revenue recognition is measured over time as we perform because of continuous transfer of control to the customer. For U.S. government
contracts which are typically subject to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, this continuous transfer of control to the customer is supported by clauses in the
contract that allow the customer to unilaterally terminate the

52

Table of Contents

contract for convenience, pay us for cost incurred plus a reasonable profit and take control of any work in process. From time to time, as part of normal
management  processes,  facts  may  change,  causing  revisions  to  estimated  total  costs  or  revenues  expected.  The  cumulative  impact  of  any  revisions  to
estimates and the full impact of anticipated losses on any type of contract are recognized in the period in which they become known.

Because of control transferring over time, revenue is recognized based on the extent of progress towards completion of the performance obligation.
The  selection  of  the  method  to  measure  progress  towards  completion  requires  judgment  and  is  based  on  the  nature  of  the  services  to  be  provided.  We
generally use the input method, more specifically the cost-to-cost measure of progress for our contracts because it best depicts the transfer of control to the
customer,  which  occurs  as  we  incur  costs  on  our  contracts.  Under  the  cost-to-cost  measure  of  progress,  the  extent  of  progress  towards  completion  is
measured based on the ratio of costs incurred to date to the total estimated costs at completion of the performance obligation. The underlying bases for
estimating our contract research revenues are measurable expenses, such as labor, subcontractor costs and materials, and data that are updated on a regular
basis for purposes of preparing our cost estimates. Our research contracts generally have a period of performance of six months to three years, and our
estimates of contract costs have historically been consistent with actual results. Revisions in these estimates between accounting periods to reflect changing
facts and circumstances have not had a material impact on our operating results, and we do not expect future changes in these estimates to be material. The
cumulative impact of any revisions to estimates and the full impact of anticipated losses on any type of contract are recognized in the period in which they
become known.

Under cost reimbursable contracts, we are reimbursed for costs that are determined to be reasonable, allowable and allocable to the contract and paid
a fixed fee representing the profit negotiated between us and the contracting agency. Revenue from cost reimbursable contracts is recognized as costs are
incurred plus an estimate of applicable fees earned. We consider fixed fees under cost reimbursable contracts to be earned in proportion to the allowable
costs incurred in performance of the contract.

Revenue from time and materials contracts is recognized based on direct labor hours expended at contract billing rates plus other billable direct costs.

Fixed price contracts may include either a product delivery or specific service performance throughout a period. For fixed price contracts that are
based on the proportional performance method and involve a specified number of deliverables, we recognize revenue based on the proportion of the cost of
the  deliverables  compared  to  the  cost  of  all  deliverables  included  in  the  contract  as  this  method  more  accurately  measures  performance  under  these
arrangements. For fixed price contracts that provide for the development and delivery of a specific prototype or product, revenue is recognized based upon
the percentage of completion method.

Whether certain costs under government contracts are allowable is subject to audit by the government. Certain indirect costs are charged to contracts
using provisional or estimated indirect rates, which are subject to later revision based on government audits of those costs. Management is of the opinion
that costs subsequently disallowed, if any, would not likely have a significant impact on revenues recognized for those contracts.

Allowance for Uncollectible Receivables

Accounts receivable are recorded at their face amount, less an allowance for doubtful accounts. We review the status of our uncollected receivables
on  a  regular  basis.  In  determining  the  need  for  an  allowance  for  uncollectible  receivables,  we  consider  our  customers’  financial  stability,  past  payment
history and other factors that bare on the ultimate collection of such amounts. The allowance was $0.9 million at each of December 31, 2020 and 2019.

Cash Equivalents

We  consider  all  highly  liquid  investments  with  maturities  of  three  months  or  less  when  purchased  to  be  cash  equivalents.  To  date,  we  have  not
incurred losses related to cash and cash equivalents. Our foreign currency risk on cash and cash equivalents held outside of the US is not material. Cash
equivalents at December 31, 2020 and 2019 included $3.1 million and $19.8 million, respectively, invested in U.S. Treasury obligations through a sweep
account with our bank. The full value of amounts invested through the sweep account are convertible to cash on a daily basis. Our cash transactions are
processed through reputable commercial banks. We regularly maintain cash balances with financial institutions which exceed Federal Deposit Insurance
Corporation (“FDIC”) insurance limits. At December 31, 2020 and 2019, we had approximately $7.5 million and $5.0 million, respectively, in excess of
FDIC insured limits.

53

Table of Contents

Fair Value Measurements

Our financial assets and liabilities are measured at fair value, which is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset, or paid to transfer a
liability, in an orderly transaction between market participants. Valuation techniques are based on observable or unobservable inputs. Observable inputs
reflect market data obtained from independent sources, while unobservable inputs reflect our market assumptions. These two types of inputs have created
the following fair value hierarchy:

•

•

•

Level 1—Quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets.

Level 2—Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active;
and model-derived valuations in which significant value drivers are observable.

Level 3—Valuations derived from valuation techniques in which significant value drivers are unobservable.

The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value because of the
short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying amount of lease liabilities approximate fair value because these financial instruments bear interest at
rates that approximate current market rates for similar agreements with similar maturities and credit. We consider the terms of the PNC Bank, National
Association debt facility, including its interest rate of LIBOR plus a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25%, to be at market based upon similar instruments
that would be available to us.

Property and Equipment, net

Property  and  equipment,  net,  are  stated  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation.  We  record  depreciation  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the

following estimated useful lives:

Equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Software
Leasehold improvements

Intangible Assets

3 – 7 years
7 years
3 years
Lesser of lease term or life of improvements

Intangible  assets  consist  of  patents  related  to  certain  intellectual  property  that  we  have  developed  or  acquired,  and  identifiable  intangible  assets
recognized in connection with our acquisition of OptaSense Holdings Ltd. ("OptaSense") and General Photonics, Inc. ("GP"). We amortize our identified
intangible  assets  over  their  estimated  useful  lives  ranging  between  one  and  fifteen  years  and  analyze  the  reasonableness  of  the  remaining  useful  life
whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable to determine whether their carrying value has been impaired.

Goodwill

Goodwill is tested annually for impairment in the fourth quarter (October 1st) and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying
value  of  goodwill  may  not  be  recoverable.  Goodwill  is  tested  for  impairment  at  the  reporting  unit  level.  A  qualitative  assessment  can  be  performed  to
determine  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value.  If  the  reporting  unit  does  not  pass  the
qualitative  assessment,  we  compare  the  fair  value  of  each  reporting  unit  to  its  carrying  value  using  a  quantitative  assessment.  If  the  fair  value  of  the
reporting  unit  exceeds  its  carrying  value,  goodwill  is  considered  not  impaired.  If  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  the  carrying  value,  the
difference is recorded as an impairment loss.

For the quantitative assessment, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit using a combination of an income approach using a discounted cash
flow  ("DCF")  analysis  and  a  market-based  valuation  approach  based  on  comparable  public  company  trading  values.  Determining  the  fair  value  of  a
reporting unit requires the exercise of significant management judgments, including the amount and timing of projected future revenues, earnings and cash
flows  after  considering  factors  such  as  recent  operating  performance,  general  market  and  industry  conditions,  existing  and  expected  future  contracts,
changes in working capital and long-term business plans and growth initiatives. The carrying value of each reporting unit includes the assets and liabilities
employed in its operations and goodwill. There are no significant allocations of amounts held at the corporate level to the reporting units.

54

    
Table of Contents

Research, Development and Engineering

Research, development and engineering expense not related to contract performance are expensed as incurred. We expensed $6.7 million and $7.5

million of non-contract related research, development and engineering expense for the year ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

We review our long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not
be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount of an asset to future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be
generated by the asset. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying
amount of the assets exceeds their fair value. Assets to be disposed of by sale are reflected at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to
sell.

Inventory

Inventory consists of finished goods, work in process and raw materials valued at the lower of cost (determined on the first-in, first-out basis) or net

realizable value.

Net Income per Share

Basic per share data is computed by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares outstanding
during  the  period.  Diluted  per  share  data  is  computed  by  dividing  net  income  attributable  to  common  stockholders  by  the  weighted  average  shares
outstanding during the period increased to include, if dilutive, the number of additional common share equivalents that would have been outstanding if
potential  common  shares  had  been  issued  using  the  treasury  stock  method.  Diluted  per  share  data  would  also  include  the  potential  common  share
equivalents relating to convertible securities by application of the if-converted method.

The effect of 1.9 million and 3.2 million common stock equivalents are included for the diluted per share data for the years ended December 31, 2020
and 2019, respectively. Accrued stock dividends and stock options are included in our common stock equivalents for the year ended December 31, 2020,
while preferred stock is also included for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Stock-Based Compensation

We have two stock-based compensation plans, which are described further in Note 11. We recognize compensation expense based upon the fair value
of the underlying equity award as of the date of grant. We have elected to use the Black-Scholes option pricing model to value any stock options granted.
Restricted stock and restricted stock units awarded are valued at the closing price of our common stock on the date of the award. We recognize stock-based
compensation  for  such  awards  on  a  straight-line  method  over  the  requisite  service  period  of  the  awards  taking  into  account  the  effects  of  the  expected
exercise. We reduce stock-based compensation expense for the value of any forfeitures of unvested awards as such forfeitures occur.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxes using the liability method. Deferred tax assets or liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial
statement  and  tax  basis  of  assets  and  liabilities  as  measured  by  the  enacted  tax  rates,  which  will  be  in  effect  when  the  differences  reverse.  A valuation
allowance against net deferred tax assets is provided unless we conclude it is more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized.

We recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement
carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates in
effect for the year in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. We evaluate our ability to benefit from all deferred tax
assets and establish valuation allowances for amounts we believe are not more-likely-than-not to be realizable. For uncertain tax positions, we use a more-
likely-than-not threshold, greater than 50%, based on the technical merits of the income tax position taken. Income tax positions that meet the more-likely-
than-not  recognition  threshold  are  measured  in  order  to  determine  the  tax  benefit  recognized  in  the  financial  statements.  Penalties,  if  probable  and
reasonably estimable, and interest expense related to uncertain tax positions are recognized as a component of the tax provision.

55

Table of Contents

Foreign Currency

For our non-U.S. dollar functional currency subsidiaries, assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using fiscal year end exchange rates.

Sales and expenses are translated at average monthly exchange rates. Foreign currency translation gains and losses are included as a component of
accumulated other comprehensive loss within equity. Gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in earnings.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04 Simplifying the Test for Goodwill Impairment, which simplifies the test for goodwill impairment by
eliminating  Step  2  from  the  goodwill  impairment  test  which  previously  measured  a  goodwill  impairment  loss  by  comparing  the  implied  fair  value  of  a
reporting unit's goodwill with the carrying amount. We adopted ASU 2017-04, effective January 1, 2020. As a result of adopting the new rules, we compare
the estimated fair value of our reporting units to their respective carrying values when evaluating the recoverability of goodwill. If the carrying value of a
reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment charge will be recognized for the amount by which its carrying value exceeds the reporting unit's fair
value; however, the loss recognized will not exceed the goodwill allocated to the reporting unit. The adoption of ASU 2017-04 did not have a significant
impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13 Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value

Measurement, which amends the disclosure requirements in ASC 820 by adding, changing, or removing certain disclosures. The ASU applies to all entities
that are required under this guidance to provide disclosures about recurring or nonrecurring fair value measurements. We adopted these amendments,
effective January 1, 2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-13 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15 Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That
is a Service Contract, which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with
the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to develop or obtain internal-use software. We adopted ASU 2018-15, effective January 1,
2020. The adoption of ASU 2018-15 did not have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Pronouncements not yet adopted

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13  Financial  Instruments  -  Credit  Losses  (Topic  326)  -  Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial
Instruments, which requires companies to measure financial assets at an amortized cost basis to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected.
The new accounting rules eliminate the probable initial recognition threshold and, instead, reflect an entity's current estimate of all expected credit losses.
ASU 2016-13 is applicable to our trade receivables. This pronouncement was amended under ASU 2019-10 to allow an extension on the adoption date for
entities that qualify as a small reporting company. We have elected this extension and the effective date for us to adopt this standard will be for fiscal years
beginning after December 15, 2022. We are currently in the process of evaluating the impact of ASU 2016-13, but we do not expect the adoption of these
new accounting rules to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12 Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which removes certain exceptions to the general
principles of the accounting for income taxes and also improves consistent application of and simplification of other areas when accounting for income
taxes. The guidance is effective for us beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021, while early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of
these new accounting rules to have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.

2. Business Acquisitions

OptaSense Holdings Limited

On December 3, 2020, we entered into and closed a Share Purchase Agreement (the “Share Purchase Agreement”) with QinetiQ Holdings Limited
(“QinetiQ”)  for  the  purchase  of  all  of  the  shares  of  OptaSense,  a  recognized  market  leader  in  fiber  optic  distributed  monitoring  solutions  for  pipelines,
oilfield  services,  security,  highways  and  railways,  as  well  as  power  and  utilities  monitoring  systems.  Pursuant  to  the  Share  Purchase  Agreement,  we
acquired all outstanding shares of OptaSense for aggregate consideration of $38.9 million (£29.0 million) subject to adjustment as described in the Share
Purchase Agreement (the “Transaction”). The acquisition of OptaSense provides us with important distributed acoustic sensing ("DAS") intellectual

56

    
Table of Contents

property and products. OptaSense's technology and products and geographic footprint are highly complementary to Luna, which we believe will accelerate
our technology and overall growth roadmap.

The  Share  Purchase  Agreement  and  a  Tax  Deed  entered  into  between  QinetiQ  and  us  (the  “Tax  Deed”)  in  connection  with  the  Share  Purchase
Agreement  contain  customary  representations  and  warranties  and  indemnities.  In  addition,  at  closing  of  the  acquisition,  we  obtained  a  warranty  and
indemnity insurance policy from Liberty Mutual Insurance Europe SE (LMIE) in connection with the Share Purchase Agreement and the Tax Deed.

In addition, for a period of two years after closing, QinetiQ has agreed not, directly or indirectly, alone or jointly with any other person, to compete or
engage in any competing business with us in countries in which OptaSense operates and not to solicit our customers, employees or suppliers, subject to
specified exceptions. QinetiQ has also agreed to provide specified transitional services for a period of six months after closing.

For the period from the closing of the OptaSense acquisition through December 31, 2020, we recognized revenue of $1.5 million and an operating
loss of $0.9 million. OptaSense's  operating  loss  for  the  period  from  the  closing  of  the  acquisition  through  December  31,  2020  included  $0.1  million  in
amortization expense for the acquired intangibles and step-up in value of acquired inventory. The amortization expense for the acquired intangibles as well
as the costs associated with the acquisition of GP are included in the cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated
statements of operations.

New Ridge Technologies

On  October  29,  2020,  we  acquired  New  Ridge  Technologies,  a  small  company  that  develops  and  manufactures  fiber  optic  test  and  measurement
equipment and advanced fiber optic subsystems primarily for telecommunication and radio-over-fiber applications. The company's acquired operations will
be integrated into, and reported as a part of, our Lightwave segment. This acquisition supports our growth strategy in the communications test arena. The
total  consideration  was  $0.6  million  which  consisted  of  $0.4  million  paid  at  closing  and  $0.2  million  of  contingent  consideration  related  to  an  earn-out
provision. We recorded $0.02 million of goodwill upon the completion of the purchase consideration allocation. Depending on the achievement of certain
metrics during the two years following closing, we may pay the seller up to $0.2 million in contingent consideration related to the earn-out provision.

General Photonics Corporation

On March 1, 2019, we acquired the outstanding stock of GP for cash consideration of $19.0 million. Of the purchase price, $17.1 million was paid at
closing and $1.9 million was placed into escrow for possible working capital adjustments to the purchase price and potential satisfaction of certain post-
closing indemnification obligations. Additionally, we may become obligated to pay additional cash consideration of up to $1.0 million if certain revenue
targets for the GP historical business are met for the twelve-month period following the closing. We estimated the fair value of the contingent obligation to
be $1.0 million, which is shown in accrued liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet and was subsequently paid during the year ended December 31,
2020. The fair value of the contingent obligation was determined using the present value of estimated likely future payments.

For the period from the closing of the GP acquisition through December 31, 2019, we recognized revenue of $10.5 million and operating income of
$1.4 million. Operating income for the period from the closing of the acquisition through December 31, 2019 included $1.6 million in amortization expense
for  the  acquired  intangibles  and  step-up  in  value  of  acquired  inventory  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  GP.  Operating  income  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2019 also included $0.9 million of costs associated with the acquisition of GP. The amortization expense for the acquired intangibles as well
as the costs associated with the acquisition of GP are included in the cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated
statements of operations.

These acquisitions have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting in accordance with ASC 805 - Business Combinations. Under
ASC  805,  the  total  estimated  purchase  consideration  is  allocated  to  the  acquired  tangible  and  intangible  assets  and  assumed  liabilities  based  on  their
estimated  fair  values  as  of  the  acquisition  date.  Any  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  acquisition  consideration  over  the  identifiable  assets  acquired  and
liabilities assumed is recognized as goodwill. The allocation of the purchase consideration for the OptaSense acquisition is preliminary.

57

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the allocation of the purchase consideration of each acquisition (excluding cash of $5.2 million and $3.8 million,

respectively):

(in thousands)
Accounts receivable
Contract assets
Inventory
Other current assets
Property and equipment
Identifiable intangible assets
Goodwill
Right of use asset
Other long-term assets
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Contract liabilities
Other current liabilities
Long-term operating lease liability

Total purchase consideration

OptaSense (2020)

GP (2019)

$

$

5,553 
2,823 
11,483 
1,026 
1,247 
11,263 
7,619 
2,082 
22 
(4,089)
(3,259)
(747)
(1,335)
33,688 

$

$

The identifiable intangible assets and their estimated useful lives were as follows:

(in thousands)
Developed technology
Trade names and trademarks
Backlog
Customer relationships

Estimated
Useful Life
8 - 10 years
3 - 15 years
3 years
5 - 15 years

$

$

Estimated Fair Value

OptaSense

GP

7,379 
2,580 
699 
605 
11,263 

$

$

1,521 
— 
2,698 
764 
286 
8,200 
10,512 
— 
— 
(4,076)
— 
— 
— 
19,905 

7,200 
400 
— 
600 
8,200 

OptaSense's  developed  technology  primarily  consists  of  its  DAS  product  solutions  that  deliver  superior  measurements  for  a  wide  range  of
applications from advanced industrial monitoring through high performance geophysical measurements. GP's developed technologies acquired primarily
consisted of its technologies relating to the measurement and control of the polarization of light. The developed technologies were valued using the "multi-
period excess earnings" method, under the income approach. The multi-period excess earnings method reflects the present value of the projected cash flows
that are expected by the developed technologies less charges representing the contribution of other assets to those cash flows. Discount rates of 17.5% and
17% were used to discount these cash flows of OptaSense and GP, respectively, to the present value.

Trade  names  and  trademarks  are  considered  a  type  of  guarantee  of  a  certain  level  of  recognizability,  quality  or  performance  represented  by  the
OptaSense and GP brands. Trade names and trademarks were valued using the "relief from royalty" method under the income approach. This method is
based on the assumption that in lieu of ownership, a market participant would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of these
assets. Discount rates of 17.5% and 16% were used to discount these cash flows of OptaSense and GP, respectively, to the present value.

Backlog arises from unfulfilled purchase or sales order contracts. The value of OptaSense's backlog as of the acquisition date was calculated using the

income approach. A discount rate of 16.5% was used to discount the cash flows attributable solely to the backlog to the present value.

Customer relationships represent the fair value of either (i) the avoidance of cost associated with the creation of a new customer relationship or (ii) the
projected cash flows that will be derived from the sale of products to existing customers as of the acquisition date. OptaSense's customer relationships were
valued using the cost approach based on the expected time to re-build the customer base. GP's customer relationships were valued using the "distributor"
method, under the income approach.

58

Table of Contents

Under this premise, the margin of a distributor within the industry is deemed to be the margin attributable to customer relationships. This isolates the cash
flows attributable to the customer relationships for which a market participant would be willing to pay. Discount rates of 17.5% and 16% were used to
discount these cash flows for OptaSense and GP, respectively, to the present value.

Goodwill represents the excess of consideration transferred over the net of the acquisition date fair values of the assets acquired and the liabilities
assumed in connection with the acquisition. Goodwill generated from our business acquisitions was primarily attributable to expected synergies from future
customer and sales growth.

Pro forma consolidated results of operations

The  following  unaudited  pro  forma  financial  information  presents  combined  results  of  operations  for  each  of  the  periods  presented  as  if  the
acquisitions of OptaSense and GP had been completed on January 1, 2019. The pro forma information includes adjustments to depreciation expense for
property and equipment acquired and amortization expense for the intangible assets acquired and the elimination of transaction expenses recognized in each
period. Transaction-related expenses associated with the acquisition of OptaSense and excluded from pro forma income from continuing operations were
$2.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  Transaction-related  expenses  associated  with  the  acquisition  of  GP  and  excluded  from  pro  forma
income from continuing operations were $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.

The pro forma data are for informational purposes only and are not necessarily indicative of the consolidated results of operations or the combined
business had the acquisitions of OptaSense and GP occurred on January 1, 2019, or the results of future operations of the combined business. For instance,
planned or expected operational synergies following the acquisition are not reflected in the pro forma information. Consequently, actual results will differ
from the unaudited pro forma information presented below.

(in thousands)
Revenue

Income from continuing operations

3.    Accounts Receivable, net

Accounts receivable, net, consist of the following:

(in thousands)
Billed
Other

Less: allowance for doubtful accounts
Accounts receivable, net

4.    Inventory

For the years ended

December 31, 2020
OptaSense
(unaudited)

December 31, 2019

OptaSense
(unaudited)

GP
(unaudited)

$

$

103,971 

1,364 

$

$

101,390 

487 

$

$

72,577 

6,913 

December 31,

2020

2019

25,418 
419 
25,837 
(886)
24,951 

$

$

17,194 
5 
17,199 
(930)
16,269 

$

$

Inventory consists of finished goods, work-in-process and raw materials valued at the lower of cost (determined on the first-in, first-out basis) or net

realizable value.

59

 
Table of Contents

Components of inventory are as follows:

(in thousands)
Finished goods
Work-in-process
Raw materials
     Inventory

5.    Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment, net, consists of the following:

(in thousands)
Building
Equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Software
Leasehold improvements
Construction in process

Less—accumulated depreciation
Property and equipment, net

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

11,547 
1,425 
10,625 
23,597 

$

$

1,695 
1,008 
7,591 
10,294 

December 31,

2020

2019

— 
4,844 
353 
106 
2,416 
185 
7,904 
(4,596)
3,308 

$

$

70 
9,564 
685 
1,178 
5,288 
— 
16,785 
(13,319)
3,466 

$

$

Depreciation  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019  was  approximately  $1.1  million  and  $1.0  million,  respectively,  and  is  included

primarily in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

6.    Intangible Assets, net

Intangible assets, net consist of the following:

(in thousands)
Patent costs
Developed technology
In-process research and development
Customer base
Trade names
Backlog

Accumulated amortization
Intangible assets, net

Estimated Life
1 - 18 years
5 - 10 years
N/A
5 - 7 years
3 - 15 years
3 years

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

5,702  $

17,344 
1,580 
1,302 
3,122 
696 
29,746 
(9,637)
20,109  $

5,291 
9,800 
1,580 
700 
550 
— 
17,921 
(7,727)
10,194 

Amortization  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019  was  approximately  $1.8  million  and  $1.6  million,  respectively,  and  is  included

primarily in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

60

 
 
Table of Contents

Estimated aggregate amortization, based on the net value of intangible assets at December 31, 2020, for each of the next five years and beyond is as

follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and beyond

$

$

2,978 
2,906 
2,807 
2,316 
2,306 
6,796 
20,109 

    We did not recognize any intangible asset impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2020 or 2019.

7.

Goodwill

    As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, goodwill has been allocated to our Lightwave segment. The changes in the carrying value of goodwill
during the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019 were as follows (in thousands):

Balance as of December 31, 2018
   Goodwill resulting from business acquisition
   Measurement period adjustment
Balance as of December 31, 2019
   Goodwill resulting from business acquisitions
   Foreign currency translation

Balance as of December 31, 2020

$

$

101 
10,512 
(71)
10,542 
7,637 
(58)
18,121 

       After  completing  a  qualitative  assessment  of  our  goodwill  during  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020,  we  concluded  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  was  not
impaired as of December 31, 2020.

8.     Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consist of the following:

(in thousands)
Accrued compensation
Contingent consideration
Accrued professional fees
Accrued income tax
Accrued interest
Accrued royalties
Accrued liabilities-other

    Total accrued liabilities

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

9,103  $
225 
825 
281 
42 
456 
1,227 
12,159  $

6,416 
1,000 
113 
716 
— 
365 
426 
9,036 

61

 
 
Table of Contents

9.    Debt

Long-term debt consists of the following:

(in thousands)
Term Loan (net of debt issuance costs of $66, 2.48% at December 31, 2020)
Revolving Loan (2.48% at December 31, 2020)

Less: Current portion of long-term debt obligations
Long-term debt obligations

Years ended December 31,
2019

2020

$

$

12,434  $
7,550 
19,984 
(4,167)
15,817  $

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

PNC Bank Facility

On December 1, 2020 (the “Effective Date”), we entered into a Loan Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with PNC Bank, National Association, as
lender (the “Lender”) and our domestic subsidiaries as guarantors. The Loan Agreement provides a $12.5 million term loan facility (the “Term Loan”) and
a $15.0 million revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Line”), which includes a $3.0 million letter of credit sublimit. On the Effective Date, we borrowed
the full amount of the Term Loan from the Lender pursuant to a term note (the “Term Note”) and a $7.6 million revolving loan (the “Revolving Loan”)
pursuant to a revolving line of credit note (the “Revolving Line of Credit Note”). We may repay and reborrow advances under the Revolving Line from
time to time pursuant to the Revolving Line of Credit Note.

The Term Loan matures on December 1, 2023. The Term Loan is due and payable in 12 equal quarterly payments of principal and interest. The Term
Loan  bears  interest  at  a  floating  per  annum  rate  equal  to  the  sum  of  (a)  LIBOR  plus  (b)  a  margin  ranging  from  1.75%  to  2.25%  depending  on  the  Net
Leverage Ratio (as defined in the Loan Agreement). We may prepay the Term Loan without penalty or premium.

The Revolving Line expires on December 1, 2023. Borrowings under the Revolving Line will bear interest at a floating per annum rate equal to the
sum of (a) LIBOR plus (b) a margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% depending on the Net Leverage Ratio. Accrued interest will be due and payable on the
first  day  of  each  month  and  the  outstanding  principal  balance  and  any  accrued  but  unpaid  interest  will  be  due  and  payable  on  December  1,  2023.  The
unused portion of the Revolving Line will accrue a fee equal to 0.20% per annum multiplied by the quarterly average unused amount.

Provided our obligations under the Loan Agreement have been satisfied, we may terminate the Loan Agreement at any time upon three business

days’ advance written notice to the Lender.

The  Loan  Agreement  includes  a  number  of  affirmative  and  restrictive  covenants  applicable  to  us  and  our  subsidiaries,  including,  among  others,
financial covenants regarding minimum net leverage and fixed charge coverage, affirmative covenants regarding delivery of financial statements, payment
of taxes, and maintenance of government compliance, and restrictive covenants regarding dispositions of property, acquisitions, incurrence of additional
indebtedness or liens, investments and transactions with affiliates. We are also restricted from paying dividends or making other distributions or payments
on our capital stock, subject to limited exceptions. We were in compliance with these covenants as of December 31, 2020.

Upon  the  occurrence  of  certain  events,  including  failure  to  satisfy  our  payment  obligations  under  the  Loan  Agreement,  failure  to  adhere  to  the
financial covenants, the breach of certain of our other covenants under the Loan Agreement, cross defaults to other indebtedness or material agreements,
judgment defaults and defaults related to failure to maintain governmental approvals, the Lender will have the right, among other remedies, to declare all
principal and interest immediately due and payable, and to exercise secured party remedies.

Silicon Valley Bank Facility

We maintained a Loan and Security Agreement (the "Credit Facility") with Silicon Valley Bank ("SVB") under which we had a term loan with an
original borrowing amount of $6.0 million (the “Original Term Loan”). The Original Term Loan carried a floating annual interest rate equal to SVB’s prime
rate then in effect plus 2%. The Original Term Loan matured and was repaid in May 2019.

On  October  8,  2020,  we  entered  into  an  Amended  and  Restated  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  (the  “A&R  Loan  Agreement”)  with  SVB,  which
amended  and  restated  in  its  entirety  our  previous  Loan  and  Security  Agreement  dated  as  of  October  10,  2019,  as  amended.  Under  the  A&R  Loan
Agreement, SVB agreed to make advances available up to $10.0 million

62

 
Table of Contents

(the “A&R Revolving Line”). If we borrow from the A&R Revolving Line, such borrowing would carry a floating annual interest rate equal to the greater
of (i) the Prime Rate (as defined in the Loan Agreement) then in effect plus .50% or (ii) 4.75%. Amounts borrowed under the A&R Revolving Line may be
repaid and, prior to the A&R Revolving Line Maturity Date (defined below), reborrowed. The Revolving Line terminates on October 10, 2021 (the “A&R
Revolving Line Maturity Date”), unless earlier terminated by us.

Amounts due under the A&R Loan Agreement are secured by our assets, including all personal property and bank accounts; however, intellectual
property is not secured under the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement requires us to observe a number of financial and operational covenants, including
maintenance of a specified Liquidity Coverage Ratio (as defined in the A&R Loan Agreement), protection and registration of intellectual property rights
and customary negative covenants. As of December 31, 2020, there were no events of default on the Credit Facility.

On  December  1,  2020,  we  terminated  the  A&R  Loan  Agreement,  dated  October  8,  2020.  As  of  the  time  of  termination,  there  were  no  amounts

outstanding under the A&R Loan Agreement.

On April 28, 2020, we were granted a loan (the "Loan") from SVB in the aggregate amount of $4.5 million, pursuant to the Paycheck Protection

Program under Division A, Title I of the CARES Act, which was enacted March 27, 2020.

On  May  4,  2020,  we  returned  the  full  amount  of  the  proceeds  of  the  Loan  to  SVB.  The  decision  to  return  the  proceeds  was  based  on  the  revised

guidance issued by the U.S. Department of Treasury and the Small Business Administration subsequent to our application for the Loan.

Maturities on debt are as follows (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2021
2022
2023

Total

Interest expense, net for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 consisted of the following:

(in thousands)
Interest expense on Term Loans
Interest expense on Revolving Line of Credit
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Other interest expense
Interest income

Total interest expense, net

10.     Leases

Amount

4,167 
4,167 
11,650 
19,984 

$

$

Years ended December 31,
2019

2020

$

$

26  $
16 
2 
5 
(24)
25  $

8 
— 
6 
2 
— 
16 

    We have operating leases for our facilities, which have remaining terms ranging from 1 to 5 years. Our leases do not have an option to extend the lease
period beyond the stated term unless the new term is agreed by both parties. They also do not have an early termination clause included. Our operating
lease  agreements  do  not  contain  any  material  restrictive  covenants.  Some  of  our  operating  lease  agreements  contain  variable  payment  provisions  that
provide  for  rental  increases  based  on  consumer  price  indices.  The  change  in  rent  expense  resulting  from  changes  in  these  indices  are  included  within
variable rent.

        We  also  have  finance  leases  for  equipment  which  have  remaining  terms  ranging  from  1  to  4  years.  These  lease  agreements  are  for  general  office
equipment with a 5-year useful life. These lease agreements do not have an option to extend the lease beyond the stated terms nor do they have an early
termination clause. These lease agreements do not have any variable payment provisions included. The finance lease costs consist of interest expense and
amortization, and are included primarily in selling, general and administrative expense in our consolidated statement of operations.

63

 
Table of Contents

    The discount rate for both our operating and finance leases was not readily determinable in the specific lease agreements. As a result, our incremental
borrowing rate was used as the discount rate when establishing the ROU assets and corresponding lease liabilities. As of December 31, 2020, we had no
operating or finance leases that have not yet commenced.

Rent expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the life of the lease. Rent expense consists of the following:

(in thousands)
Operating lease costs
Variable rent costs

   Total rent expense

Year Ended

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

$

$

1,647  $
133 
1,780  $

1,622 
(147)
1,475 

    Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating and finance leases were as follows as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands):

Year Ending December 31,
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026 and beyond
   Total future minimum lease payments
   Less: Interest

     Total lease liabilities

Current lease liability
Long-term lease liability

   Total lease liabilities

Operating Leases

Finance Leases

2,953  $
2,674 
2,390 
1,897 
1,226 
3,882 
15,022 
2,551 
12,471  $

2,223  $

10,248 
12,471  $

53 
53 
53 
52 
48 
— 
259 
15 
244 

48 
196 
244 

$

$

$

$

64

    
Table of Contents

Other information related to leases is as follows:

(in thousands, except weighted-average data)
Finance lease cost:
   Amortization of right-of-use assets
   Interest on lease liabilities

Total finance lease cost

Other information:
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
   Operating cash flows from operating leases
   Finance cash flows from finance leases
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new finance lease liabilities
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) - operating leases
Weighted-average remaining lease term (years) - finance leases
Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases
Weighted-average discount rate - finance leases

11.    Stockholders’ Equity

Series A Convertible Preferred Stock

Year Ended

December 31, 2020

December 31, 2019

$

$

$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$
$
$

48 
4 
52 

1,647 
53 
10,740 
247 

6.3
4.9
5 %
2 %

46 
5 
51 

1,622 
40 
— 
15 

3.7
2.1
7 %
7 %

In January 2010, we entered into a transaction with Carilion, in which Carilion agreed to exchange all of its Senior Convertible Promissory Notes
with an original principal amount of $5.0 million plus all accrued but unpaid interest, totaling $1.2 million, for 1,321,514 shares of our newly designated
Series A Convertible Preferred Stock. The Series A Convertible Preferred Stock is non-voting, carries a dividend of 6% payable in shares of common stock
and maintains a liquidation preference up to $6.2 million. In September 2019, Carilion elected to convert the 1,321,514 shares of preferred stock into an
equal number of shares of our common stock. In addition, we issued 770,454 shares of our common stock in satisfaction of the accrued dividends earned
on the preferred stock prior to its conversion.

Equity Incentive Plans

In April 2016, we adopted our 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2016 Plan") as a successor to the 2006 Plan. Under the 2016 Plan, our Board of
Directors is authorized to grant both incentive and non-statutory stock options to purchase common stock and restricted stock awards to our employees,
directors, and consultants. The 2016 Plan provides for the issuance of 3,500,000 shares plus any amounts forfeited from grants under the 2006 Plan after
the  expiration  date  of  the  2006  Plan.  Options  generally  have  a  life  of  10  years  and  exercise  price  equal  to  or  greater  than  the  fair  market  value  of  the
Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors. Vesting typically occurs over a four-year period.

65

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the activity of the options to purchase common stock under the 2006 Plan and the 2016 Plan. The prices represent the

closing price of our Common Stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market on the respective dates.

Options Outstanding

Number of
Shares

Price per
Share Range

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)

Number of
Shares

Options Exercisable
Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value (1)

(in thousands, except share, per share and
weighted-average data)
Balance at January 1, 2019

Forfeited
Exercised
Granted

Balance at December 31, 2019

Forfeited
Exercised
Granted

Balance at December 31, 2020

3,108,868 

(14,707)
(558,834)
625,070 
3,160,397 

(108,515)
(792,466)
70,000 
2,329,416 

$0.61 - 6.55 $

$1.47 - 3.37
$0.61 - 1.81
$3.21 - 7.37
$1.18 - 7.37 $

$1.27 - 7.59
$1.21 - 4.43
$6.27 - 7.59
$1.18 - 7.59 $

2.26  $

2.51
1.21
3.63
2.72  $

3.66
2.80 
6.65 
2.76  $

3,670 

1,986,740  $

1.81  $

3,314 

14,460 

1,835,799  $

2.28  $

9,198 

16,574 

1,408,119  $

2.26  $

10,734 

(1) The intrinsic value of an option represents the amount by which the market value of the stock exceeds the exercise price of the option of in-the-

money options only.

The fair value of each option granted is estimated as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions:

Risk-free interest rate range
Expected life of option-years
Expected stock price volatility
Expected dividend yield

Years ended December 31,

2020
0.7%
7
63%
—%

2019
2.494%
7
67%
—%

The  risk-free  interest  rate  is  based  on  U.S.  Treasury  interest  rates,  the  terms  of  which  are  consistent  with  the  expected  life  of  the  stock  options.
Expected volatility is based upon the average historical volatility of our common stock over the period commensurate with the expected term of the related
instrument. The expected life and estimated post-employment termination behavior is based upon historical experience of homogeneous groups, executives
and non-executes, within our company. We do not currently pay dividends on our common stock nor do we expect to in the foreseeable future.

Range of
Exercise Prices

Options
Outstanding

Options Outstanding

Options Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life in
Years

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Options
Exercisable

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Life in
Years

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price of
Options
Exercisable

Year ended December 31,
2019
Year ended December 31,
2020

$1.18 - 7.37

$1.18 - 7.59

(in thousands)
Year ended December 31, 2019
Year ended December 31, 2020

3,160,397 

2,329,416 

6.24

6.04

$2.72

$2.76

1,835,799 

1,408,119 

4.30

4.73

$2.28

$2.26

Total Intrinsic Value of
Options Exercised

Total Fair Value of
Options Vested

$
$

1,642  $
3,322  $

3,268 
3,178 

66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  weighted  average  grant  date  fair  value  of  options  granted  was  $6.65  and  $3.63  per  share,
respectively. We estimate the fair value of options at the grant date using the Black-Scholes model. For all stock options granted through December 31,
2020, the weighted average remaining service period is 6.0 years.

Unamortized stock option expense at December  31,  2020  that  will  be  amortized  over  the  weighted-average  remaining  service  period  of  2.0  years

totaled $2.1 million.

Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

Historically, we have granted shares of restricted stock to certain employees that have vested in three equal annual installments on the anniversary
dates of their grant. However, beginning in 2019, we altered our approach for these grants to replace the grant of restricted stock subject to time-based
vesting  with  the  grant  of  a  combination  of  restricted  stock  units  ("RSUs")  subject  to  time-based  vesting  and  performance-based  vesting.  Each  RSU
represents the contingent right to receive a single share of our common stock upon the vesting of the award. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we
granted an aggregate of 138,650 RSUs to certain employees. Of the RSUs granted during 2020, 76,700 of such RSUs are subject to time-based vesting and
are scheduled to vest in three equal annual installments on the anniversary dates of the grant. The remaining 61,950 RSUs are performance-based awards
that  will  vest  based  on  our  achievement  of  long-term  performance  goals,  in  particular,  based  on  our  levels  of  2022  revenue  and  operating  income.  The
61,950  shares  issuable  upon  vesting  of  the  performance-based  RSUs  represent  the  maximum  payout  under  our  performance-based  awards,  based  upon
150% of our target performance for 2022 revenue and operating income (the payout of such awards based on target performance for 2022 revenue and
operating income would be 41,300 shares). In the case of the time-based and performance-based RSUs, vesting is also subject to the employee's continuous
service with us through vesting. In 2020, 137,997 shares of restricted stock and 72,335 RSUs granted to employees vested.

In addition, in conjunction with our 2018, 2019 and 2020 Annual Meetings of Stockholders, we granted RSUs to certain members of our Board of
Directors in respect of the annual equity compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy (other members of our Board of Directors
elected  to  receive  their  annual  equity  compensation  for  Board  service  in  the  form  of  stock  units  under  our  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  as  described
below). RSUs granted to our non-employee Directors vest at the earlier of the one-year anniversary of their grant or the next annual stockholders' meeting.
In 2020 and 2019, we granted 10,652 and 11,600, respectively, RSUs to non-employee members of our Board of Directors in respect of the annual equity
compensation under our non-employee director compensation policy. In 2020 and 2019, 11,600 and 16,286 RSUs, respectively, vested.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  number  of  unvested  shares  underlying  our  restricted  stock  awards  and  RSUs  and  the  value  of  our  unvested

restricted stock awards and RSUs in 2020 and 2019:

(in thousands, except share and weighted-average share data)
Balance at January 1, 2019
Granted
Vested
Forfeitures
Balance at December 31, 2019
Granted
Vested

Balance at December 31, 2020

Number of Unvested
Shares

Weighted Average Grant
Date Fair Value

458,620 
291,600 
(210,624)
(37,499)
502,097 
149,302 
(221,932)
429,467 

$

$

$

2.56 
3.75 
2.33 
2.96 
3.31 
6.48 
3.19 
4.48 

Aggregate Grant Date Fair
Value of Unvested Shares
1,172 
$
1,094 
(491)
(111)
1,664 
967 
(708)
1,923 

$

$

We recognized $2.1 million and $1.5 million in stock-based compensation expense, which is recorded in selling, general and administrative expense

on the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

Unamortized restricted stock and RSUs expense at December 31, 2020 that will be amortized over the weighted-average remaining service period of

1.7 years totaled $1.2 million.

67

Table of Contents

Employee Stock Purchase Plan

On  April  7,  2020,  our  board  of  directors  approved,  and  on  May  11,  2020,  our  stockholders  approved,  the  Luna  Innovations  Incorporated  2020
Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the "2020 ESPP"). The 2020 ESPP grants our eligible employees a purchase right to purchase up to that number of shares
of common stock purchasable either with a percentage or with a maximum dollar amount, as designed by the Board of Directors, during the period that
begins on the offering date and ends on the date stated in the offering. The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued under the 2020
ESPP is 1,200,000 shares. The 2020 ESPP is considered a compensatory plan and the fair value of the discount and the look-back period will be estimated
using the Black-Scholes option pricing model and expense will be recognized over the six-month withholding period prior to the purchase date. For the
year  ended  December  31,  2020,  we  recognized  $0.2  million  in  share-based  compensation  expense  related  to  the  2020  ESPP,  which  is  included  in  our
selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of operations.

Non-employee Director Deferred Compensation Plan

We maintain a non-employee director deferred compensation plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”) that permits our non-employee directors to
defer receipt of certain compensation that they receive for serving on our board and board committees. The Deferred Compensation Plan has historically
permitted the participants to elect to defer cash fees to which they were entitled for board and committee service. For  participating  directors,  in  lieu  of
payment  of  cash  fees,  we  credit  their  accounts  under  the  Deferred  Compensation  Plan  with  a  number  of  stock  units  based  on  the  trading  price  of  our
common stock as of the date of the deferral. These stock units vest immediately, although the participating directors do not receive the shares represented
by such units until a future qualifying event.

Pursuant to our Deferred Compensation Plan, non-employee directors can also elect to defer the receipt of some or all of the equity compensation that
they receive for board and committee service. Stock units representing this equity compensation vest at the earlier of the one-year anniversary of their grant
or the next annual stockholders' meeting.

The following is a summary of our stock unit activity under the Deferred Compensation Plan for 2020 and 2019:

(in thousands, except stock units and weighted-average share data)
Balance, January 1, 2019
Granted
Balance, December 31, 2019
Granted
Issued

Balance, December 31, 2020

As of December 31, 2020, 24,855 outstanding stock units had not yet vested.

Stock Repurchase Program

Number of Stock
Units

Weighted Average
Grant Date Fair Value
per Share

Intrinsic Value
Outstanding

507,290 
121,713 
629,003 
53,757 
(47,377)
635,383 

$

$

1.40 
4.41 
2.09 
6.62 
1.65 
2.41 

$

$

1,699 

4,585 

6,278 

In August 2019, our board of directors authorized a stock repurchase program which allowed us to repurchase up to $2.0 million of our common
stock through August 2020. As of December 31, 2020, we had repurchased a total of 333,953 shares for an aggregate purchase price of $2.0 million under
this stock repurchase program, all of which had been repurchased before the program expired in September 2019. We currently maintain all repurchased
shares under this stock repurchase program as treasury stock.

12.    Revenue Recognition

Disaggregation of Revenue

We disaggregate our revenue from contracts with customers by geographic locations, customer type, contract type, timing of recognition, and major
categories for each of our segments, as we believe it best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of our revenue and cash flows are affected
by economic factors. We disaggregate revenue on the basis of where the physical goods are shipped. We  also  classify  revenue  by  the  customer  type  of
entity for which it does business, which is an

68

    
Table of Contents

indicator of the diversity of our client base. We attribute revenues generated from being a subcontractor to a commercial company as government revenue
when the ultimate client is a government agency or department. Disaggregation by contract mix provides insight in terms of the degree of performance risk
that we have assumed. Fixed-price contracts are considered to provide the highest amount of performance risk as we are required to deliver a scope of work
or level of effort for a negotiated fixed price. Cost-based contracts are considered to provide the lowest amount of performance risk since we are generally
reimbursed for all contract costs incurred in performance of contract deliverables with only the amount of incentive or award fees (if applicable) dependent
on the achievement of negotiated performance requirements. By classifying revenue by major product and service, we attribute revenue from a client to the
major product or service that we believe to be the client's primary market.

    The details are listed in the table below for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019:

(in thousands)
Total Revenue by Geographic Location

United States
Asia
Europe
Canada, Central and South America
All Others
Total

Total Revenue by Major Customer Type

Sales to the U.S. government
U.S. direct commercial sales and other
Foreign commercial sales & other

Total

Total Revenue by Contract Type

Fixed-price contracts
Cost-type contracts
  Total

Total Revenue by Timing of Recognition
Goods transferred at a point in time
Goods/services transferred over time

Total

Total Revenue by Major Products/Services

Technology development
Test, measurement and sensing systems
Other
Total

Contract Balances

Lightwave

2020
Luna Labs

Total

Lightwave

2019
Luna Labs

Total

Years ended December 31,

33,706  $
16,181 
7,144 
2,084 
— 
59,115  $

8,196  $

25,487 
25,432 
59,115  $

23,201  $

4 
350 
11 
— 

23,566  $

21,111  $
2,455 
— 

23,566  $

56,907  $
16,185 
7,494 
2,095 
— 
82,681  $

29,307  $
27,942 
25,432 
82,681  $

26,409  $
13,669 
7,277 
1,432 
330 
49,117  $

8,223  $

18,186 
22,708 
49,117  $

21,399  $

— 
— 
— 
— 

21,399  $

19,757  $
1,642 
— 

21,399  $

47,808 
13,669 
7,277 
1,432 
330 
70,516 

27,980 
19,828 
22,708 
70,516 

56,266  $
2,849 
59,115  $

13,457  $
10,109 
23,566  $

69,723  $
12,958 
82,681  $

45,995  $
3,122 
49,117  $

11,792  $
9,607 
21,399  $

57,787 
12,729 
70,516 

50,347  $
8,768 
59,115  $

2,007  $

21,559 
23,566  $

52,354  $
30,327 
82,681  $

41,768  $
7,349 
49,117  $

1,362  $

20,037 
21,399  $

43,130 
27,386 
70,516 

7,211  $

50,881 
1,023 
59,115  $

21,559  $

— 
2,007 
23,566  $

28,770  $
50,881 
3,030 
82,681  $

5,987  $

41,788 
1,342 
49,117  $

20,037  $

— 
1,362 
21,399  $

26,024 
41,788 
2,704 
70,516 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Our contract assets consist of unbilled amounts for technology development contracts as well as custom product contracts. Also included in contract
assets are royalty revenue and carrying amounts of right of returned inventory. Long-term contract assets include the fee withholding on cost reimbursable
contracts that will not be billed within a year. Contract liabilities

69

Table of Contents

include  excess  billings,  subcontractor  accruals,  warranty  expense,  extended  warranty  revenue,  right  of  return  refund,  and  customer  deposits.  The  net
contract assets/(liabilities) changed by $1.1 million primarily due to an increased number of government research programs, primarily fixed-price contracts,
that have not reached milestones as designated in their respective contracts, but revenue has been recognized based on costs incurred.

The following table shows the components of our contract balances as of December 31, 2020 and 2019:

(in thousands)
Contract assets
Contract liabilities
   Net contract assets/(liabilities)

December 31,

2020

2019

$

$

7,517 
(7,095)
422 

$

$

3,208 
(3,888)
(680)

Performance Obligations

Unfulfilled performance obligations represent amounts expected to be earned on executed contracts. Indefinite delivery and quantity contracts and
unexercised options are not reported in total unfulfilled performance obligations. Unfulfilled performance obligations include funded obligations, which is
the  amount  for  which  money  has  been  directly  authorized  by  the  U.S.  government  and  for  which  a  purchase  order  has  been  received  by  a  commercial
customer,  and  unfunded  obligations  represent  firm  orders  for  which  funding  has  not  yet  been  appropriated.  The  approximate  value  of  our  Lightwave
segment's unfulfilled performance obligations was $35.9 million at December 31, 2020. We expect to satisfy 77% of the performance obligations in 2021,
15%  in  2022  and  the  remainder  by  2025.  The  approximate  value  of  our  Luna  Labs  segment's  unfulfilled  performance  obligations  was  $19.0  million  at
December 31, 2020. We expect to satisfy 70% of the performance obligations in 2021, 27% in 2022 and the remainder by 2023.

13.    Income Taxes

Income tax expense/(benefit) from continuing operations consisted of the following for the periods indicated:

(in thousands)
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Income tax expense/(benefit)

Years ended December 31,
2019
2020

89 
460 
27 
576 

(70)
(161)
3 
(228)
348 

$

$

$
$
$

1,467 
228 
— 
1,695 

(2,849)
(500)
— 
(3,349)
(1,654)

$

$

$
$
$

70

Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of the following components:

(in thousands)
Bad debt and inventory reserve
UNICAP

Deferred revenue
ASC842 Lease Accounting (DTA)
ASC842 Lease Accounting (DTL)

Depreciation and amortization
Net operating loss carryforwards
Accrued liabilities
Stock-based compensation
Total
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset

Years ended December 31,
2019
2020

430 
113 
111 
(2,610)
2,852 
(3,361)
5,767 
679 
829 
4,810 
(2,850)
1,960 

$

$

$

376 
5 
130 
797 
(545)
(2,042)
1,680 
594 
780 
1,775 
(360)
1,415 

$

$

$

The expense/(benefit) from income taxes from continuing operations differs from the amount computed by applying the federal statutory income tax

rate to our loss from continuing operations before income taxes as follows for the periods indicated:

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate
Effect of foreign operations
State taxes, net of federal tax effects
Change in valuation allowance
Provision to return adjustments
Meals and entertainment
Other permanent differences
Equity compensation
Current year R&D credit
Prior year R&D credit
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
Other
Income tax expense/(benefit)

Years ended December 31,
2019
2020

21.00 %
0.23 
3.99 
3.44 
(0.33)
0.13 
8.81 
(7.25)
(10.60)
(17.87)
4.20 
1.10 
6.85 %

21.00 %
— 
(8.67)
(67.39)
7.26 
0.50 
4.20 
(1.75)
— 
— 
— 
— 
(44.85)%

The realization of our deferred income tax assets is dependent upon sufficient taxable income in future periods. In assessing whether deferred tax
assets  may  be  realized,  we  consider  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  some  portion,  or  all,  of  the  deferred  tax  asset  will  be  realized.  We  consider
scheduled reversals of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies that we can implement in making our assessment.
We  have  net  operating  loss  ("NOL")  carryforwards  of  approximately  $5.2  million  for  a  previously  acquired  company  expiring  at  varying  dates  through
2033. Our NOL carryovers will be subject to a Section 382 limitation based on a 2015 ownership change, and there have been no subsequent ownership
changes. We continue to be in a three year cumulative net income position, and based on all available positive and negative evidence, we believe our net
deferred tax asset will be fully realizable.

Our  OptaSense  acquisition  included  a  UK  entity  and  a  US  entity  which  have  deferred  tax  assets.  Based  on  all  available  evidence,  including
cumulative history of losses, we have realized deferred tax assets only to the extent they are supported by the reversal of existing temporary differences. As
a result, we have recorded a valuation allowance of $2.9 million as of December 31, 2020.

71

 
Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the activity related to our gross unrecognized tax benefits:

(in thousands)
Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of period
  Increases related to current period tax positions
  Increases related to prior period tax positions
Unrecognized tax benefits, end of period

Years ended December 31,
2019
2020

$

$

— 
81 
130 
211 

$

$

— 
— 
— 
— 

As of December 31, 2020, we had $0.2 million of unrecognized tax benefits. If these amounts are recognized in future periods, it would affect the
effective tax rate on income from continuing operations for the years in which they are recognized. Interest and penalties released related to uncertain tax
positions  were  not  material  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  To  the  extent  interest  and  penalties  are  not  assessed  with  respect  to  uncertain  tax
positions,  amounts  accrued  will  be  reduced  and  reflected  as  a  reduction  of  the  overall  income  tax  provision  in  the  period  for  which  the  event  occurs
requiring  the  adjustment.  The  amount  of  accrued  interest  and  penalties  as  of  December  31,  2020  is  recorded  in  other  long-term  liabilities  on  the
consolidated balance sheets. Our policy is to recognize interest and/or penalties related to income tax matters in income tax expense. We do not believe
there are any positions for which it is reasonably possible that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits will significantly increase or decrease within
the next 12 months.

We file numerous consolidated and separate income tax returns in the US federal jurisdiction and in many state and foreign jurisdictions. The U.S.
federal statute of limitations remains open for the year 2017 and onward. U.S. state jurisdictions have statutes of limitation generally ranging from three to
seven  years.  Our  OptaSense  companies  have  open  years  for  audit  including  UK  -  2017  and  forward;  US  -  2017  and  forward;  and  Canada  -  2016  and
forward.  Given  that  certain  subsidiaries  have  federal  or  state  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  the  statute  for  examination  by  the  taxing  authorities  will
typically  remain  open  for  a  period  following  the  use  of  such  net  operating  loss  carryforwards,  extending  the  period  for  examination  beyond  the  years
indicated above. We currently have no income tax returns under examination,

On March 27, 2020, the United States enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief and Economic Security Act (the "CARES Act"). The CARES Act includes

significant business tax provisions that, among other things, include the removal of certain limitations on utilization of net operating losses, increase the
loss carryback period for certain losses to five years, and increase the ability to deduct interest expense, as well as amending certain provisions of the
previously enacted Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. We do not expect the CARES Act to have a significant impact on our tax obligations. In December 2020, the
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 (“CAA”) was signed into law. The CAA included additional funding through tax credits as part of its economic
package for 2021. We evaluated these items in its tax computation as of December 31, 2020 and determined that the items do not have a material impact on
our financial statements as of December 31, 2020.

14.    Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation and other contingencies

From time to time, we may become involved in litigation in relation to claims arising out of our operations in the normal course of business. While
management  currently  believes  it  is  not  reasonably  possible  the  amount  of  ultimate  liability,  if  any,  with  respect  to  these  actions  will  have  a  material
adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or liquidity, the ultimate outcome of any litigation is uncertain.

In  December  2018,  we  received  a  notice  of  claim  (the  "Claim")  from  Macom  Technology  Solutions,  Inc.  ("Macom"),  who  acquired  our  HSOR
business in August 2017 pursuant to an asset purchase agreement. Under the asset purchase agreement, we agreed to indemnify Macom for certain matters,
including, among other things, the collection of accounts receivable from certain major customers, and placed $4.0 million of the purchase price into an
escrow account for the potential settlement of any valid indemnity claims. As of December 31, 2019, $1.5 million of the escrow balance had been received
with the remaining $2.5 million in the escrow account pending resolution of our dispute of indemnity claims received from Macom. In March 2020, we
settled the dispute resulting in us receiving $0.6 million and Macom receiving $1.9 million. For the year ended December 31, 2020, we have recorded a
loss from discontinued operations of $1.4 million, net of income tax benefit, to reflect the settlement of the dispute.

On July 31, 2018, we sold the assets associated with our optoelectronic components and sub-assemblies ("Opto") business to an unaffiliated third

party. The asset purchase agreement provides for additional consideration of up to $1.0 million

72

 
Table of Contents

contingent upon the achievement of a specified revenue level by the sold business during the 18 months following the sale. We did not receive any of the
additional $1.0 million of consideration because the minimum revenue targets were not achieved.

We have made, and will continue to make, efforts to comply with current and future environmental laws. We anticipate that we could incur additional
capital  and  operating  costs  in  the  future  to  comply  with  existing  environmental  laws  and  new  requirements  arising  from  new  or  amended  statutes  and
regulations. In addition, because the applicable regulatory agencies have not yet promulgated final standards for some existing environmental programs, we
cannot  at  this  time  reasonably  estimate  the  cost  for  compliance  with  these  additional  requirements.  The  amount  of  any  such  compliance  costs  could  be
material. We cannot predict the impact that future regulations will impose upon our business.

Obligation under Operating Leases

See Note 10 - Leases for discussion of our lease obligations.

Purchase Commitment

We executed a non-cancelable purchase order totaling $1.4 million in the third quarter of 2020 and a non-cancelable purchase order totaling $1.6
million  in  the  fourth  quarter  of  2020  for  multiple  shipments  of  tunable  lasers  to  be  delivered  over  an  12-month  period.  At  December  31,  2020,
approximately $2.9 million of these commitments remained and is expected to be delivered by October 31, 2021.

Guarantees

As of December 31, 2020, we had a total of $1.2 million in performance bond guarantees outstanding in favor of certain third parties to ensure
performance of its obligations under certain customer contracts and lease arrangements. These guarantees expire at various dates through September 2022.
To date, we have not incurred any charges associated with non-performance covered by such guarantees and have not accrued any liabilities as of
December 31, 2020.

15.    Employee Profit Sharing Plan

We  maintain  a  salary  reduction/profit-sharing  plan  under  provisions  of  Section  401(k)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code.  The  plan  is  offered  to  all

permanent employees. We contribute 30% of the salary deferral elected by each employee up to a maximum deferral of 10% of annual salary.

We contributed approximately $0.5 million and $0.4 million to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.

16.    Relationship with Major Customers

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, approximately 35% and 40%, respectively, of our consolidated revenues were attributable to

contracts with the U.S. government.

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, receivables with respect to contracts with the U.S. government represented 14% and 12% of total trade receivables,

respectively.

17.    Financial Information About Segments

We have two operating and reportable segments: Lightwave and Luna Labs.

During the year ended December 31, 2020, we changed our reportable segments to Lightwave and Luna Labs to align with how our Chief Operating
Decision Maker (CODM) evaluates segment performance and allocates resources to the segments. Prior to the year ended December 31, 2020, we reported
under two different reporting segments. We have reflected these new segment measures beginning in the year ended December 31, 2020 and prior periods
have been restated for comparability.

The Lightwave segment develops, manufactures and markets distributed fiber optic sensing products and fiber optic communications test and control
products.  The  Luna  Labs  segment  performs  applied  research  principally  in  the  areas  of  sensing  and  instrumentation,  advanced  materials  and  health
sciences.

73

 
 
Table of Contents

Through  December  31,  2020,  our  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  his  direct  reports  (collectively  represented  our  CODM),  evaluated  segment
performance based primarily on revenues and operating income or loss. The accounting policies of our segments are the same as those described in the
summary of significant accounting policies in Note 1, “Organization and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies”.

Information about the results of operations for each segment is set forth in the table below. There were no significant inter-segment sales during the

years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.

During the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, 31% and 32%, respectively, of our total sales took place outside the United States. Customers
in China represented 11% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2019, while no other single country, outside of the United States, represented
more than 10% of total revenues for the year ended December 31, 2020.

(in thousands)
Lightwave revenue
Luna Labs revenue
Total revenue

Lightwave operating income
Luna Labs operating income
Total operating income

Depreciation, Lightwave
Depreciation, Luna Labs
Amortization, Lightwave
Amortization, Luna Labs

Additional segment information is as follows:

(in thousands)
Total segment assets:
Lightwave
Luna Labs
Total

Property plant and equipment and intangible assets, Lightwave
Property plant and equipment and intangible assets, Luna Labs

74

Years ended December 31,
2019
2020

59,115 
23,566 
82,681 

4,914 
69 
4,983 
984 
143 
1,714 
129 

$

$

$

$
$
$
$
$

49,117 
21,399 
70,516 

2,261 
1,055 
3,316 
697 
252 
1,486 
68 

December 31,

2020

2019

110,446 
20,556 
131,002 

40,995 
543 

$

$

$
$

70,276 
16,248 
86,524 

23,201 
1,001 

$

$

$

$
$
$
$
$

$

$

$
$

 
 
Table of Contents

18.    Quarterly Results (unaudited)

The following table sets forth our unaudited historical revenues, operating (loss)/income and net income by quarter during 2020 and 2019.

(in thousands,
except share and per share
data)
Revenues:
Lightwave
Luna Labs
Total revenues
Gross margin
Operating income/(loss)
Net income/(loss) from
continuing operations
Loss from discontinued
operations, net of income tax
of $464
Net (loss)/income
Net (loss)/income attributable
to common stockholders
Net income per share from
continuing operations:

Basic
Diluted

Net loss per share from
discontinued operations:

Basic
Diluted

Net (loss)/income attributable
to common stockholders:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares:

Basic
Diluted

$

$

$
$

$
$

$
$

March 31,
2020

June 30,
2020

September 30,
2020

December 31,
2020

March 31,
2019

June 30,
2019

September 30,
2019

December 31,
2019

Three Months Ended

11,554  $
5,587 
17,141 
8,364 
390 

320 

(1,436)
(1,116)

12,933  $
5,643 
18,576 
9,517 
1,810 

1,369 

— 
1,369 

15,350  $
5,700 
21,050 
10,949 
2,252 

3,102 

— 
3,102 

19,278  $
6,637 
25,915 
13,358 
530 

(64)

— 
(64)

9,518  $
5,315 
14,833 
6,768 
(897)

1,126 

— 
1,126 

12,523  $
5,291 
17,814 
8,752 
1,014 

841 

— 
841 

13,088  $
5,301 
18,389 
9,275 
1,482 

1,230 

— 
1,230 

(1,116) $

1,369  $

3,102  $

(64) $

1,043  $

751  $

1,117  $

0.01  $
0.01  $

(0.05) $
(0.04) $

(0.04) $
(0.03) $

0.04  $
0.04  $

—  $
—  $

0.04  $
0.04  $

0.10  $
0.10  $

—  $
—  $

0.10  $
0.10  $

—  $
—  $

—  $
—  $

—  $
—  $

0.04  $
0.03  $

—  $
—  $

0.04  $
0.03  $

0.03  $
0.02  $

—  $
—  $

0.03  $
0.02  $

0.04  $
0.04  $

—  $
—  $

0.04  $
0.03  $

13,988 
5,492 
19,480 
10,388 
1,718 

2,146 

— 
2,146 

2,146 

0.07 
0.07 

— 
— 

0.07 
0.07 

30,380,345 
32,549,487 

30,589,249 
32,466,122 

30,809,896 
32,411,086 

30,895,980 
32,831,255 

28,039,080 
33,479,935 

28,246,840 
33,650,790 

28,291,297 
32,115,847 

30,159,322 
32,211,847 

75

 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 9.    CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None.

ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We  maintain  “disclosure  controls  and  procedures,”  as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  as
amended (the “Exchange Act”), which are controls and other procedures that are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be
disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time
periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure
that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to
the company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required
disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of
achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.
In addition, the design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no
assurance  that  any  design  will  succeed  in  achieving  its  stated  goals  under  all  potential  future  conditions.  Over  time,  controls  may  become  inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a control
system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial
Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this
report. As a result of a late Form 8-K/A pertaining to the filing of audited financial statements for a recently acquired company, our President and Chief
Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer have concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective
as of the end of the period covered by this report. The delinquent filing was an isolated incident and the Company has instituted additional procedures
designed to ensure timely filings in the future.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation required by paragraph (d) of
Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e) and Rule 15d-15(e) that occurred in the quarter ended December 31, 2020 that have materially affected, or are
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed, under the supervision of our principal executive and principal
financial  officers,  and  effected  by  our  board  of  directors,  management  and  other  personnel  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of
financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the
United States of America ("GAAP"). Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance
of  records  that,  in  reasonable  detail,  accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  our  assets;  (ii)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are
being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely
detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

On December 3, 2020, we completed our acquisition of OptaSense. Management is in the process of evaluating OptaSense’s existing controls and
procedures, and integrating OptaSense into our internal control over financial reporting. In accordance with SEC staff guidance permitting a company to
exclude  an  acquired  business  from  management’s  assessment  of  the  effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for  the  year  in  which  the
acquisition is completed, management has excluded OptaSense from its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as of
December  31,  2020.  OptaSense  represents  36%  percent  of  our  total  assets  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2%  percent  of  revenue  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2020.

76

Table of Contents

There are inherent limitations in the effectiveness of any internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of human error and the
circumvention or overriding of controls. Accordingly, even effective internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance with
respect  to  financial  statement  preparation  and  may  not  prevent  or  detect  all  misstatements.  Further,  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  effectiveness  of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  vary  over  time.  Our  internal  control  system  was  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP.

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer, and our Chief Financial
Officer,  we  conducted  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December  31,  2020.  This  evaluation  was
based  on  the  criteria  established  in  the  2013  Internal  Control—Integrated  Framework  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the
Treadway Commission.

Based on our evaluation under the framework established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework, our President and Chief Executive
officer,  and  our  Chief  Financial  Officer  concluded  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  effective  as  of  December  31,  2020  to  provide
reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
GAAP.

ITEM 9B.    OTHER INFORMATION.

None

77

    
Table of Contents

PART III

ITEM 10.    DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K will be included in the proxy statement related to our 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, (the

"2021 Proxy Statement"), anticipated to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after December 31, 2020, and is incorporated into this report by reference.

ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

The information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K is incorporated into this report by reference to the information to be provided in our 2021 Proxy

Statement.

ITEM 12.    SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

The information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K is incorporated into this report by reference to the information to be provided in our 2021 Proxy

Statement.

ITEM 13.    CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K is incorporated into this report by reference to the information to be provided in our 2021 Proxy

Statement.

ITEM 14.    PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K is incorporated into this report by reference to the information to be provided in our 2021 Proxy

Statement.

78

 
 
 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULE

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(i)
(ii)

Financial Statements. See Index to Consolidated Financial Statements at Item 8 of this Report on Form 10-K.
Schedules.

PART IV

Schedule II

Luna Innovations Incorporated
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

Column A

(in thousands)
Year Ended December 31, 2019
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:

Deferred tax valuation allowance
Allowances for doubtful accounts

Year Ended December 31, 2020
Reserves deducted from assets to which they apply:

Deferred tax valuation allowance
Allowances for doubtful accounts

Column B
Balance
at beginning
of Period

Column C

Column D

Additions

Deductions

Column E
Balance at
end
of period

$

$

$
$
$

3,268  $
285 
3,553  $

360  $
930  $
1,290  $

—  $
645 
645  $

2,850  $
127  $
2,977  $

(2,908) $
— 
(2,908) $

(360) $
(171) $
(531) $

360 
930 
1,290 

2,850 
886 
3,736 

All other schedules are omitted as the required information is inapplicable or the information is presented in the Consolidated Financial Statements

and notes thereto in Item 8 of Part II of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

◦
a. Exhibits

Exhibits. The exhibits filed as part of this report are listed under “Exhibits” at subsection (b) of this Item 15.

79

 
Table of Contents

Exhibit No.
2.1#

2.2#

2.3#

2.4#

2.5#

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

4.1

4.2

4.3

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

10.1

10.2**

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit Document
Agreement and Plan of Merger and Reorganization dated as of January 30, 2015, by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, API
Merger Sub, Inc. and Advanced Photonix, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
(File No. 000-52008) filed on February 2, 2015).
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated July 31, 2018 by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, Advanced Photonix, Inc., Advanced
Photonix Canada, Inc. and OSI Optoelectronics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on August 1, 2018).
Asset Purchase Agreement, dated October 15, 2018 by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, Luna Technologies, Inc. and Micron
Optics, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on
October 16, 2018).
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated March 1, 2019 by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, Luna Technologies, Inc., Steve Yao and
General Photonics Corporation (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-
52008) filed on March 4, 2019).
Share Purchase Agreement, by and between the Company and QinetiQ Holdings Limited, dated as of December 2, 2020 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on December 3, 2020).
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant's Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on June 8, 2006).
Certificate of Designations of the Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on January 15, 2010).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-131764) filed on February 10, 2006).
Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on May 10, 2010).
Amendment to Amended and Restated Bylaws (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K
(File No. 000-52008) filed on February 2, 2015).
Specimen Common Stock certificate of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to the Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 5 of the
Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131764) filed on May 19, 2006).
2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Amendment No. 3 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-131764) filed on April 28, 2006).
Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrant's
Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-131764) filed on February 10, 2006).
2016 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No.
333-211802) filed on June 3, 2016).
Form of Stock Option Grant Notice and Stock Option Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
4.8 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-211802) filed on June 3, 2016).
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on January 16, 2019).
Form of Restricted Stock Award Grant Notice and Restricted Stock Award Agreement under 2016 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on August 10, 2016).
Description of the Registrant's Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.8 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 13, 2020.
Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and executive officers (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's
Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on July 17, 2009).
Amended and Restated License Agreement, dated March 19, 2004, by and between Virginia Tech Intellectual Properties, Inc. and Luna
Innovations Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.26 to Amendment No. 5 of the Registrant's Registration Statement on
Form S-1 (File No. 333-131764) filed on May 19, 2006).

80

Table of Contents

10.3

10.4**

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9**

10.10**

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15

10.16

10.17**

10.18

Asset Transfer and License Agreement by and between Luna Innovations Incorporated and Coherent, Inc. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.21 to Amendment No. 1 to Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on April 6, 2007).
Development and Supply Agreement, dated December 12, 2006, by and between Luna Innovations Incorporated and Intuitive Surgical,
Inc. dated June 11, 2007 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008)
filed on June 14, 2007).
Amendment to Commercial Lease, by and between Luna Innovations Incorporated and Canvasback Real Estate & Investments LLC
dated March 18, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008)
filed on May 9, 2008).
Securities Purchase and Exchange Agreement, dated January 12, 2010, by and between Luna Innovations Incorporated and Carilion
Clinic (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on January
15, 2010).
Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated January 13, 2010, by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, Carilion
Clinic, and certain stockholders of Luna Innovations Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant's Current
Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on January 15, 2010).
Non-Employee Directors’ Deferred Compensation Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Registrant's Annual Report on
Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 21, 2018).
License Agreement, effective January 12, 2010, by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, Luna Technologies, Inc. and Hansen
Medical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on
May 17, 2010).
License Agreement, effective January 12, 2010, by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated, Luna Technologies, Inc. and Intuitive
Surgical, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) file on May
17, 2010).
Industrial Lease Agreement, dated as of March 21, 2006, by and between Luna Innovations Incorporated and the Economic Development
Authority of Montgomery County, Virginia, as amended by a First Amendment effective as of May 11, 2006, a Second Amendment
effective as of July 15, 2009 and a Third Amendment effective as of March 23, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to
Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on May 17, 2010).
Third Amendment to Commercial Lease dated June 21, 2010, by and between Canvasback Real Estate & Investments, LLC and Luna
Innovations, Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008)
filed on August 16, 2010).
Fourth Amendment to Industrial Lease Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2011, by and between The Economic Development Authority of
Montgomery County and Luna Innovations Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Registrant's Quarterly Report on
Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on May 16, 2011).
Fifth Amendment to Industrial Lease Agreement, dated as of November 1, 2011, by and between The Economic Development Authority
of Montgomery County and Luna Innovations Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.39 to the Registrant's Annual Report
on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 29, 2012).
Employment Agreement dated December 5, 2017, by and between Scott A. Graeff and Luna Innovations Incorporated (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.25 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 21, 2018).
Fourth Amendment to Commercial Lease, dated as of April 15, 2012, by and between Canvasback Real Estate & Investments, LLC and
Luna Innovations Incorporated (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No.
000-52008) filed on August 9, 2012).
Cross-License Agreement by and among Luna Innovations Incorporated and Luna Technologies, Inc. and Intuitive Surgical Operations,
Inc. and Intuitive Surgical International, Ltd., dated as of January 17, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on May 13, 2014).
Sixth Amendment to Industrial Lease Agreement by and between the Economic Development Authority of Montgomery County, Virginia
and Luna Innovations Incorporated dated October 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.47 to the Registrant's Annual Report
on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 16, 2015).

81

Table of Contents

10.19

10.20

10.21

10.22

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10.29

10.30*
10.31*
10.32*
21.1*
23.1*
24.1
31.1*

31.2*

32.1***

32.2***

101

Industrial Lease Agreement by and between The Economic Development Authority of Montgomery County, Virginia and Luna
Innovations Incorporated dated October 1, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.48 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form
10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 16, 2015).
Lease Agreement by and between SBA Tenant, LLC and Luna Innovations Incorporated dated November 2014 (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.49 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed March 16, 2015).
First Amendment to Industrial Lease Agreement by and between the Economic Development Authority of Montgomery County, Virginia
and Luna Innovation Incorporated, dated January 20, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on May 14, 2015).
Amended and Restated Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy, as amended as of February 26, 2019 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on May 13, 2019).
Fifth Amendment to Commercial Lease by and between Canvasback Real Estate and Investments, LLC and the Registrant, dated as of
August 5, 2015 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed
on November 13, 2015).
Employment Agreement, dated December 2, 2019, by and between the Registrant and Eugene J. Nestro (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.29 to the Registrant's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 13, 2020).
First Amendment to Commercial Lease, dated as of February 21, 2020, by and between SBA Tenant, LLC and the Registrant
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.30 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on March 13,
2020).
First Amendment to Standard Industrial Real Estate Lease dated July 13, 2020 between the Registrant and Majestic Realty Co
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on November 9,
2020).
Luna Innovation Incorporated 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s
Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on August 6, 2020).
Eighth Amendment to Commercial Lease dated May 26, 2020 between the Registrant and Canvasback Real Estate & Investments LLC
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 000-52008) filed on August 6,
2020).
Tax Deed, by and between the Company and QinetiQ Holdings Limited, dated as of December 2, 2020 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 000-52008) filed on December 3, 2020).
Loan Agreement, dated December 1, 2020, by and between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association.
Term Note, dated December 1, 2020, by and between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association.
Revolving Line of Credit Note, dated December 1, 2020, by and between the Company and PNC Bank, National Association.
List of Subsidiaries
Consent of Grant Thornton LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Power of Attorney (see signature page)
Certification of the Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of the Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002.
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.
The following materials from the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020, are formatted in
XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2020 and 2019, (ii) Consolidated
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholder’s
Equity for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31,
2020 and 2019, and (v) Notes to Audited Consolidated Financial Statements.

82

Table of Contents

*    Filed herewith
#    Pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K, the schedules and exhibits to this agreement are omitted, but will be furnished to the Securities and

Exchange Commission upon request.

**        Confidential  treatment  has  been  granted  with  respect  to  portions  of  this  exhibit,  indicated  by  asterisks,  which  has  been  filed  separately  with  the

Securities and Exchange Commission.

***       These  certifications  are  being  furnished  solely  to  accompany  this  annual  report  pursuant  to  18  U.S.C.  Section  1350,  and  are  not  being  filed  for
purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and are not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the registrant, whether
made before or after the date hereof, regardless of any general incorporation language in such filing.

83

Table of Contents

ITEM  16.    FORM 10-K SUMMARY

Not applicable.

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on

its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED

By:

/s/ Eugene J. Nestro
Eugene J. Nestro
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 12, 2021

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Scott A. Graeff
and Eugene J. Nestro, and each of them acting individually, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, with
full powers of substitution and resubstitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this
Annual Report on Form 10-K with all exhibits thereto and all documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting
unto  said  attorneys-in-fact  and  agents,  with  full  power  of  each  to  act  alone,  full  power  and  authority  to  do  and  perform  each  and  every  act  and  thing
requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and
confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the

registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Scott A. Graeff
Scott A. Graeff

/s/ Eugene J. Nestro
Eugene J. Nestro

/s/ Donald Pastor
Donald Pastor

/s/ N. Leigh Anderson
N. Leigh Anderson

/s/ Warren B. Phelps, III
Warren B. Phelps, III

/s/ Gary Spiegel

Gary Spiegel

/s/ Mary Beth Vitale

Mary Beth Vitale

/s/ Richard W. Roedel
Richard W. Roedel

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive
Officer)

March 12, 2021

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 12, 2021

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Chairman of the Board of Directors

84

March 12, 2021

March 12, 2021

March 12, 2021

March 12, 2021

March 12, 2021

March 12, 2021

 
 
Exhibit 10.30

Loan Agreement

THIS  LOAN  AGREEMENT  (this  “Agreement”)  dated  as  of  December  1,  2020  (the  “Effective Date”) between  PNC  BANK,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION (“Bank”), LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation, with an office located at 301 1st Street SW, Suite 200,
Roanoke,  Virginia  24011  (“Borrower”),  and  LUNA  TECHNOLOGIES,  INC.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  FORMER  LUNA  SUBSIDIARY,  INC.,  a
Delaware corporation, GENERAL  PHOTONICS  CORP.,  a  California  corporation,  and  TERAMETRIX LLC,  a  Delaware  limited  liability  company,
each with an office located at 301 1  Street SW, Suite 200, Roanoke, Virginia 24011 (collectively, jointly and severally, whether one or more in number, the
“Guarantors” and, taken together collectively with the Borrower, the “Obligors”), recites and provides as follows.

st

1.    ACCOUNTING AND OTHER TERMS

Accounting  terms  not  defined  in  this  Agreement  shall  be  construed  following  GAAP,  calculations  and  determinations  must  be  made  following
GAAP;  provided  no  effect  shall  be  given  to  Accounting  Standards  Codification  842,  Leases  (or  any  other  Accounting  Standards  Codification  having
similar  result  or  effect)  (and  related  interpretations)  to  the  extent  any  lease  (or  similar  arrangement)  would  be  required  to  be  treated  as  a  capital  lease
thereunder where such lease (or arrangement) would have been treated as an operating lease under GAAP as in effect immediately prior to the effectiveness
of such Accounting Standards Codification. Capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this Agreement shall have the meanings set forth in Section 13. All
other terms contained in this Agreement, unless otherwise indicated, shall have the meaning provided by the Code to the extent such terms are defined
therein.

2.    LOAN AND TERMS OF PAYMENT

2.1    Promise to Pay. Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay Bank the outstanding principal amount of all Credit Extensions and accrued and
unpaid interest thereon as and when due in accordance with the Notes and this Agreement.

2.2    Revolving Line.

(a)    Revolving Line Generally; Availability. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Bank shall make Advances under the
Revolving  Line  not  exceeding  the  Availability  Amount.  Amounts  borrowed  under  the  Revolving  Line  may  be  repaid  and,  prior  to  the  Revolving  Line
Maturity Date, reborrowed, subject to the applicable terms and conditions precedent herein.

(b)    Termination; Repayment. The Revolving Line terminates on the Revolving Line Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all
Advances, the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Revolving Line shall be immediately due and payable. The Revolving Line
shall be repaid in accordance with the terms of the Revolving Line Note.

(c)    Letter of Credit Sublimit. As part of the Revolving Line, Bank shall issue or have issued Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or
a Foreign Currency for Borrower’s account. The aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount utilized for the issuance of Letters of Credit shall at all times reduce
the  amount  otherwise  available  for  Advances  under  the  Revolving  Line.  The  aggregate  Dollar  Equivalent  of  the  face  amount  of  outstanding  Letters  of
Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit) may not exceed the lesser of (A) Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000.00), or (B) the Revolving
Line, minus the sum of all outstanding principal amounts of any Advances. The Letters of Credit shall be governed by the terms of this Agreement and by
one or more customary reimbursement agreements, in form and content satisfactory to Bank, executed by Borrower in

    1
238310488 v3

favor of Bank (the “Reimbursement Agreement”). Each request for the issuance of a Letter of Credit must be accompanied by Borrower’s execution of an
application  on  Bank’s  standard  forms,  together  with  all  supporting  documentation.  This  Agreement  shall  control  in  the  event  of  any  conflict  with  any
Reimbursement Agreement or any other related Letter of Credit application. Each Letter of Credit shall be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to
Bank in its sole discretion. This Agreement is not a pre-advice for the issuance of a letter of credit. Borrower shall pay Bank’s standard issuance fee on the
stated amount of each Letter of Credit upon issuance, together with such other customary fees and reasonable expenses therefor as shall be required by
Bank. Borrower further agrees to be bound by the regulations and interpretations of the issuer of any Letters of Credit guarantied by Bank and opened for
Borrower’s account or by Bank’s interpretations of any Letter of Credit issued by Bank for Borrower’s account, and Borrower understands and agrees that
Bank shall not be liable for any error, negligence, or mistake, whether of omission or commission, in following Borrower’s instructions or those contained
in the Letters of Credit or any modifications, amendments, or supplements thereto. If  any  outstanding  Letter  of  Credit  expires  after  the  Revolving  Line
Maturity Date (or effective termination of this Agreement), then on the 91  day prior to the Revolving Line Maturity Date the Borrower shall provide to
bank cash collateral in an amount equal to at least one hundred five percent (105%) for all such Letters of Credit, plus all interest, fees, and costs due or
estimated by Bank to become due in connection therewith, to secure all of the Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit. Borrower may request that
Bank  issue  a  Letter  of  Credit  payable  in  a  Foreign  Currency.  If  a  demand  for  payment  is  made  under  any  such  Letter  of  Credit,  Bank  shall  treat  such
demand as an Advance to Borrower of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount thereof (plus fees and charges in connection therewith such as wire, cable,
SWIFT or similar charges).

st

(d)    Overadvances. If, at any time, the sum of (a) the outstanding principal amount of any Advances, plus (b) the face amount of any
outstanding Letters of Credit (including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), exceeds the Revolving Line, Borrower shall immediately pay to Bank
in cash the amount of such excess (such excess, an “Overadvance”). Without limiting Borrower’s obligation to repay Bank any Overadvance, Borrower
agrees to pay Bank interest on the outstanding amount of any Overadvance, on demand, at the rate then in effect under the Revolving Line Note.

2.3    Term Loan.

Amounts borrowed under the Term Loan may not be reborrowed once repaid.

(a)        Term  Loan  Generally.  Subject  to  the  terms  and  conditions  of  this  Agreement,  Bank  shall  extend  the  Term  Loan  to  Borrower.

(b)    Termination; Repayment. The Term Loan terminates on the Term Loan Maturity Date, when the principal amount of all Advances,
the unpaid interest thereon, and all other Obligations relating to the Term Loan shall be immediately due and payable. The Term Loan shall be repaid in
accordance with the terms of the Term Loan Note.

2.4    Fees. Borrower shall pay to Bank:

(a)    Commitment Fee. A fully earned, non-refundable commitment fee of Fifty Thousand Dollars ($50,000.00) is earned and payable as

of the Effective Date;

(b)    Unused Fee for Revolving Line. With respect to the Revolving Line, Borrower shall pay to Bank a fee equal to the product of (i) (x)
the  maximum  principal  amount  of  such  Revolving  Line,  minus  (y)  the  quarterly  average  principal  balance  outstanding  under  such  Revolving  Line
(including,  for  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  the  face  amount  of  outstanding  Letters  of  Credit)  for  a  given  fiscal  quarter,  multiplied  by  (ii)  two  tenths  of  one
percent (0.20%) per annum, due on a quarterly basis in arrears and payable with the first regularly scheduled monthly payment under the Revolving Line
Note in any given fiscal quarter, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; and

(c)        Bank Expense. All  Bank  Expenses  (including  reasonable  and  documented  attorneys’  fees  and  expenses  for  documentation  and

negotiation of this Agreement) incurred through and after the Effective Date, when due (or, if no stated due date, upon demand by Bank).

    2
238310488 v3

Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement or in a separate writing by Bank, Borrower shall not be entitled to any credit, rebate, or repayment of
any  fees  earned  by  Bank  pursuant  to  this  Agreement  notwithstanding  any  termination  of  this  Agreement  or  the  suspension  or  termination  of  Bank’s
obligation to make loans and advances hereunder. Bank may deduct amounts owing by Borrower under the clauses of this Section 2.4 pursuant to the terms
of  Section  2.5(c).  Bank  shall  provide  Borrower  written  notice  of  deductions  made  from  the  Designated  Deposit  Account  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the
clauses of this Section 2.4.

2.5    Payments; Application of Payments; Debit of Accounts.

(a)    All payments to be made by Borrower under any Loan Document shall be made in immediately available funds in Dollars, without
setoff or counterclaim, before 12:00 p.m. Eastern time on the date when due. Payments of principal and/or interest received after 12:00 p.m. Eastern time
are considered received at the opening of business on the next Business Day. When a payment is due on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment shall
be due the next Business Day, and additional fees or interest, as applicable, shall continue to accrue until paid.

(b)        Bank  has  the  exclusive  right  to  determine  the  order  and  manner  in  which  all  payments  with  respect  to  the  Obligations  may  be
applied,  Borrower  shall  have  no  right  to  specify  the  order  or  the  accounts  to  which  Bank  shall  allocate  or  apply  any  payments  required  to  be  made  by
Borrower  to  Bank  or  otherwise  received  by  Bank  under  this  Agreement  when  any  such  allocation  or  application  is  not  specified  elsewhere  in  this
Agreement.

(c)    Bank may debit any of Borrower’s deposit accounts, including the Designated Deposit Account, for principal and interest payments

or any other amounts Borrower owes Bank when due. These debits shall not constitute a set-off.

2.6    Withholding. Payments received by Bank from Borrower under this Agreement will be made free and clear of and without deduction for any and all
present  or  future  taxes,  levies,  imposts,  duties,  deductions,  withholdings,  assessments,  fees  or  other  charges,  imposed  by  any  Governmental  Authority
(including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto). Specifically, however, if at any time any Governmental Authority, applicable law,
regulation or international agreement requires Borrower to make any withholding or deduction from any such payment or other sum payable hereunder to
Bank. Borrower hereby covenants and agrees that the amount due from Borrower with respect to such payment or other sum payable hereunder will be
increased to the extent necessary to ensure that, after the making of such required withholding or deduction, Bank receives a net sum equal to the sum
which it would have received had no withholding or deduction been required, and Borrower shall pay the full amount withheld or deducted to the relevant
Governmental Authority. Borrower will, upon request, furnish Bank with proof reasonably satisfactory to Bank indicating that Borrower has made such
withholding payment; provided, however, that Borrower need not make any withholding payment if the amount or validity of such withholding payment is
contested in good faith by appropriate and timely proceedings and as to which payment in full is bonded or reserved against by Borrower. The agreements
and obligations of Borrower contained in this Section 2.6 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

3.    CONDITIONS OF LOANS

3.1    Conditions Precedent to Initial Credit Extension Under the Term Loan. Bank’s obligation to make the initial Credit Extension under the Term
Loan  is  subject  to  the  condition  precedent  that  Bank  shall  have  received,  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Bank,  such  documents,  and
completion of such other matters, as Bank may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate, including, without limitation:

(a)    duly executed signatures to the Loan Documents (except for any such documents to be delivered at a later date as set forth herein or

in the other Loan Documents);

agency) of such Obligor’s jurisdiction of organization or formation and each

(b)    the Operating Documents and long-form good standing certificates of Obligors certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent

    3
238310488 v3

jurisdiction in which each Obligor is qualified to conduct business, each as of a date no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date;

(c)    duly executed signatures to the completed Borrowing Resolutions for each Obligor;

(d)    certified copies, dated as of a recent date, of Lien searches (including, without limitation, UCC searches), as Bank may request,
accompanied  by  written  evidence  (including  any  termination  statements)  that  the  Liens  indicated  in  any  such  financing  statements  either  constitute
Permitted Liens or have been or, in connection with the initial Credit Extension, will be terminated or released;

(e)    a legal opinion (authority and enforceability) of Obligors’ counsel, dated as of the Effective Date;

(f)    a duly executed Perfection Certificate;

(g)    a payoff letter in respect of Indebtedness to be refinanced on the Effective Date;

(h)    payment of the fees and Bank Expenses then due as specified in Sections 2.4(a) and (c) hereof; and

(i)    a completed and executed Loan Fee and Disbursement Authorization Form in the form provided to Borrower.

3.2    Conditions Precedent to All Credit Extensions Under the Revolving Line. Bank’s obligations to make each Credit Extension under the Revolving
Line, including the initial Credit Extension under the Revolving Line, is subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a)    satisfaction of the conditions precedent set forth in Section 3.1 (excluding Section 3.1(i));

(b)    timely receipt of a Credit Extension Request under the Revolving Line;

(c)    the representations and warranties in this Agreement shall be true, accurate, and complete in all material respects on the date of the
proposed Credit Extension and on the Funding Date of each Credit Extension; provided, however, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to
any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations
and warranties expressly referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, and no Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing or result from the Credit Extension. Each Credit Extension is Borrower’s representation and warranty on that date
that  the  representations  and  warranties  in  this  Agreement  remain  true,  accurate,  and  complete  in  all  material  respects;  provided,  however,  that  such
materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof;
and  provided,  further  that  those  representations  and  warranties  expressly  referring  to  a  specific  date  shall  be  true,  accurate  and  complete  in  all  material
respects as of such date; and

(d)    Bank determines to its reasonable satisfaction that there has not been a Material Adverse Change.

3.3    Covenant to Deliver. Borrower agrees to deliver to Bank each item required to be delivered to Bank under this Agreement as a condition precedent
to any Credit Extension. Borrower expressly agrees that a Credit Extension made prior to the receipt by Bank of any such item shall not constitute a waiver
by Bank of Borrower’s obligation to deliver such item, and the making of any Credit Extension in the absence of a required item shall be in Bank’s sole
discretion.

    4
238310488 v3

3.4        Credit  Extension  Requests  Under  Revolving  Line. In  order  to  obtain  a  Credit  Extension  under  the  Revolving  Line,  Borrower  shall  either  (a)
execute  and  deliver  to  Bank  a  Request  for  Advance  in  the  form  attached  hereto  as  Exhibit C,  or  (b)  if  permitted  by  Bank,  make  a  request  for  a  Credit
Extension by telephone or electronic mail, or delivered in accordance with Bank’s security procedures through any automated platform or electronic service
provided by Bank, with such confirmation or verification (if any) as Bank may require in its discretion from time to time (collectively, a “Credit Extension
Request”). Borrower authorizes Bank to accept telephonic, email, automated and electronic requests for Credit Extensions, and Bank shall be entitled to
rely upon the authority of any person providing such instructions. Borrower  hereby  indemnifies  and  holds  Bank  harmless  from  and  against  any  and  all
damages, losses, liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) which may arise or be created by the acceptance of such
telephonic, email, automated and electronic requests or by the making of such Credit Extensions. Bank will enter on its books and records, which entry
when made will be presumed correct, the date and amount of each Credit Extension, as well as the date and amount of each payment made by Borrower.

4.    Post-Closing Requirements.

(a)    Within sixty (60) days after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a landlord
waiver for each of its chief executive offices and each other domestic office or business location containing more than One Hundred Thousand Dollars
($100,000.00) in Collateral, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Bank.

signatures to the Control Agreement(s) required by Section 6.8.

(b)    Within ten (10) days after the Effective Date, Bank shall have received, in from and substance satisfactory to Bank, duly executed

(c)        Within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the  Effective  Date,  Bank  shall  have  received  post-closing  UCC  lien  searches  for  Borrower  and

Guarantors identifying only Permitted Liens.

(d)    Within thirty (30) days after the Effective Date, the Obligors shall have executed and delivered Security Agreement Riders and shall
have completed such filings as may be deemed reasonably necessary by Bank to perfect security interests in favor of Bank in the patents and trademarks
described in the Perfection Certificate (but specifically excluding any patent applications).

5.    REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Obligor represents and warrants as follows:

5.1    Due Organization; Authorization; Power and Authority. Each Obligor is duly existing and in good standing as a Registered Organization in its
jurisdiction of formation and is qualified and licensed to do business and is in good standing in any jurisdiction in which the conduct of each of its business
or its ownership of property requires that it be qualified except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect
on  Borrower’s  business.  In  connection  with  this  Agreement,  the  Borrower  has  delivered  to  Bank  a  completed  certificate  signed  by  Borrower  entitled
“Perfection Certificate” (the “Perfection Certificate”). Each Obligor represents and warrants to Bank that, as of the date of the Perfection Certificate, (a)
each Obligor’s exact legal name is that indicated on the Perfection Certificate and on the signature page hereof; (b) each Obligor is an organization of the
type  and  is  organized  in  the  jurisdiction  set  forth  in  the  Perfection  Certificate;  (c)  the  Perfection  Certificate  accurately  sets  forth  each  Obligor’s
organizational identification number or accurately states that such Obligor has none; (d) the Perfection Certificate accurately sets forth each Obligor’s place
of business, or, if more than one, its chief executive office as well as each Obligor’s mailing address (if different than its chief executive office); (e) each
Obligor  (and  each  of  its  predecessors)  has  not,  in  the  past  five  (5)  years,  changed  its  jurisdiction  of  formation,  organizational  structure  or  type,  or  any
organizational number assigned by its jurisdiction; and (f) all other information set forth on the Perfection Certificate pertaining to the Obligors is accurate
and complete in all material respects. If any Obligor is not now a Registered Organization but later becomes one, such Obligor shall promptly notify Bank
of such occurrence and provide Bank with such Obligor’s organizational identification number.

    5
238310488 v3

The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of the Loan Documents to which it is party have been duly authorized, and do not (i)
conflict with any of Obligors’ organizational documents, (ii) contravene, conflict with, constitute a default under or violate any material Requirement of
Law, (iii) contravene, conflict or violate any applicable order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award of any Governmental Authority by
which  any  Obligor  or  any  of  their  property  or  assets  may  be  bound  or  affected,  (iv)  require  any  action  by,  filing,  registration,  or  qualification  with,  or
Governmental Approval from, any Governmental Authority (except such Governmental Approvals which have already been obtained and are in full force
and effect and filings and registrations contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents), or (v) constitute an event of default under any
material agreement by which any Obligor is bound. No Obligor is in default under any agreement to which it is a party or by which it is bound in which the
default could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such Obligor’s business.

5.2    Collateral. Each Obligor has good title to, rights in, and the power to transfer each item of the Collateral upon which it purports to grant a Lien
hereunder, free and clear of any and all Liens except Permitted Liens. The Collateral is not in the possession of any third party bailee (such as a warehouse)
except as otherwise provided in the Perfection Certificate. Other than demo or loaner equipment with an aggregate book value of up to One Million Dollars
($1,000,000.00) that is used in the sales and clinical trial process, none of the components of the Collateral shall be maintained at locations other than as
provided in the Perfection Certificate or as permitted pursuant to Section 7.2. All Inventory is in all material respects of good and marketable quality, free
from material defects. Obligors  are  the  sole  owners  of  the  Intellectual  Property  which  they  own  or  purport  to  own  except  for  (a)  licenses  granted  to  its
customers in the ordinary course of business consistent with Borrower’s past practices, (b) over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the
public, and (c) material Intellectual Property licensed to an Obligor and noted on the Perfection Certificate. Each Patent which it owns or purports to own
and which is material to an Obligor’s business is valid, and no part of the Intellectual Property which any Obligor owns or purport’s to own and which is
material to any Obligor’s business has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part. To the best of Obligors’ knowledge, no written claim has
been made that any part of the Intellectual Property violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim would not reasonably be expected
to have a material adverse effect on any Obligor’s business. Except as noted on the Perfection Certificate, no Obligor is a party to, or is bound by, any
Restricted License.

5.3    Reserved.

5.4    Litigation. Except as disclosed in the Perfection Certificate, there are no actions or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Responsible
Officer,  threatened  in  writing  by  or  against  any  Obligor  involving  more  than,  individually  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($500,000.00),  or  in  the
aggregate One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00).

5.5        Financial  Statements;  Financial  Condition.  All  consolidated  financial  statements  for  Borrower  delivered  to  Bank  fairly  present  in  all  material
respects Borrower’s consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations. There has not been any material deterioration in Borrower’s
consolidated financial condition since the date of the most recent financial statements submitted to Bank.

5.6    Solvency. The fair salable value of Borrower’s consolidated assets (including goodwill minus disposition costs) exceeds the fair value of Borrower’s
consolidated liabilities; Obligors are not left with unreasonably small capital after the transactions in this Agreement; and Obligors are able to pay its debts
(including trade debts) as they mature.

5.7    Regulatory Compliance. No Obligor is an “investment company” or a company “controlled” by an “investment company” under the Investment
Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Obligor is engaged as one of its important activities in extending credit for margin stock (under Regulations X, T
and U of the Federal Reserve Board of Governors). Each Obligor (a) has complied in all material respects with all Requirements of Law, and (b) has not
violated any Requirements of Law, where the failure to comply or the violation of which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on
its  business.  None  of  Obligor’s  properties  or  assets  has  been  used  by  such  parties  or,  to  the  best  of  such  parties’  knowledge,  by  previous  Persons,  in
disposing, producing, storing,

    6
238310488 v3

treating,  or  transporting  any  hazardous  substances  other  than  legally.  Obligors  have  obtained  all  consents,  approvals  and  authorizations  of,  made  all
declarations or filings with, and given all notices to, all Governmental Authorities that are necessary to continue their respective businesses as currently
conducted, except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on Obligors’ business.

5.8    Subsidiaries; Investments. Obligors do not own any stock, partnership, or other ownership interest or other equity securities except for Permitted
Investments.

5.9    Tax Returns and Payments; Pension Contributions. Obligors have timely filed all required tax returns and reports, or duly filed valid extensions
therefore, and have timely paid when due and payable all foreign, federal, state and local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions owed by Obligors.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Obligors may defer payment of any contested taxes, provided that such Obligor (a) contests in good faith its obligation to
pay  the  taxes  by  appropriate  proceedings  promptly  instituted  and  diligently  conducted,  (b)  notify  Bank  in  writing  of  the  commencement  of,  and  any
material development in, the proceedings, (c) posts bonds or takes any other steps required to prevent the Governmental Authority levying such contested
taxes from obtaining a Lien upon any of the Collateral that is other than a “Permitted Lien”.

Obligors  are  unaware  of  any  claims  or  adjustments,  in  excess  of  Five  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars  ($500,000.00),  proposed  for  any  of  such
Obligor’s prior tax years which could result in additional taxes becoming due and payable by such Obligors. Obligors have paid all amounts necessary to
fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plans in accordance with their terms, and have not withdrawn from participation in, and
have not permitted partial or complete termination of, or permitted the occurrence of any other event with respect to, any such plan which could reasonably
be  expected  to  result  in  any  liability  of  any  Obligor,  including  any  liability  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or  its  successors  or  any  other
governmental agency.

5.10        Use  of  Proceeds.  Obligors  shall  use  the  proceeds  of  the  Credit  Extensions  for  working  capital  purposes  and  for  general  corporate  purposes
(including Permitted Investments) and not for personal, family, household or agricultural purposes.

5.11    Full Disclosure. No written representation, warranty or other statement of any Obligor in any written certificate or written statement given to Bank
by  an  Obligor,  as  of  the  date  such  written  representation,  warranty,  or  other  statement,  taken  together  with  all  such  written  certificates  and  written
statements given to Bank, contains any untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained in the
written certificates or written statements not misleading (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts provided by Obligors in good faith
and  based  upon  reasonable  assumptions  are  not  viewed  as  facts  and  that  actual  results  during  the  period  or  periods  covered  by  such  projections  and
forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results).

5.12        Definition  of  “Knowledge.”  For  purposes  of  the  Loan  Documents,  whenever  a  representation  or  warranty  is  made  to  Obligor’s  knowledge  or
awareness, to the “best of” Obligor’s knowledge, or with a similar qualification, knowledge or awareness means the actual knowledge, after reasonable
investigation, of any Responsible Officer.

6.    AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

Each Obligor shall do all of the following (provided that the obligations set out in Section 6.2 and Section 6.9 shall apply only to Borrower):

6.1    Government Compliance.

(a)    Subject to Section 7.3, maintain its legal existence and good standing in their respective jurisdictions of formation and maintain
qualification  in  each  jurisdiction  in  which  the  failure  to  so  qualify  would  reasonably  be  expected  to  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  such  Obligor’s
business or operations. Each Obligor shall comply, and have each Subsidiary comply, with all laws, ordinances and regulations to which it is subject, the

    7
238310488 v3

noncompliance with which could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on such Obligor’s business.

(b)        Obtain  all  of  the  Governmental  Approvals  necessary  for  the  performance  by  each  Obligor  of  its  obligations  under  the  Loan
Documents to which it is a party and the grant of a security interest to Bank in all of the Collateral (if any). Upon request, Obligors shall promptly provide
copies of any such obtained Governmental Approvals to Bank.

6.2    Financial Statements, Reports, Certificates. Provide Bank with the following:

(a)    as soon as available, but no later than sixty (60) days after the last day of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of each year, a
company  prepared  consolidated  balance  sheet  and  income  statement  covering  the  Borrower’s  consolidated  operations  for  such  quarter  certified  by  a
Responsible Officer and in a form reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(b)    as soon as available, but no later than forty-five (45) days following the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, on a consolidated basis,
and contemporaneously with any updates or amendments thereto, annual operating budgets (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flow
statements, by month) for the upcoming fiscal year of Borrower;

(c)    as soon as available, and in any event within one hundred twenty (120) days following the last day of Borrower’s fiscal year, audited
consolidated financial statements prepared under GAAP, consistently applied, on a consolidated basis, together with an unqualified opinion on the financial
statements from an independent certified public accounting firm reasonably acceptable to Bank;

(d)    together with the financial reports described in the preceding Sections 6.2(a) and (c), a Compliance Certificate;

(e)    within five (5) days of filing, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Borrower
with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or with any national securities exchange, or distributed to
its shareholders, as the case may be. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to the terms hereof (to the extent any such documents are included in
materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date on which
Borrower  posts  such  documents,  or  provides  a  link  thereto,  on  Borrower’s  website  on  the  Internet  at  Borrower’s  website  address  or  on  the  date  such
documents are publicly available on SEC’s EDGAR filing system or any successor thereto (if any);

(f)    a prompt report of any legal actions pending or threatened in writing against any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries that could result
in damages or costs to such Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries of, individually, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000) or more, or in the aggregate One
Million Dollars ($1,000,000) or more;

(g)    [reserved]; and

(h)    promptly, from time to time, such other information regarding any Obligor or compliance with the terms of any Loan Documents as

reasonably requested by Bank.

6.3    Reserved.

6.4    Reserved.

6.5    Taxes; Pensions. Timely file, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely file, all required tax returns and reports (or extensions therefore) and
timely pay, and require each of its Subsidiaries to timely pay, all foreign, federal, state and material local taxes, assessments, deposits and contributions
owed by Obligors and their

    8
238310488 v3

Subsidiaries,  except  for  deferred  payment  of  any  taxes  contested  pursuant  to  the  terms  of  Section  5.9  hereof,  and  shall  deliver  to  Bank,  on  demand,
appropriate certificates attesting to such payments, and pay all amounts necessary to fund all present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation
plans in accordance with their terms.

6.6    Access to Collateral; Books and Records. At reasonable times, upon 5 Business Days’ advance notice (provided no notice is required if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing), Bank, or its agents, shall have the right, to inspect the Collateral and the right to audit and copy Obligors’ Books,
at Borrower’s expense. Such inspections or audits shall be conducted no more often than once every twelve (12) months unless an Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing in which case such inspections and audits shall occur as often as Bank shall determine is necessary.

6.7    Insurance.

(a)    Keep its business and the Collateral insured for risks and in amounts standard for companies in Obligors’ industry and location and
as Bank may reasonably request. Insurance policies shall be in a form with financially sound and reputable insurance companies that are not Affiliates of an
Obligor, and in amounts that are customary for companies of Borrower’s size in Borrower’s industry and location(s). All  property  policies  shall  have  a
lender’s  loss  payable  endorsement  showing  Bank  as  a  lender  loss  payee.  All  liability  policies  shall  show,  or  have  endorsements  showing,  Bank  as  an
additional insured. Bank shall be named as lender loss payee and/or additional insured with respect to any such insurance providing coverage in respect of
any Collateral.

(b)        Ensure  that  proceeds  payable  under  any  property  policy  are,  at  Bank’s  option,  payable  to  Bank  on  account  of  the  Obligations.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, Borrower shall have the option of applying the proceeds
of any casualty policy up to Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) in the aggregate for all losses under all casualty policies in any one year,
toward the replacement or repair of destroyed or damaged property; provided that any such replaced or repaired property (i) shall be of equal or like value
as the replaced or repaired Collateral and (ii) shall be deemed Collateral in which Bank has been granted a first priority security interest, and (b) after the
occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, all proceeds payable under such casualty policy shall, at the option of Bank, be payable to
Bank on account of the Obligations.

(c)       At  Bank’s  request,  any  Obligor  shall  deliver  certified  copies  of  insurance  policies  and  evidence  of  all  premium  payments.  Each
provider  of  any  such  insurance  required  under  this  Section  6.7  shall  agree,  by  endorsement  upon  the  policy  or  policies  issued  by  it  or  by  independent
instruments furnished to Bank, that it will give Bank thirty (30) days prior written notice before any such policy or policies shall be materially altered or
canceled. If any Obligor fails to obtain insurance as required under this Section 6.7 or to pay any amount or furnish any required proof of payment to third
persons and Bank, Bank may make all or part of such payment or obtain such insurance policies required in this Section 6.7, and take any action under the
policies Bank deems prudent.

6.8    Accounts. From the date which is 120 days after the Effective Date (or such later date as may be reasonably agreed to in writing by Bank in its sole
discretion), the Obligors shall maintain all of their domestic accounts at Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be permitted to maintain the
SVB Cash Collateral Accounts until termination of the Existing Letter of Credit or cash management obligations to which such accounts relate.

6.9    Financial Covenants.

(a)    Maintain at all times, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2020 and tested as of each fiscal quarter end, a Net

Leverage Ratio which is less than 1.50 to 1.00; and

(b)    Maintain at all times, commencing with the fiscal quarter ending December 31, 2020 and tested as of each fiscal quarter end, on a

rolling four quarters basis, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio greater than or equal to 1.10 to 1.00.

    9
238310488 v3

6.10    Protection of Intellectual Property Rights.

(a)    (i) Protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Intellectual Property material to its Business; (ii) promptly
advise Bank in writing of known material infringements or any other event that could reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the value of
its Intellectual Property material to its Business; and (iii) not allow any Intellectual Property material to any Obligor’s business to be abandoned, forfeited
or dedicated to the public without Bank’s written consent.

(b)    Provide written notice to Bank within ten (10) days of entering or becoming bound by any Restricted License (other than over-the-
counter  software  that  is  commercially  available  to  the  public).  Obligors  shall  take  such  commercially  reasonable  steps  as  Bank  requests  to  obtain  the
consent of, or waiver by, any person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (i) any Restricted License to be deemed “Collateral” and for Bank to have a
security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted or prohibited by law or by the terms of any such Restricted License, whether now existing or entered
into in the future, and (ii) Bank to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Bank’s
rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

6.11    Litigation Cooperation. From the date hereof and continuing through the termination of this Agreement, make available to Bank without expense
to Bank. Each Obligor and its officers, employees and agents and such Obligor’s books and records, to the extent that Bank may deem them reasonably
necessary to prosecute or defend any third-party suit or proceeding instituted by or against Bank with respect to any Collateral or relating to such Obligor.

6.12    Reserved.

6.13    Further Assurances. Execute any further instruments and take further action as Bank reasonably requests to perfect or continue Bank’s Lien in the
Collateral or to effect the purposes of this Agreement Deliver to Bank, within five (5) days after the same are sent or received, copies of all correspondence,
reports,  documents  and  other  filings  with  any  Governmental  Authority  regarding  compliance  with  or  maintenance  of  Governmental  Approvals  or
Requirements of Law and which are outside the ordinary course of business or that could reasonably be expected to have a material effect on any of the
Governmental Approvals or otherwise on the operations of Obligors.

6.14    Creation or Acquisition of Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding and without limiting the negative covenants contained in Sections 7.3 and 7.7 hereof, in
the event any Obligor creates or acquires any Subsidiary after the Effective Date, such Obligor shall promptly notify Bank of the creation or acquisition of
such new Subsidiary and, at Bank’s request, in its sole discretion, shall (a) with respect to Subsidiaries which are not Excluded Subsidiaries, cause such
new Subsidiary to provide to Bank a joinder to the Loan Documents to cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor hereunder, and grant a continuing
pledge and security interest in and to the assets constituting Collateral of such Subsidiary by executing and delivering to Bank a Joinder and Amendment
Agreement (in substantially the same form set forth on Exhibit B attached hereto), (b) provide to Bank appropriate certificates and powers and financing
statements, pledging all of the direct or beneficial ownership interest in such new Subsidiary, in form and substance satisfactory to Bank, in each case, to
the  extent  constituting  Collateral  and  (c)  provide  to  Bank  all  other  documentation  in  form  and  substance  reasonably  satisfactory  to  Bank,  which  in  its
opinion  is  appropriate  with  respect  to  the  execution  and  delivery  of  the  applicable  documentation  referred  to  above.  Any  document,  agreement,  or
instrument executed or issued pursuant to this Section 6.14 shall be a Loan Document.

7.    NEGATIVE COVENANTS

No Obligor shall do any of the following without Bank’s prior written consent:

7.1    Dispositions. Convey, sell, lease, transfer, assign, or otherwise dispose of (collectively, “Transfer”), or permit any of its Subsidiaries to Transfer, all
or  any  material  part  of  its  business  or  property,  except  for  Transfers  (a)  of  Inventory  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business;  (b)  of  worn  out  or  obsolete
Equipment; (c) in connection with Permitted Liens and Permitted Investments; (d) of nonexclusive licenses for the use of the Intellectual Property of

    10
238310488 v3

Obligors or their Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business that could not result in a legal transfer of title of the licensed property but that may be
exclusive in respects other than territory and that may be exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States; (e)
permitted by Section 7.7(a); (f) any assets or property not otherwise permitted hereunder in an aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand
($500,000.00)in any fiscal year; (g) consisting of the sale or issuance of any stock of Borrower permitted under this Agreement; (h) consisting of Obligors’
or  Subsidiaries’  use  or  transfer  of  money  or  Cash  Equivalents  in  a  manner  that  is  not  prohibited  by  the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or  the  other  Loan
Documents; (i) the unwinding of any swap agreements, cash management arrangements or other Banking Services or (j) leases or subleases of property.

7.2        Changes  in  Business, Management, Control,  or  Business  Locations.  (a)  Engage  in  or  permit  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  if  any,  to  engage  in  any
business  other  than  the  businesses  currently  engaged  in  by  Obligors  and  any  Subsidiary,  as  applicable,  or  reasonably  related  thereto;  (b)  liquidate  or
dissolve,  other  than  Subsidiaries  that  own  assets  with  an  aggregate  value  of  less  than  Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($50,000.00);  (c)  fail  to  provide  notice  to
Bank  of  the  Key  Person  departing  from  or  ceasing  to  be  employed  by  the  Borrower  within  five  (5)  days  after  the  Key  Person’s  departure  from  the
Borrower; or (d) permit or suffer any Change in Control.

No  Obligor  shall,  without  at  least  thirty  (30)  days  prior  written  notice  to  Bank:  (1)  add  any  new  offices  or  business  locations,  including
warehouses (unless such new offices or business locations contain less than One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) in assets or property) or deliver
any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to a bailee at a location
other  than  to  a  bailee  and  at  a  location  already  disclosed  in  the  Perfection  Certificate,  (2)  change  its  jurisdiction  of  organization,  (3)  change  its
organizational structure or type, (4) change its legal name, or (5) change any organizational number (if any) assigned by its jurisdiction of organization. If
any  Obligor  intends  to  add  any  new  offices  or  business  locations,  including  warehouses,  containing  in  excess  of  One  Hundred  Thousand  Dollars
($100,000.00) of assets or property, then such Obligor will first receive the written consent of Bank, and the Obligor shall take commercially reasonable
efforts  to  have  the  landlord  of  any  such  new  offices  or  business  locations,  including  warehouses,  execute  and  deliver  a  landlord  consent  in  form  and
substance satisfactory to Bank. If any Obligor intends to deliver any portion of the Collateral valued, individually or in the aggregate, in excess of One
Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000.00) to a bailee, and Bank and such bailee are not already parties to a bailee agreement governing both the Collateral
and the location to which Obligor intends to deliver the Collateral, then such Obligor will first receive the written consent of Bank, and such Obligor shall
take  commercially  reasonable  efforts  to  have  such  bailee  execute  and  deliver  a  bailee  agreement  in  form  and  substance  satisfactory  to  Bank  in  its  sole
discretion.

7.3    Mergers or Acquisitions. Merge  or  consolidate,  or  permit  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to  merge  or  consolidate,  with  any  other  Person,  or  acquire,  or
permit any of its Subsidiaries to acquire, all or substantially all of the capital stock or property of another Person (including, without limitation, by the
formation  of  any  Subsidiary);  provided,  however,  that  this  Section  7.3  shall  not  prohibit  (a)  the  Project  Owen  Acquisition,  (b)  the  acquisition  of  the
ownership  interests  or  assets  of  one  or  more  entities  in  an  aggregate  purchase  amount  (including,  without  limitation,  any  earnouts  associated  with  such
purchase)  not  to  exceed  Ten  Million  Dollars  ($10,000,000.00),  so  long  as,  after  giving  pro  forma  effect  to  such  acquisition,  as  verified  by  Bank  in  its
reasonable discretion (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred, including under the financial performance covenants set forth in Section 6.9, and (ii) the
Obligors shall have demonstrated that it possesses Liquid Assets in an amount not less than Seven Million Dollars ($7,000,000.00), (c) a Subsidiary that is
not  an  Obligor  merging  or  consolidating  into  another  Subsidiary  or  into  an  Obligor,  or  (d)  an  Obligor  merging  into  another  Obligor  (provided  that  if
Borrower is subject to such a merger, Borrower shall be the surviving entity).

7.4    Indebtedness. Create, incur, assume, or be liable for any Indebtedness, or permit any Subsidiary to do so, other than Permitted Indebtedness.

7.5    Encumbrance. Create, incur, allow, or suffer any Lien on any of its property, or assign or convey any right to receive income, including the sale of
any Accounts, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so, except for Permitted Liens, permit any Collateral not to be subject to the first priority security
interest granted herein, or enter into any agreement, document, instrument or other arrangement (except with or in favor of Bank) with any Person

    11
238310488 v3

which directly or indirectly prohibits or has the effect of prohibiting an Obligor or any Subsidiary from assigning, mortgaging, pledging, granting a security
interest in or upon, or encumbering any of Borrower’s or any Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property, except as is otherwise permitted in Section 7.1 hereof and
the definition of “Permitted Liens” herein.

7.6    Maintenance of Collateral Accounts. Maintain any Collateral Account except pursuant to the terms of Section 6.8 hereof.

7.7        Distributions;  Investments.  (a)  Pay  any  cash  dividends  or  make  any  distribution  or  payment  or  redeem,  retire  or  purchase  any  capital  stock,
provided  that  Borrower  may  (i)  pay  dividends  solely  in  common  stock;  (ii)  repurchase  the  stock  of  former  or  current  employees,  officers,  directors  or
consultants pursuant to stock repurchase agreements, termination of employment or service or pursuant to rights of first refusal in Borrower’s bylaws, so
long as an Event of Default does not exist at the time of any such repurchase and would not exist after giving effect to any such repurchase, provided that
the aggregate amount of all such repurchases does not exceed One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) per fiscal year; (iii) make de minimis payments
of cash in lieu of fractional shares upon conversion of convertible securities or upon any stock dividend, stock split or combination; or (iv) distribute equity
securities to former or current employees, officers, consultants or directors pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options approved by the Board; or
(b)  directly  or  indirectly  make  any  Investment  (including,  without  limitation,  any  additional  Investment  in  any  Subsidiary)  other  than  Permitted
Investments, or permit any of its Subsidiaries to do so.

7.8    Transactions with Affiliates. Directly or indirectly enter into or permit to exist any material transaction with any Affiliate of an Obligor, except for
(a) transactions that are in the ordinary course of such Obligor’s business, upon fair and reasonable terms that are no less favorable to such Obligor’s than
would be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with a non-affiliated Person, (b) sales of equity securities to its investors in bona fide equity financings so
long as a Change in Control does not occur, (c) transactions between an Obligor and an Affiliate or Subsidiary that is permitted pursuant to this Section 7,
(d) reasonable and customary compensation arrangements and benefit plans for officers and other employees of Borrower entered into or maintained in the
ordinary course of business, and (e) reasonable and customary fees paid to members of the Board in the ordinary course of business.

7.9    Subordinated Debt. (a) Make or permit any payment on any Subordinated Debt, except under the terms of any subordination, intercreditor, or other
similar agreement to which such Subordinated Debt is subject, or (b) amend any provision in any document relating to the Subordinated Debt which would
increase the amount thereof or adversely affect the subordination thereof to Obligations owed to Bank.

7.10    Compliance. Become an “investment company” or a company controlled by an “investment company”, under the Investment Company Act of l940,
as amended, or undertake as one of its important activities extending credit to purchase or carry margin stock (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of
Governors of the Federal Reserve System), or use the proceeds of any Credit Extension for that purpose; fail to meet the minimum funding requirements of
ERISA, permit a Reportable Event or Prohibited Transaction, as defined in ERISA, to occur; fail to comply with the Federal Fair Labor Standards Act or
violate any other law or regulation, if the violation could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on an Obligor’s business, or permit any
of its Subsidiaries to do so: withdraw or permit any Subsidiary to withdraw from participation in, permit partial or complete termination of, or permit the
occurrence of any other event with respect to, any present pension, profit sharing and deferred compensation plan which could reasonably be expected to
result  in  any  liability  of  such  Obligor,  including  any  liability  to  the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation  or  its  successors  or  any  other  governmental
agency.

8.    EVENTS OF DEFAULT

Any one of the following shall constitute an event of default (an “Event of Default”) under this Agreement:

8.1        Payment  Default.  Any  Obligor  fails  to  (a)  make  any  payment  of  principal  or  interest  on  any  Credit  Extension  when  due  or  (b)  pay  any  other
Obligations within ten (10) calendar days after such Obligations are due

    12
238310488 v3

and payable (which ten (10) calendar day grace period shall not apply to payments due on the Revolving Line Maturity Date). During the cure period, the
failure to make or pay any payment specified under clause (b) hereunder is not an Event of Default (but no Credit Extension will be made during the cure
period);

8.2    Covenant Default.

(a)    Any Obligor fails or neglects to perform any obligation in Sections 6.2, 6.5, 6.6, 6.7, 6.8, 6 9, 6.l 0 or 6.14, or violates any covenant

in Section 7; or

(b)    Any Obligor fails or neglects to perform, keep, or observe any other term, provision, condition, covenant or agreement contained in
this Agreement or any Loan Documents, and as to any default (other than those specified in this Section 8) under such other term, provision, condition,
covenant or agreement that can be cured, has failed to cure the default within thirty (30) days after the occurrence thereof; provided, however, that if the
default cannot by its nature be cured within such thirty (30) day period or cannot after diligent attempts by Obligor, be cured within such thirty (30) day
period, and such default is likely to be cured within a reasonable time, then Obligor’s shall have an additional period (which shall not in any case exceed
sixty (60) days) to attempt to cure such default, and within such reasonable time period the failure to cure the default shall not be deemed, an Event of
Default (but no Credit Extensions shall be made during such cure period). Cure periods provided under this section shall not apply, among other things, to
financial covenants or any other covenants set forth in clause (a) above;

8.3    [Reserved].

8.4    Attachment; Levy; Restraint on Business.

(a)    (i) The service of process seeking to attach, by trustee or similar process, any funds of any Obligor or of any entity under the control
of an Obligor (including a Subsidiary) on deposit or otherwise maintained with Bank or any Bank Affiliate, or (ii) a notice of lien or levy is filed against
any  of  Borrower’s  assets  by  any  Governmental  Authority,  and  the  same  under  subclauses  (i)  and  (ii)  hereof  are  not,  within  thirty  (30)  days  after  the
occurrence  thereof,  discharged  or  stayed  (whether  through  the  posting  of  a  bond  or  otherwise);  provided,  however,  no  Credit  Extensions  shall  be  made
during any thirty (30) day cure period;

any court order enjoins, restrains, or prevents Borrower from conducting all or any material part of its business;

(b)    (i) any material portion of an Obligor’s assets is attached, seized, levied on, or comes into possession of a trustee or receiver, or (ii)

8.5    Insolvency. (a) Any Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries is unable to pay its debts (including trade debts) as they become due or otherwise becomes
insolvent; (b) an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries begins an Insolvency Proceeding; or (c) an Insolvency Proceeding is begun against such Obligor or any
of its Subsidiaries and is not dismissed or stayed within thirty (30) days (but no Credit Extensions shall be made while any of the conditions described in
clause (a) exist and/or until any Insolvency Proceeding is dismissed);

8.6    Other Agreements. There is, under any agreement to which any Obligor is a party with a third party or parties, (a) any default resulting in a right by
such third party or parties, whether or not exercised, to accelerate the maturity of any Indebtedness in an amount individually or in the aggregate in excess
of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00); or (b) any default by an Obligor, the result of which could have a material adverse effect on Obligor’s business;

8.7    Judgments; Penalties. One or more fines, penalties or final judgments, orders or decrees for the payment of money in an amount, individually or in
the aggregate, of at least One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) (not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which liability has been accepted by
such insurance carrier) shall be rendered against an Obligor by any Governmental Authority, and the same are not, within ten (10) days after the entry,
assessment  or  issuance  thereof,  discharged,  satisfied,  or  paid,  or  after  execution  thereof,  stayed  or  bonded  pending  appeal,  or  such  judgments  are  not
discharged prior to the expiration of any such stay (provided that no

    13
238310488 v3

Credit Extensions will be made prior to the satisfaction, payment, discharge, stay, or bonding of such fine, penalty, judgment, order or decree);

8.8    Misrepresentations. An  Obligor  or  any  Person  acting  for  an  Obligor  makes  any  representation,  warranty,  or  other  statement  now  or  later  in  this
Agreement,  any  Loan  Document  or  in  any  writing  delivered  to  Bank  or  to  induce  Bank  to  enter  this  Agreement  or  any  Loan  Document,  and  such
representation, warranty, or other statement is incorrect in any material respect when made (it being recognized by Bank that the projections and forecasts
provided by Borrower in good faith and based upon reasonable assumptions are not viewed as facts and that actual results during the period or periods
covered by such projections and forecasts may differ from the projected or forecasted results);

8.9    Subordinated Debt. Any document, instrument, or agreement evidencing any Subordinated Debt shall for any reason be revoked or invalidated or
otherwise cease to be in full force and effect, any Person shall be in breach thereof or contest in any manner the validity or enforceability thereof or deny
that it has any further liability or obligation thereunder, or the Obligations shall for any reason be subordinated or shall not have the priority contemplated
by this Agreement or any applicable subordination or intercreditor agreement; or

8.10    Governmental Approvals. Any Governmental Approval shall have been (a) revoked, rescinded, suspended, modified in an adverse manner or not
renewed in the ordinary course for a full term or (b) subject to any decision by a Governmental Authority that designates a hearing with respect to any
applications for renewal of any of such Governmental Approval or that could result in the Governmental Authority taking any of the actions described in
clause (a) above, and such decision or such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal (i) causes, or could reasonably be expected to
cause,  a  Material  Adverse  Change,  or  (ii)  adversely  affects  the  legal  qualifications  of  an  Obligor  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries  to  hold  such  Governmental
Approval in any applicable jurisdiction and such revocation, rescission, suspension, modification or non-renewal could reasonably be expected to affect the
status of or legal qualifications of an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries to hold any Governmental Approval in any other jurisdiction.

9.    BANK’S RIGHTS AND REMEDIES

9.1    Rights and Remedies. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, Bank may, without notice or demand, do any or all of
the following:

immediately due and payable without any action by Bank);

(a)    declare all Obligations immediately due and payable (but if an Event of Default described in Section 8.5 occurs all Obligations are

(b)        stop  advancing  money  or  extending  credit  for  Obligors’  benefit  under  this  Agreement  or  under  any  other  agreement  between

Obligors and Bank;

(c)    demand that Borrower (i) deposit cash with Bank in an amount equal to at least (A) one hundred five percent (105.0%) of the Dollar
Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars remaining undrawn, and (B) one hundred ten percent (110.0%) of
the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate face amount of all Letters of Credit denominated in a Foreign Currency remaining undrawn (plus, in each case, all
interest,  fees,  and  costs  due  or  to  become  due  in  connection  therewith  (as  estimated  by  Bank  in  its  good  faith  business  judgment)),  to  secure  all  of  the
Obligations relating to such Letters of Credit, as collateral security for the repayment of any future drawings under such Letters of Credit, and Borrower
shall forthwith deposit and pay such amounts, and (ii) pay in advance all letter of credit fees scheduled to be paid or payable over the remaining term of any
Letters of Credit;

(d)    verify the amount of, demand payment of and performance under, and collect any Accounts and General Intangibles, settle or adjust
disputes and claims directly with Account Debtors for amounts on terms and in any order that Bank considers advisable, and notify any Person owing an
Obligor money of Bank’s security interest in such funds. All Obligors shall collect all payments in trust for Bank and, if requested by Bank,

    14
238310488 v3

immediately deliver the payments to Bank in the form received from the Account Debtor, with proper endorsements for deposit;

(e)    make any payments and do any acts it considers necessary or reasonable to protect the Collateral and/or its security interest in the
Collateral. Obligors shall assemble the Collateral if Bank requests and make it available as Bank designates. Bank may enter premises where the Collateral
is located, take and maintain possession of any part of the Collateral, and pay, purchase, contest, or compromise any Lien which appears to be prior or
superior to its security interest and pay all expenses incurred. Each Obligor grants Bank a license to enter and occupy any of its premises, without charge,
to exercise any of Bank’s rights or remedies;

or the account of such Obligor;

(f)    apply to the Obligations any (i) balances and deposits of any Obligor it holds, or (ii) amount held by Bank owing to or for the credit

(g)        ship,  reclaim,  recover,  store,  finish,  maintain,  repair,  prepare  for  sale,  advertise  for  sale,  and  sell  the  Collateral.  Bank  is  hereby
granted a non-exclusive, royalty-free license or other right to use, without charge, Obligors’ labels, Patents, Copyright, mask works, rights of use of any
name, trade secrets, trade names, Trademarks, and advertising matter, or any similar property as it pertains to the Collateral, in completing production of
advertising  for  sale,  and  selling  any  Collateral  and,  in  connection  with  Bank’s  exercise  of  its  rights  under  this  Section  9.1,  Obligors’  rights  under  all
licenses and all franchise agreements inure to Bank’s benefit;

(h)    place a “hold” on any account maintained with Bank and/or deliver a notice of exclusive control, any entitlement order, or other

directions or instructions pursuant to any Control Agreement or similar agreements providing control of any Collateral;

(i)    demand and receive possession of Obligors’ Books; and

under the Code (including disposal of the Collateral pursuant to the terms thereof).

(j)    exercise all rights and remedies available to Bank under the Loan Documents or at law or equity, including all remedies provided

9.2    Power of Attorney. Each Obligor hereby irrevocably appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact, exercisable following the occurrence and during
the continuance of an Event of Default, to: (a) endorse Obligor’s name on any checks, payment instruments, or other forms of payment or security; (b) sign
Obligor’s  name  on  any  invoice  or  bill  of  lading  for  any  Account  or  drafts  against  Account  Debtors;  (c)  demand,  collect,  sue,  and  give  releases  to  any
Account Debtor for monies due, settle and adjust disputes and claims about the Accounts directly with Account Debtors, and compromise, prosecute, or
defend any action, claim, case, or proceeding about any Collateral (including filing a claim or voting a claim in any bankruptcy case in Bank’s or Obligor’s
name,  as  Bank  chooses),  in  each  case  for  amounts  and  on  terms  Bank  determines  reasonable;  (d)  make,  settle,  and  adjust  all  claims  under  Obligor’s
insurance policies; (e) pay, contest or settle any Lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, or other adverse claim in or to the Collateral, or any judgment
based thereon, or otherwise take any action to terminate or discharge the same; and (f) transfer the Collateral into the name of Bank or a third party as the
Code permits. Each Obligor hereby appoints Bank as its lawful attorney-in-fact to sign Obligor’s name on any documents necessary to perfect or continue
the perfection of Bank’s security interest in the Collateral regardless of whether an Event of Default has occurred until all Obligations have been satisfied in
full  and  the  Loan  Documents  have  been  terminated.  Bank’s  foregoing  appointment  as  Obligor’s  attorney  in  fact,  and  all  of  Bank’s  rights  and  powers,
coupled with an interest, are irrevocable until all Obligations have been fully repaid and performed and the Loan Documents have been terminated.

9.3    Protective Payments. If any Obligor fails to obtain the insurance called for by Section 6.7 or fails to pay any premium thereon or fails to pay any
other amount which an Obligor is obligated to pay under this Agreement or any other Loan Document or which may be required to preserve the Collateral,
Bank may obtain such insurance or make such payment, and all amounts so paid by Bank are Bank Expenses and immediately due and payable, bearing
interest at the then highest rate applicable to the Obligations, and secured by the Collateral. Bank will make reasonable efforts to provide such Obligor with
notice of Bank obtaining such insurance at the time it is obtained or

    15
238310488 v3

within a reasonable time thereafter. No payments by Bank are deemed an agreement to make similar payments in the future or Bank’s waiver of any Event
of Default.

9.4    Application of Payments and Proceeds. If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing. Bank shall have the right to apply in any order any
funds  in  its  possession,  whether  from  Obligors’  account  balances,  payments,  proceeds  realized  as  the  result  of  any  collection  of  Accounts  or  other
disposition of the Collateral, or otherwise, to the Obligations. Bank shall pay any surplus to Obligors by credit to the Designated Deposit Account or to
other Persons legally entitled thereto: Obligors shall remain liable to Bank for any deficiency. If Bank, directly or indirectly, enters into a deferred payment
or  other  credit  transaction  with  any  purchaser  at  any  sale  of  Collateral.  Bank  shall  have  the  option,  exercisable  at  any  time,  of  either  reducing  the
Obligations by the principal amount of the purchase price or deferring the reduction of the Obligations until the actual receipt by Bank of cash therefor.

9.5        Bank’s  Liability  for  Collateral.  So  long  as  Bank  complies  with  reasonable  banking  practices  regarding  the  safekeeping  of  the  Collateral  in  the
possession or under the control of Bank, Bank shall not be liable or responsible for: (a) the safekeeping of the Collateral; (b) any loss or damage to the
Collateral; (c) any diminution in the value of the Collateral; or (d) any act or default of any carrier, warehouseman, bailee, or other Person. Obligors bear all
risk of loss, damage or destruction of the Collateral.

9.6        No  Waiver;  Remedies  Cumulative.  Bank’s  failure,  at  any  time  or  times,  to  require  strict  performance  by  each  Obligor  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement or any other Loan Document shall not waive, affect, or diminish any right of Bank thereafter to demand strict performance and compliance
herewith or therewith. No  waiver  hereunder  shall  be  effective  unless  signed  by  the  party  granting  the  waiver  and  then  is  only  effective  for  the  specific
instance and purpose for which it is given. Bank’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are cumulative. Bank has all
rights and remedies provided under the Code by law, or in equity. Bank’s exercise of one right or remedy is not an election and shall not preclude Bank
from exercising any other remedy under this Agreement or other remedy available at law or in equity, and Bank’s waiver or any Event of Default is not a
continuing waiver. Bank’s delay in exercising any remedy is not a waiver, election, or acquiescence.

9.7    Demand Waiver. Each Obligor waives demand, notice of default or dishonor, notice of payment and nonpayment, notice of any default, nonpayment
at  maturity,  release,  compromise,  settlement,  extension,  or  renewal  of  accounts,  documents,  instruments,  chattel  paper,  and  guarantees  held  by  Bank  on
which an Obligor is liable.

9.8    [Reserved]

10.    NOTICES

All notices, consents, requests, approvals, demands, or other communication by any party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document must be
in writing and shall be deemed to have been validly served, given, or delivered: (a) upon the earlier of actual receipt and three (3) Business Days after
deposit in the U.S. mail, first class, registered or certified mail return receipt requested, with proper postage prepaid; (b) upon transmission, when sent by
electronic mail or facsimile transmission; (c) one (1) Business Day after deposit with a reputable overnight courier with all charges prepaid; or (d) when
delivered, if hand-delivered by messenger, all of which shall be addressed to the party to be notified and sent to the address, facsimile number, or email
address indicated below. Bank  or  any  Obligor  may  change  its  mailing  or  electronic  mail  address  or  facsimile  number  by  giving  the  other  party  written
notice thereof in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.

    16
238310488 v3

If to Borrower:

With a copy to:

If to Guarantor:

With a copy to:

If to Bank:

with a copy to:

st

Luna Innovations Incorporated
301 1  Street SW, Suite 200
Roanoke, Virginia 24011
Attention: Scott Graeff
Fax: (540) 769-8401

Email: graeffs@lunainnovations.com

Cooley LLP
1299 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 700
Washington, DC 20004-2400
Attention: Addison Pierce

Email: afpierce@cooley.com

Luna Technologies, Inc.
Former Luna Subsidiary, Inc.
General Photonics Corp.
Terametrix LLC
c/o Luna Innovations Incorporated
301 1  Street SW, Suite 200
Roanoke, Virginia 24011
Attention: Scott A. Graeff
Fax: (540) 769-8401
Email: graeffs@lunainnovations.com

st

Cooley LLP
1299 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 700
Washington, DC 20004-2400
Attention: Addison Pierce

Email: afpierce@cooley.com

PNC Bank, National Association
1001 Haxall Point, Suite 706
Richmond, VA 23219
Attention: Brian C. Combs 
Email: brian.combs@pnc.com

th

Williams Mullen
200 South 10  Street
Richmond, VA 23219
Attention: Matthew E. Cheek
Email: mcheek@williamsmullen.com

11.    CHOICE OF LAW, VENUE, JURY TRIAL WAIVER AND JUDICIAL REFERENCE

New York law governs the Loan Documents without regard to principles of conflicts of law. Each Obligor and Bank each submit to the exclusive
jurisdiction  of  the  State  and  Federal  courts  in  New  York,  New  York:  provided, however,  that  nothing  in  this  Agreement  shall  be  deemed  to  operate  to
preclude Bank from bringing suit or taking other legal action in any other jurisdiction to realize on the Collateral or any other security for the Obligations,
or to enforce a judgment or other court order in favor of Bank. Each Obligor expressly submits and consents in advance to such jurisdiction in any action or
suit  commenced  in  any  such  court,  and  each  Obligor  hereby  waives  any  objection  that  it  may  have  based  upon  lack  of  personal  jurisdiction,  improper
venue, or forum non conveniens and hereby consents to the granting of such legal or equitable relief as is deemed appropriate by such court. Each Obligor
hereby waives personal service of the summons, complaints, and other process issued in such

    17
238310488 v3

action or suit and agrees that service of such summons, complaints, and other process may be made by registered or certified mail addressed to an Obligor
at the address set forth in, or subsequently provided by Obligor in accordance with, Section 10 of this Agreement and that service so made shall be deemed
completed  upon  the  earlier  to  occur  of  Obligor’s  actual  receipt  thereof  or  three  (3)  days  after  deposit  in  the  U.S.  mails,  proper  postage  prepaid.
NOTWITHSTANDING ANYTHING TO THE CONTRARY SET FORTH HEREINABOVE. BANK SHALL SPECIFICALLY HAVE THE RIGHT TO
BRING  ANY  ACTION  OR  PROCEEDING  AGAINST  BORROWER  OR  ITS  PROPERTY  IN  THE  COURTS  OF  ANY  OTHER  JURISDICTION
WHICH  BANK  DEEMS  NECESSARY  OR  APPROPRIATE  IN  ORDER  TO  REALIZE  ON  THE  COLLATERAL  OR  TO  OTHERWISE  ENFORCE
BANK’S RIGHTS AGAINST AN OBLIGOR OR ITS PROPERTY.

TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, EACH OBLIGOR AND BANK EACH WAIVE THEIR RIGHT
TO  A  JURY  TRIAL  OF  ANY  CLAIM  OR  CAUSE  OF  ACTION  ARISING  OUT  OF  OR  BASED  UPON  THIS  AGREEMENT,  THE  LOAN
DOCUMENTS  OR  ANY  CONTEMPLATED  TRANSACTION,  INCLUDING  CONTRACT, TORT,  BREACH  OF  DUTY  AND  ALL  OTHER
CLAIMS. THIS  WAIVER  IS  A  MATERIAL  INDUCEMENT  FOR  BOTH  PARTIES  TO  ENTER  INTO  THIS  AGREEMENT.  EACH  PARTY
HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER WITH ITS COUNSEL.

This Section 11 shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.    general provisions

12.1    Termination Prior to Maturity Date; Survival. All covenants, representations and warranties made in this Agreement shall continue in full force
until this Agreement has terminated pursuant to its terms and all Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations and any Obligations under Bank
Services  Agreements  that  are  cash  collateralized  in  accordance  with  the  Loan  Documents)  have  been  satisfied.  So  long  as  Borrower  has  satisfied  the
Obligations (other than inchoate indemnity obligations, and any other obligations, which, by their terms, are to survive the termination of this Agreement
and  any  Obligations  under  Bank  Services  Agreements  that  are  cash  collateralized  in  accordance  with  the  Loan  Documents),  this  Agreement  may  be
terminated prior to the Term Loan Maturity Date and Revolving Line Maturity Date by Borrower, effective three (3) Business Days after written notice of
termination is given to Bank. Those obligations that are expressly specified in this Agreement as surviving this Agreement’s termination shall continue to
survive notwithstanding this Agreement’s termination.

12.2    Successors and Assigns. This Agreement binds and is for the benefit of the successors and permitted assigns of each party. No Obligor may assign
this Agreement or any rights or obligations under it without Bank’s prior written consent (which may be granted or withheld in Bank’s discretion). Bank
has the right, without the consent of or notice to Obligors, to sell, transfer, assign, negotiate, or grant participation in all or any part of or any interest in,
Bank’s obligations, rights, and benefits under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than the Warrant, as to which assignment, transfer and
other such actions are governed by the terms thereof). Notwithstanding the foregoing, so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and is continuing,
Bank  shall  not  assign  its  interest  in  the  Credit  Extensions  and  Loan  Documents  to  any  Person  who  in  the  reasonable  estimation  of  Bank  is  a  direct
competitor of Obligors or their Subsidiaries or a vulture fund.

12.3    Indemnification. Each Obligor agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Bank and its directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, or any other
Person  affiliated  with  or  representing  Bank  (each,  an  “Indemnified  Person”)  harmless  against:  (i)  all  obligations,  demands,  claims,  and  liabilities
(collectively, “Claims”) claimed or asserted by any other party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents; and (ii) all losses
or expenses (including Bank Expenses) in any way suffered, incurred, or paid by such Indemnified Person as a result of, following from, consequential to,
or  arising  from  transactions  between  Bank  and  any  Obligor  contemplated  by  the  Loan  Documents  (including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and  expenses),
except for Claims and/or losses directly caused by such Indemnified Person’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. This Section 12.3 shall survive until
all statutes of limitation with respect to the Claims, losses, and expenses for which indemnity is given shall have run.

12.4    Time of Essence. Time is of the essence for the performance of all Obligations in this Agreement.

    18
238310488 v3

12.5        Severability  of  Provisions. Each  provision  of  this  Agreement  is  severable  from  every  other  provision  in  determining  the  enforceability  of  any
provision.

12.6    Correction of Loan Documents. Bank may correct patent errors and fill in any blanks in the Loan Documents consistent with the agreement of the
parties.

12.7        Amendments  in  Writing;  Waiver;  Integration.  No  purported  amendment  or  modification  of  any  Loan  Document,  or  waiver,  discharge  or
termination of any obligation under any Loan Document, shall be enforceable or admissible unless, and only to the extent, expressly set forth in a writing
signed by the party against which enforcement or admission is sought. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no oral promise or statement, nor
any action, inaction, delay, failure to require performance or course of conduct shall operate as, or evidence, an amendment, supplement or waiver or have
any other effect on any Loan Document. Any waiver granted shall be limited to the specific circumstance expressly described in it, and shall not apply to
any subsequent or other circumstance, whether similar or dissimilar, or give rise to, or evidence, any obligation or commitment to grant any further waiver.
The  Loan  Documents  represent  the  entire  agreement  about  this  subject  matter  and  supersede  prior  negotiations  or  agreements.  All  prior  agreements,
understandings,  representations,  warranties,  and  negotiations  between  the  parties  about  the  subject  matter  of  the  Loan  Documents  merge  into  the  Loan
Documents.

12.8    Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties on separate counterparts, each of which,
when executed and delivered, is an original, and all taken together, constitute one Agreement.

12.9        Confidentiality.  In  handling  any  confidential  information,  Bank  shall  exercise  the  same  degree  of  care  that  it  exercises  for  its  own  proprietary
information,  but  disclosure  of  information  may  be  made:  (a)  to  Bank’s  Subsidiaries  or  Affiliates  (such  Subsidiaries  and  Affiliates,  together  with  Bank,
collectively, “Bank Entities”); (b) to prospective transferees or purchasers of any interest in the Credit Extensions (provided, however, Bank shall use its
best efforts to obtain any prospective transferee’s or purchaser’s agreement to the terms of this provision): (c) as required by law, regulation, subpoena, or
other  order:  (d)  to  Bank’s  regulators  or  as  otherwise  required  in  connection  with  Bank’s  examination  or  audit;  (e)  as  Bank  considers  appropriate  in
exercising  remedies  under  the  Loan  Documents;  and  (f)  to  third-party  service  providers  of  Bank  so  long  as  such  service  providers  have  executed  a
confidentiality agreement with Bank with terms no less restrictive than those contained herein. Confidential information does not include information that
is  either:  (i)  in  the  public  domain  or  in  Bank’s  possession  when  disclosed  to  Bank,  or  becomes  part  of  the  public  domain  (other  than  as  a  result  of  its
disclosure by Bank in violation of this Agreement) after disclosure to Bank: or (ii) disclosed to Bank by a third party, if Bank does not know that the third
party  is  prohibited  from  disclosing  the  information.  Bank  Entities  may  use  anonymous  forms  of  confidential  information  for  aggregate  datasets,  for
analyses or reporting, and for any other uses not expressly prohibited in writing by any Obligor. The provisions of the immediately preceding sentence shall
survive the termination of this Agreement.

12.10        Attorneys’  Fees,  Costs  and  Expenses.  In  any  action  or  proceeding  between  any  Obligor  and  Bank  arising  out  of  or  relating  to  the  Loan
Documents, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover its reasonable attorneys’ fees and other costs and expenses incurred, in addition to any other
relief to which it may be entitled.

12.11        Electronic  Execution  of  Documents.  The  words  “execution,”  “signed,”  “signature”  and  words  of  like  import  in  any  Loan  Document  shall  be
deemed  to  include  electronic  signatures  or  the  keeping  of  records  in  electronic  form,  each  of  which  shall  be  of  the  same  legal  effect,  validity  and
enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping systems, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in
any applicable law, including, without limitation, any state law based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

12.12    Right of Setoff. Each Obligor hereby grants to Bank a Lien and a right of setoff as security for all Obligations to Bank, whether now existing or
hereafter arising upon and against all deposits, credits, Collateral and property, now or hereafter in the possession, custody, safekeeping or control of Bank
or  any  entity  under  the  control  of  Bank  (including  a  subsidiary  of  Bank)  or  in  transit  to  any  of  them.  At  any  time  after  the  occurrence  and  during  the
continuance of an Event of Default, without demand or notice, Bank may setoff the same or any part thereof and

    19
238310488 v3

apply the same to any liability or Obligation of any Obligor even though unmatured and regardless of the adequacy of any other Collateral securing the
Obligations.  ANY  AND  ALL  RIGHTS  TO  REQUIRE  BANK  TO  EXERCISE  ITS  RIGHTS  OR  REMEDIES  WITH  RESPECT  TO  ANY  OTHER
COLLATERAL  WHICH  SECURES  THE  OBLIGATIONS,  PRIOR  TO  EXERCISING  ITS  RIGHT  OF  SETOFF  WITH  RESPECT  TO  SUCH
DEPOSITS, CREDITS OR OTHER PROPERTY OF AN OBLIGOR, ARE HEREBY KNOWINGLY, VOLUNTARILY AND IRREVOCABLY WAIVED.

12.13    Captions. The headings used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

12.14    Construction of Agreement. The parties mutually acknowledge that they and their attorneys have participated in the preparation and negotiation
of this Agreement. In cases of uncertainty this Agreement shall be construed without regard to which of the parties caused the uncertainty to exist.

12.15    Relationship. The relationship of the parties to this Agreement is determined solely by the provisions of this Agreement. The parties do not intend
to create any agency, partnership, joint venture, trust, fiduciary or other relationship with duties or incidents different from those of parties to an arm’s-
length contract.

12.16    Third Parties. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, is intended to: (a) confer any benefits, rights or remedies under or by reason
of this Agreement on any persons other than the express parties to it and their respective permitted successors and assigns: (b) relieve or discharge the
obligation or liability of any person not an express party to this Agreement: or (c) give any person not an express party to this Agreement any right of
subrogation or action against any party to this Agreement.

13.    DEFINITIONS

13.1    Definitions. As used in the Loan Documents, the word “shall” is mandatory, the word “may” is permissive, the word “or” is not exclusive, the words
“includes” and “including” are not limiting, the singular includes the plural, and numbers denoting amounts that are set off in brackets are negative. As
used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms have the following meanings:

“Account” is, as to  any  Person,  any  “account” of  such  Person  as  “account”  is  defined  in  the  Code  with  such  additions  to  such  term  as  may

hereafter be made, and includes, without limitation, all accounts receivable and other sums owing to such Person.

“Account Debtor” is any “account debtor” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Advance” or “Advances” means a revolving credit loan (or revolving credit loans) under the Revolving Line.

“Affiliate” is, with respect to any Person, each other Person that owns or controls directly or indirectly the Person, any Person that controls or is
controlled by or is under common control with the Person, and each of that Person’s senior executive officers, directors, partners and, for any Person that is
a limited liability company, that Person’s managers and members.

“Agreement” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Authorized Signer” is any individual listed in any Obligor’s Borrowing Resolution who is authorized to execute the Loan Documents, including

making (and executing if applicable) any Credit Extension request, on behalf of Borrower.

    20
238310488 v3

“Availability  Amount”  is  (a)  the  Revolving  Line,  minus  (b)  the  aggregate  Dollar  Equivalent  amount  of  all  outstanding  Letters  of  Credit

(including drawn but unreimbursed Letters of Credit), and minus (c) the outstanding principal balance of any Advances.

“Bank” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Bank Entities” is defined in Section 12.9.

“Bank  Expenses”  are  all  audit  fees  and  expenses,  costs,  and  expenses  (including  reasonable  attorneys’  fees  and  expenses)  for  preparing,
amending,  negotiating,  administering,  defending  and  enforcing  the  Loan  Documents  (including,  without  limitation,  those  incurred  in  connection  with
appeals or Insolvency Proceedings) or otherwise incurred with respect to Borrower or any Guarantors.

“Bank Services” are any products, credit services, and/or financial accommodations previously, now, or hereafter provided to any Obligor or any
of  its  Subsidiaries  by  Bank  or  any  Bank  Affiliate,  including,  without  limitation,  any  letters  of  credit,  cash  management  services  (including,  without
limitation,  merchant  services,  direct  deposit  of  payroll,  business  credit  cards,  and  check  cashing  services),  interest  rate  swap  arrangements,  and  foreign
exchange services as any such products or services may be identified in Bank’s various agreements related thereto (each, a “Bank Services Agreement”).

“Bank Services Agreement” is defined in the definition of Bank Services.

“Board” is an Obligor’s board of directors.

“Borrower” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Borrower’s Books” are  all  Obligors’  books  and  records  including  ledgers,  federal  and  state  tax  returns,  records  regarding  Obligors’  assets  or

liabilities, the Collateral, business operations or financial condition, and all computer programs or storage or any equipment containing such information.

“Borrowing Resolutions” are, with respect to any Person, the “Resolutions for Extension of Credit and Incumbency Certificate” submitted by

such Person to Bank.

“Business Day” is any day that is not a Saturday, Sunday or a day on which Bank is closed.

“Cash Equivalents” means  (a)  marketable  direct  obligations  issued,  or  unconditionally  guaranteed  by  the  United  States  or  any  agency  or  any
State thereof having maturities of not more than one (1) year from the date of acquisition; (b) commercial paper maturing no more than one (l) year after its
creation and having the highest rating from either Standard & Poor’s Ratings Group or Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.; (c) Bank’s certificates of deposit
issued maturing no more than one (l) year after issue; and (d) money market funds at least ninety-five percent (95%) of the assets of which constitute Cash
Equivalents of the kinds described in clauses (a) through (c) of this definition.

“Change in Control” means (a) at any time, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act),
shall become, or obtain rights (whether by means of warrants, options or otherwise) to become, the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13(d)-3 and
13(d)5 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of more than fifty percent (50.0%) or more of the ordinary voting power for the election of directors
of Borrower (determined on a fully diluted basis) other than by the sale of Borrower’s equity securities in a public offering or to venture capital or private
equity investors so long as Borrower identifies to Bank the venture capital or private equity investors at least seven (7) Business Days prior to the closing
of  the  transaction  and  provides  to  Bank  a  description  of  the  material  terms  of  the  transaction;  or  (b)  at  any  time,  the  Borrower  shall  cease  to  own  and
control,  of  record  and  beneficially,  directly  or  indirectly,  one  hundred  percent  (100.0%)  of  each  class  of  outstanding  capital  stock  of  each  subsidiary  of
Borrower free and clear of all Liens (except Liens created by this Agreement).

    21
238310488 v3

“Claims” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Code” is the Uniform Commercial Code, as the same may, from time to time, be enacted and in effect in the State of New York; provided, that, to
the extent that the Code is used to define any term herein or in any Loan Document and such term is defined differently in different Articles of the Code,
the definition of such term contained in Article 9 shall govern; provided further, that in the event that, by reason of mandatory provisions of law, any or all
of the attachment, perfection, or priority of or remedies with respect to, Bank’s Lien on any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code in
effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, the term “Code” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted and in effect in such other
jurisdiction solely for purposes of the provisions thereof relating to such attachment, perfection, priority or remedies and for purposes of definitions relating
to such provisions.

“Collateral” shall have the meaning set forth in the Security Agreements.

“Collateral Account” is any Deposit Account.

“Compliance Certificate” is that certain certificate in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

“Contingent Obligation” is,  for  any  Person,  any  direct  or  indirect  liability,  contingent  or  not,  of  that  Person  for  (a)  any  indebtedness,  lease,
dividend, letter of credit or other obligation of another such as an obligation, in each case, directly or indirectly guaranteed, endorsed, co made, discounted
or sold with recourse by that Person, or for which that Person is directly or indirectly liable; (b) any obligations for undrawn letters of credit for the account
of  that  Person;  and  (c)  all  obligations  from  any  interest  rate,  currency  or  commodity  swap  agreement,  interest  rate  cap  or  collar  agreement,  or  other
agreement or arrangement designated to protect a Person against fluctuation in interest rates, currency exchange rates or commodity prices; but “Contingent
Obligation” does not include endorsements in the ordinary course of business. The amount of a Contingent Obligation is the stated or determined amount
of  the  primary  obligation  for  which  the  Contingent  Obligation  is  made  or,  if  not  determinable,  the  maximum  reasonably  anticipated  liability  for  it
determined by the Person in good faith; but the amount may not exceed the maximum of the obligations under any guarantee or other support arrangement.

“Control Agreement” is any control agreement entered into among the depository institution at which Borrower maintains a Deposit Account.

“Copyrights” are any and all copyright rights, copyright applications, copyright registrations and like protections in each work of authorship and

derivative work thereof, whether published or unpublished and whether or not the same also constitutes a trade secret.

“Credit Extension” is the Term Loan, any Advance, Overadvance or Letter of Credit under the Revolving Line, or any other extension of credit

by Bank for any Obligor’s benefit.

“Credit Extension Request” is defined in Section 3.4.

“Currency” is coined money and such other banknotes or other paper money as are authorized by law and circulate as a medium of exchange.

“Current Maturities”  means  the  scheduled  payments,  due  during  the  prior  four  fiscal  quarters,  of  principal  on  all  indebtedness  for  borrowed

money having an original term of more than one year (including but not limited to amortization of capital or finance lease obligations).

“Deferred Revenue” is all amounts received or invoiced in advance of performance under contracts and not yet recognized as revenue.

“Deposit Account” is any “deposit account” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

    22
238310488 v3

“Designated Deposit Account” is the deposit account, account number ending -5697, maintained by Borrower with Silicon Valley Bank or such

other account designated in writing by Borrower.

“Dollar Equivalent” is, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount
denominated in a Foreign Currency, the equivalent amount therefor in Dollars as determined by Bank at such time on the basis of the then-prevailing rate of
exchange in San Francisco, California, for sales of the Foreign Currency for transfer to the country issuing such Foreign Currency.

“Dollars,” “dollars” or use of the sign “$” means only lawful money of the United States and not any other currency, regardless of whether that

currency uses the “$” sign to denote its currency or may be readily converted into lawful money of the United States.

“Domestic Subsidiary”  means  a  Subsidiary  that  is  organized  under  the  laws  of  the  United  States,  any  state  or  commonwealth  thereof,  or  the

District of Columbia.

“EBITDA”  means  net  income,  plus  interest  expense,  plus  income  tax  expense,  plus  depreciation,  plus  amortization,  plus  stock-based
compensation, plus one-time transaction costs associated with the Project Owen Acquisition, plus losses related to discontinued operations, plus or minus
non-cash items as may have been approved by Bank from time to time in its reasonable discretion (calculated on a pro forma basis).

“Effective Date” is defined in the preamble hereof.

“Equipment”  is  all  “equipment”  as  defined  in  the  Code  with  such  additions  to  such  term  as  may  hereafter  be  made,  and  includes  without

limitation all machinery, fixtures, goods, vehicles (including motor vehicles and trailers), and any interest in any of the foregoing.

“ERISA” is the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, and its regulations;

“Event of Default” is defined in Section 8.

“Exchange Act” is the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Excluded Subsidiary” means each Foreign Subsidiary, together with its Subsidiaries.

“Existing Letter of Credit” has the meaning set out in the Perfection Certificate.

“Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio” means (i) EBITDA minus Unfunded Capital Expenditures, divided by (ii) the sum of Current Maturities, plus

interest expense, plus cash taxes, paid plus dividends.

“Foreign Currency” means lawful money of a country other than the United States.

“Foreign Subsidiary” means any subsidiary which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Funding Date” is any date on which a Credit Extension is made to or for the account of Borrower which shall be a Business Day.

“GAAP” is  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  set  forth  in  the  opinions  and  pronouncements  of  the  Accounting  Principles  Board  of  the
American  Institute  of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and  statements  and  pronouncements  of  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  or  in  such  other
statements by such other Person as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, which are applicable to the circumstances as of
the date of determination.

“General Intangibles” is all “general intangibles” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may

hereafter be made, and includes without limitation, all Intellectual Property,

    23
238310488 v3

claims, income and other tax refunds, security and other deposits, payment intangibles, contract rights, options to purchase or sell real or personal property,
right  in  all  litigation  presently  or  hereafter  pending  (whether  in  contract,  tort  or  otherwise),  insurance  policies  (including  without  limitation  key  man,
property damage, and business interruption insurance), payments of insurance and rights to payment of any kind.

“Governmental Approval” is any consent, authorization, approval, order, license, franchise, permit, certificate, accreditation, registration, filing

or notice, of, issued by, from or to, or other act by or in respect of any Governmental Authority.

“Governmental Authority” is any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof: any agency, authority, instrumentality,
regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining
to government, any securities exchange and any self-regulatory organization.

“Guarantors” are defined in the preamble hereof and shall include any other Person providing a Guaranty in favor of Bank.

“Guaranty” is any guarantee of all or any part of the Obligations, as the same may from time to time be amended, restated, modified or otherwise

supplemented.

“Indebtedness” is (a) indebtedness for borrowed money or the deferred price of property or services, such as reimbursement and other obligations
for surety bonds and letters of credit, (b) obligations evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or similar instruments, (c) capital lease obligations, and (d)
Contingent Obligations.

“Indemnified Person” is defined in Section 12.3.

“Insolvency Proceeding”  is  any  proceeding  by  or  against  any  Person  under  the  United  States  Bankruptcy  Code,  or  any  other  bankruptcy  or
insolvency  law,  including  assignments  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  compositions,  extensions  generally  with  its  creditors,  or  proceedings  seeking
reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

“Intellectual Property” means, with respect to any Person, all of such Person’s right, title, and interest in and to the following;

(a)    its Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents;

(b)    any and all trade secrets and trade secret rights, including, without limitation, any rights to unpatented inventions, know-how and

operating manuals;

(c)    any and all source code:

(d)    any and all design rights which may be available to such Person;

(e)    any and all claims for damages by way of past, present and future infringement of any of the foregoing, with the right, but not the

obligation, to sue for and collect such damages for said use or infringement of the Intellectual Property rights identified above; and

(f)    all amendments, renewals and extensions of any of the Copyrights, Trademarks or Patents.

“Inventory” is all “inventory” as defined in the Code in effect on the date hereof with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made, and
includes without limitation all merchandise, raw materials, parts, supplies, packing and shipping materials, work in process and finished products, including
without  limitation  such  inventory  as  is  temporarily  out  of  any  Obligor’s  custody  or  possession  or  in  transit  and  including  any  returned  goods  and  any
documents of title representing any of the above.

    24
238310488 v3

“Investment” is any beneficial ownership interest in any Person (including stock, partnership interest or other securities), and any loan, advance

or capital contribution to any Person.

“Key Person” is Borrower’s Chief Executive Officer, who is Scott A. Graeff as of the Effective Date.

“Letter of Credit” is a standby or commercial letter of credit issued by Bank upon request of Borrower based upon an application, guarantee,

indemnity, or similar agreement.

“Lien” is a claim, mortgage, deed of trust, levy, charge, pledge, security interest or other encumbrance of any kind, whether voluntarily incurred or

arising by operation of law or otherwise against any property.

“Liquid Assets” are unencumbered cash, cash equivalents and marketable securities that are traded on a recognized stock exchange and may be
easily liquidated within fifteen (15) days, all of which shall be freely available for a Person to spend or invest, not held for a specific purpose and otherwise
available to such Person for immediate or general business use, together with the then-current amount unused availability under the Revolving Line.

“Loan Documents”  are,  collectively,  this  Agreement  and  any  schedules,  exhibits,  certificates,  notices,  and  any  other  documents  related  to  this
Agreement,  the  Notes,  the  Security  Agreements,  any  Bank  Services  Agreement,  the  Disclosure  Letter,  any  Control  Agreement,  any  subordination
agreement,  any  guaranties  executed  by  any  Obligor,  and  any  other  present  or  future  agreements  by  any  Obligor  with  or  for  the  benefit  of  Bank  in
connection with this Agreement or Bank Services, all as amended, restated, or otherwise modified.

“Material Adverse Change” is (a) a material impairment in the perfection or priority of Bank’s Lien in the Collateral or in the value of such
Collateral; (b) a material adverse change in the business, operations, or financial condition of the Obligors and their Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; (c) a
material impairment of the prospect of repayment of any portion of the Obligations; or (d) Bank determines, based upon information available to it and in
its reasonable judgment, that there is a reasonable likelihood that the Obligors shall fail to comply with one or more of the financial covenants in Section 6
during the next succeeding financial reporting period.

“Net Funded Debt” means all indebtedness for borrowed money, including but not limited to capital or finance lease obligations, reimbursement
obligations in respect of letters of credit, and, without duplication, guarantees of any such indebtedness, minus unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents up to
Ten Million Dollars ($10,000,000.00).

“Net Leverage Ratio” means Net Funded Debt, divided by EBITDA.

“Notes” are the Revolving Line of Credit Note and Term Loan Note.

“Obligations” are any Obligor’s obligations to pay when due any debts, principal, interest, fees, Bank Expenses, and other amounts any Obligor
owes Bank now or later, whether under this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise, including, without limitation, all obligations relating to
Bank  Services  and  interest  accruing  after  Insolvency  Proceedings  begin  and  debts,  liabilities,  or  obligations  of  any  Obligor  assigned  to  Bank,  and  to
perform such Obligor’s duties under the Loan Document.

“Operating Documents” are, for any Person, such Person’s formation documents, as certified by the Secretary of State (or equivalent agency) of
such Person’s jurisdiction of organization on a date that is no earlier than thirty (30) days prior to the Effective Date and, (a) if such Person is a corporation,
its bylaws in current form, (b) if such Person is a limited liability company, its limited liability company agreement (or similar agreement), and (c) if such
Person is a partnership, its partnership agreement (or similar agreement), each of the foregoing with all current amendments or modifications thereto.

“Patents”  means  all  patents,  patent  applications  and  like  protections  including  without  limitation  improvements,  divisions,  continuations,

renewals, reissues, extensions and continuations-in-part of the same.

    25
238310488 v3

“Perfection Certificate” is defined in Section 5.1.

“Permitted Indebtedness” is:

(a)    Borrower’s Indebtedness to Bank under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents;

(b)    Indebtedness existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate;

(c)    Subordinated Debt;

herein;

(d)        Indebtedness  associated  with  purchase  money  Liens  contemplated  by  clause  (c)  of  the  definition  of  “Permitted  Liens”  set  forth

(e)    intercompany Indebtedness amongst the Obligors and their Subsidiaries (subject to Section 7.7);

(f)    unsecured Indebtedness to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

(g)    Indebtedness incurred as a result of endorsing negotiable instruments received in the ordinary course of business;

(h)    Indebtedness secured by Liens permitted under clauses (a) and (c) of the definition of “Permitted Liens” hereunder;

(i)    Indebtedness in respect of swap agreements, hedge agreements, foreign exchange transactions or other Banking Services;

acceptances or similar instruments issued or created, or related to obligations or liabilities incurred, in the ordinary course of business;

(j)    Indebtedness incurred by Obligors in respect of credit cards, including prepaid cards, and letters of credit, bank guarantees, bankers’

(k)        Indebtedness  consisting  of  (A)  the  financing  of  insurance  premiums  or  (B)  take-or-pay  obligations  contained  in  supply

arrangements, in each case in the ordinary course of business;

connection with the Project Owen Acquisition or any other acquisition permitted hereunder or other investment permitted hereunder;

(l)        Indebtedness  consisting  of  obligations  under  deferred  compensation  to  employees  or  other  similar  arrangements  incurred  in

(m)        Indebtedness  representing  deferred  compensation  to  employees  of  the  Obligors  and  their  Subsidiaries  incurred  in  the  ordinary

course of business;

(n)        Indebtedness  constituting  indemnification  obligations  or  obligations  in  respect  of  purchase  price  or  other  similar  adjustments
(including earnout or similar obligations) incurred in connection with the Project Owen Acquisition or any other acquisition, any other Investment or any
disposition, in each case permitted under this Agreement;

(o)    additional Indebtedness in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $1,000,000; and

(p)        extensions,  refinancings,  modifications,  amendments  and  restatements  of  any  items  of  Permitted  Indebtedness  (a)  through  (o)
above, provided that the principal amount thereof is not increased or the terms thereof are not modified to impose more burdensome terms upon Borrower
or any Subsidiary, as the case may be.

    26
238310488 v3

“Permitted Investments” are:

(a)    Investments shown on the Perfection Certificate and existing on the Effective Date;

that such investment policy (and any such amendment thereto) has been approved in writing by Bank;

(b)    (i) Cash Equivalents and (ii) any Investments permitted by Borrower’s investment policy, as amended from time to time, provided

(c)    Investments consisting of the endorsement of negotiable instruments for deposit or collection or similar transactions in the ordinary

course of any Obligor’s business;

(d)    Investments consisting of (i) travel advances and employee relocation loans and other employee loans and advances in the ordinary
course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of equity securities of any Obligor or its Subsidiaries pursuant
to employee stock purchase plans or agreements approved by the Board;

(e)    Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and

in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this paragraph (f) shall not apply to Investments of any Obligor in any Subsidiary;

(f)    Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are

(g)    the Project Owen Acquisition;

(h)    Investments in swap agreements, hedge agreements, foreign exchange transactions or other Banking Services;

(i)    Investments consisting of the creation or acquisition of a Subsidiary for the purpose of consummating a merger transaction permitted

by Section 7.3 of this Agreement, which is otherwise a Permitted Investment;

(j)    Investments consisting of deposit accounts in which Bank has a perfected security interest;

(k)    Investments accepted in connection with Transfers permitted hereunder;

(l)    Investments by (i) Obligors in another Obligor, (ii) non-Guarantor Subsidiaries in non-Guarantor Subsidiaries and (iii) Obligors in
non-Guarantor  Subsidiaries  in  an  amount  not  to  exceed  Two  Hundred  Fifty  Thousand  Dollars  ($250,000)  in  the  aggregate  in  any  consecutive  three  (3)
month period;

and

(m)    Investments consisting of deposits for prepaid credit cards permitted under the definition of “Permitted Indebtedness” hereunder;

(n)    additional Investments in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $1,000,000.

“Permitted Liens” are:

(a)    Liens existing on the Effective Date and shown on the Perfection Certificate or arising under this Agreement and the other Loan

Documents;

    27
238310488 v3

(b)    Liens for taxes, fees, assessments or other government charges or levies, either (i) not due and payable or (ii) being contested in
good faith and for which Borrower maintains adequate reserves on its Books, that no notice of any such Lien has been filed or recorded under the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the Treasury Regulations adopted thereunder;

(c)    purchase money Liens (i) on Equipment acquired or held by any Obligor incurred for financing the acquisition of the Equipment
securing no more than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) in the aggregate amount outstanding, or (ii) existing on Equipment when acquired, if
the Lien is confined to the property and improvements and the proceeds of the Equipment;

(d)    Liens of carriers, warehousemen, suppliers, or other Persons that are possessory in nature arising in the ordinary course of business
so long as such Liens attach only to Inventory, securing liabilities in the aggregate amount not to exceed Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) and
which are not delinquent or remain payable without penalty or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings which proceedings
have the effect of preventing the forfeiture or sale of the property subject thereto;

obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business (other than Liens imposed by ERISA);

(e)        Liens  to  secure  payment  of  workers’  compensation,  employment  insurance,  old-age  pensions,  social  security  and  other  like

(f)    Liens incurred in the extension, renewal or refinancing of the Indebtedness secured by Liens described in (a) through (c), but any
extension, renewal or replacement Lien must be limited to the property encumbered by the existing Lien and the principal amount of the indebtedness may
not increase:

(g)        leases  or  subleases  of  real  property  granted  in  the  ordinary  course  of  Borrower’s  business,  and  leases,  subleases,  non-exclusive
licenses or sublicenses of property (other than real property or Intellectual Property) granted in the ordinary course of any Obligor’s business, if the leases,
subleases, licenses and sublicenses do not prohibit granting Bank a security interest;

(h)    non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property granted to third parties in the ordinary course of business, and licenses of Intellectual
Property  that  could  not  result  in  a  legal  transfer  of  title  of  the  licensed  property  that  may  be  exclusive  in  respects  other  than  territory  and  that  may  be
exclusive as to territory only as to discrete geographical areas outside of the United States;

(i)    Liens arising from judgments, orders, decrees or attachments in circumstances not constituting an Event of Default;

(j)        Liens  on  cash  or  Permitted  Investments  securing  swap  agreements,  hedge  agreements,  foreign  exchange  transactions  or  other

Banking Services;

institutions, provided that Bank has a perfected security interest in the amounts held in such deposit and/or securities accounts; and

(k)    Liens in favor of other financial institutions arising in connection with any Obligor’s deposit and/or securities accounts held at such

(l)    additional Liens in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding $500,000.

“Person” is any individual, sole proprietorship, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, company, trust, unincorporated organization,

association, corporation, institution, public benefit corporation, firm, joint stock company, estate, entity or government agency.

“Project Owen Acquisition” means the acquisition by Borrower of 100% of the issues shares of OptaSense Holdings Limited, a limited company
organized under the laws of England and Wales, pursuant to the terms of that Certain Share Purchase Agreement, to be dated on or about 2 December 2020,
between Borrower and QinetiQ Holdings Limited, and the transactions related thereto.

    28
238310488 v3

“Registered Organization” is any “registered organization” as defined in the Code with such additions to such term as may hereafter be made.

“Reimbursement Agreement” is defined in Section 2.2(c).

“Requirement of Law” is as to any Person, the organizational or governing documents of such Person, and any law (statutory or common), treaty,
rule or regulation or determination of an arbitrator or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or
any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

“Responsible Officer” is any of the Chief Executive Officer, President, Chief financial Officer and Controller of any Obligor.

“Restricted License” is any material license or other agreement with respect to which any Obligor is the licensee (a) that prohibits or otherwise
restricts Borrower from granting a security interest in such Obligor’s interest in such license or agreement or any other property, or (b) for which a default
under or termination of could interfere with Bank’s right to sell any Collateral.

“Revolving Line” is  the  revolving  line  of  credit  evidenced  by  the  Revolving  Line  Note  in  an  aggregate  maximum  principal  amount  equal  to

Fifteen Million Dollars ($15,000,000.00).

“Revolving Line Maturity Date” is the “Expiration Date” as defined in the Revolving Line Note.

“Revolving  Line  Note” is  the  Revolving  Line  of  Credit  Note  of  even  date  herewith  made  by  Borrower  payable  to  the  order  of  Bank  in  the

principal amount of the Revolving Line, as the same may have been modified, amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

“SEC” shall mean the Securities and Exchange Commission, any successor thereto, and any analogous Governmental Authority.

“Security Agreements” are the Security Agreement(s) executed by Obligors encumbering the Collateral as security for the Credit Extensions, as

the same may have been modified or amended from time to time.

“Subordinated  Debt”  is  indebtedness  incurred  by  any  Obligor  subordinated  to  all  of  such  Obligor’s  now  or  hereafter  indebtedness  to  Bank
(pursuant to a subordination, intercreditor, or other similar agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Bank entered into between Bank and the other
creditor), on terms acceptable to Bank.

“Subsidiary” is, as to any Person, a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity of which shares of stock or other ownership
interests  having  ordinary  voting  power  (other  than  stock  or  such  other  ownership  interests  having  such  power  only  by  reason  of  the  happening  of  a
contingency) to elect a majority of the board of directors or other managers of such corporation, partnership or other entity are at the time owned, or the
management  of  which  is  otherwise  controlled,  directly  or  indirectly  through  one  or  more  intermediaries,  or  both,  by  such  Person.  Unless  the  context
otherwise requires, each reference to a Subsidiary herein shall be a reference to a Subsidiary of an Obligor.

“SVB Cash Collateral Accounts” has the meaning set out in the Perfection Certificate.

“Term Loan” is  the  term  loan  evidenced  by  the  Term  Loan  Note  in  the  original  principal  amount  of  Twelve  Million  Five  Hundred  Thousand

Dollars ($12,500,000.00).

“Term Loan Maturity Date” is the “Maturity Date” as defined in the Term Loan Note.

    29
238310488 v3

“Term Loan Note” is the Term Loan Note of even date herewith made by Borrower payable to the order of Bank in the principal amount of the

Term Loan, as the same may have been modified, amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time.

“Trademarks” means any trademark and servicemark rights, whether registered or not, applications to register and registrations of the same and

like protections, and the entire goodwill of the business of any Obligor connected with and symbolized by such trademarks.

“Transfer” is defined in Section 7.l.

“Unfunded  Capital  Expenditures”  means  capital  expenditures  made  from  any  Obligor’s  funds,  other  than  funds  borrowed  as  term  debt  to

finance such capital expenditures.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

    30
238310488 v3

Loan Agreement

[SIGNATURE PAGE]

The undersigned parties acknowledge that they have read and understand all the provisions of this Agreement, including the waiver of jury trial,
and has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document under seal, as of the date first written above.

BORROWER:

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED,
a Delaware corporation

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

GUARANTORS:

LUNA TECHNOLOGIES, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

FORMER LUNA SUBSIDIARY, INC.,
a Delaware corporation

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

GENERAL PHOTONICS CORP.,
a California corporation

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

    31
238310488 v3

TERAMETRIX LLC,
a Delaware limited liability company

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

    32
238310488 v3

Loan Agreement

[SIGNATURE PAGE]

The undersigned parties acknowledge that they have read and understand all the provisions of this Agreement, including the waiver of jury trial,
and has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document under seal, as of the date first written above.

BANK:

PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

By:     /s/ David Notaro
Name:     David Notaro
Title:     SVP

    33
238310488 v3

EXHIBIT A

TO:     PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION                 Date:     __________________
FROM:     LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

The undersigned authorized officer of Luna Innovations Incorporated (the “Borrower”) certifies that under the terms and conditions of the Loan
Agreement between Borrower and Bank (the “Agreement”), (1) Obligors are in complete compliance for the period ending _________, 20___ with all
required covenants except as noted below, (2) there are no Events of Default, (3) all representations and warranties in the Agreement are true and correct in
all material respects on this date except as noted below: provided, further, that such materiality qualifier shall not be applicable to any representations and
warranties that already are qualified or modified by materiality in the text thereof; and provided, further that those representations and warranties expressly
referring to a specific date shall be true, accurate and complete in all material respects as of such date, (4) Each Obligor, has timely filed all required tax
returns  and  reports,  and  each  Obligor  has  timely  paid  all  foreign,  federal,  state  and  local  taxes,  assessments,  deposits  and  contributions  owed  by  any
Obligor except as otherwise permitted pursuant to the terms of Section 5.9 of the Agreement, and (5) no Liens have been levied or claims made against any
Obligor  or  any  of  its  Subsidiaries,  if  any,  relating  to  unpaid  employee  payroll  or  benefits  of  which  such  Obligor  has  not  previously  provided  written
notification to Bank. Attached are the required documents supporting the certification. The undersigned certifies that these are prepared in accordance with
GAAP consistently applied from one period to the next except as explained in an accompanying letter or footnotes. The undersigned acknowledges that no
borrowings may be requested at any time or date of determination that any Obligor is not in compliance with any of the terms of the Agreement, and that
compliance is determined not just at the date this certificate is delivered. Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings
given them in the Agreement.

Please indicate compliance status by circling Yes/No under “Complies” column.

Reporting Covenants

Required

Quarterly financial statements with Compliance Certificate Quarterly within 60 days

Operating budgets

Annual financial statements (CPA Audited)

FYE within 45 days

FYE within 120 days

Complies

Yes No

Yes No

Yes No

Financial Covenants

Required

Actual

Complies

Maintain as indicated:

Net Leverage Ratio

Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio

<1.50 to 1.00

≥1.10 to 1.00

Yes No

Yes No

Borrower shall attach to this Certificate such worksheets, schedules or tables as may be necessary to verify the foregoing and hereby certifies that
the financial covenant analyses and information set forth on such worksheets, schedules or tables attached hereto are true and accurate as of the date of this
Certificate.

The following are the exceptions with respect to the certification above:

__________________________________________________

    __________________________________________________

    34

__________________________________________________

    (If blank, “NONE”)

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

[SIGNATURE PAGE]

BORROWER:

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED,
a Delaware corporation

By:    _____________________________
Name:    _____________________________
Title:    _____________________________

    35

EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AND AMENDMENT AGREEMENT

[TEMPLATE ATTACHED HERETO]

    36

EXHIBIT C

Request for Advance

(Advance Number)

LUNA  INNOVATIONS  INCORPORATED,  a  Delaware  corporation  (the  “Borrower”),  hereby  requests  an  advance  in  the  amount  of
$__________________  under  the  Revolving  Line  of  Credit  Note  executed  by  the  Borrower  and  delivered  to  PNC  BANK,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION (the “Bank”), dated December 1, 2020 (the “Note”). Initially capitalized words and terms used herein without definition
shall have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Note.

To induce the Bank to make such advance, the Borrower hereby represents and agrees as follows:

    1.    The advance hereby requested is for the following purpose (check one):

         Working Capital Purposes

         Capital Expenditures Described on the Attached Schedule

         Other -- Describe Below

    2.    No Event of Default exists and no event has occurred which with the passage of time, notice or both would constitute an Event of
Default.

    3.    The approval of this Request for Advance by the Bank will not be deemed to be a waiver by the Bank of any Event of Default.

    4.    The Borrower has performed all of its obligations under the Loan Documents, and all of the representations and warranties made by
the Borrower in the Loan Documents are true and correct as of the date hereof.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

    5.    The undersigned has been duly authorized by the Borrower to make this request for advance.

    37

    WITNESS the due execution hereof with the intent to be legally bound hereby as of this _____ day of _______________,
_____.

a Delaware corporation

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED,

Name:    _____________________________
Title:    _____________________________

By:    _____________________________

43783253_10

    38

Exhibit 10.31

Term Note

$12,500,000.00    December 1, 2020

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), with an address at 1
Riverside Circle, Suite 400, Roanoke, VA 24016, promises to pay to the order of PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Bank”),
in  lawful  money  of  the  United  States  of  America  in  immediately  available  funds  at  its  offices  located  at  1001  Haxall  Point,  Suite  706,
Richmond,  VA  23219,  or  at  such  other  location  as  the  Bank  may  designate  from  time  to  time,  the  principal  sum  of  TWELVE  MILLION
FIVE  HUNDRED  THOUSAND  AND  NO/100  DOLLARS  ($12,500,000.00)  (the  “Facility”),  together  with  interest  accruing  on  the
outstanding principal balance from the date hereof, all as provided below. All capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall
have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

1.    Interest Rate. Amounts outstanding under this Note will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of (A) LIBOR in effect on
each Reset Date (each as defined below) plus (B) the Applicable Margin (as such term is defined in Exhibit A attached hereto and made a
part hereof).

2.    Payments. Principal shall be due and payable in equal consecutive installments in the amount of $1,041,666.00 each (as reduced from
time to time pursuant to Section 8 hereof), commencing on the first Reset Date after the date of this Note, and continuing on each succeeding
Reset  Date  thereafter.  Interest  shall  be  payable  at  the  same  times  as  the  principal  payments;  provided  that  if  the  Reset  Dates  occur  less
frequently than every three (3) months, then interest shall also be paid every three (3) months. Any outstanding principal and accrued interest
shall be due and payable in full on the Maturity Date (as defined below).

3.    Certain Definitions. If the following terms are used in this Note, such terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Alternate Rate” shall mean the sum of (A) the Base Rate plus (B) the Applicable Margin (as such term is defined in Exhibit A
attached hereto and made a part hereof).

“Base Rate” shall mean the higher of (A) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, and (B) the sum of the Overnight Bank Funding Rate
in effect on such day plus 50 basis points (0.50%). If and when the Base Rate (or any component thereof) changes, the rate of interest
with  respect  to  any  amounts  hereunder  to  which  the  Base  Rate  applies  will  change  automatically  without  notice  to  the  Borrower,
effective on the date of any such change.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or
required by law to be closed for business in New York, New York.

“Default Rate” shall mean the rate per annum (based on the actual number of days that principal is outstanding over a year of 360
days) equal to the lesser of (A) the sum of 3% plus the interest rate otherwise in effect from time to time under this Note, and (B) the
Maximum Rate.

“LIBOR” shall mean, for each Reset Date, the interest rate per annum determined by the Bank by dividing (i) the rate which appears
on  the  Bloomberg  Page  BBAM1  (or  on  such  other  substitute  Bloomberg  page  that  displays  rates  at  which  US  dollar  deposits  are
offered by leading banks in the

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

London interbank deposit market), or the rate which is quoted by another source selected by the Bank as an authorized information
vendor for the purpose of displaying rates at which US dollar deposits are offered by leading banks in the London interbank deposit
market (an “Alternate Source”), at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) Business Days prior to such Reset Date, as the
3-month London interbank offered rate for U.S. Dollars commencing on such Reset Date (or if there shall at any time, for any reason,
no  longer  exist  a  Bloomberg  Page  BBAM1  (or  any  substitute  page)  or  any  Alternate  Source,  a  comparable  replacement  rate
determined by the Bank at such time (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error)), by (ii) a number equal to 1.00
minus the LIBOR Reserve Percentage; provided, however, if LIBOR, determined as provided above, would be less than zero, then
LIBOR  shall  be  deemed  to  be  zero.  LIBOR  shall  be  adjusted  automatically  without  notice  to  the  Borrower  on  and  as  of  (a)  each
Reset Date, and (b) the effective date of any change in the LIBOR Reserve Percentage.

“LIBOR Reserve Percentage” shall mean, as of any day, the maximum effective percentage in effect on such day, as prescribed by
the  Board  of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (or  any  successor)  for  determining  the  reserve  requirements  (including,
without  limitation,  supplemental,  marginal  and  emergency  reserve  requirements)  with  respect  to  eurocurrency  funding  (currently
referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities”).

“Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain Loan Agreement by and among, the Borrower, the guarantors from time to time party
thereto and Bank of even date herewith, as the same may have been modified or amended from time to time.

“Maturity Date” shall mean December 1, 2023.

“Maximum Rate” shall mean the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law.

“Overnight  Bank  Funding  Rate”  shall  mean,  for  any  day,  the  rate  comprised  of  both  overnight  federal  funds  and  overnight
Eurocurrency borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“NYFRB”), as set forth on its public website from time to time, and as published on the
next  succeeding  Business  Day  as  the  overnight  bank  funding  rate  by  the  NYFRB  (or  by  such  other  recognized  electronic  source
(such as Bloomberg) selected by the Bank for the purpose of displaying such rate); provided, that if such day is not a Business Day,
the Overnight Bank Funding Rate for such day shall be such rate on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, further, that
if such rate shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Bank at such time
(which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If the Overnight Bank Funding Rate determined as above would be
less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero. The rate of interest charged shall be adjusted as of each Business Day based
on changes in the Overnight Bank Funding Rate without notice to the Borrower.

“Prime Rate” shall mean the rate publicly announced by the Bank from time to time as its prime rate. The Prime Rate is determined
from time to time by the Bank as a means of pricing some loans to its borrowers. The Prime Rate is not tied to any external rate of
interest or index, and does not necessarily reflect the lowest rate of interest actually charged by the Bank to any particular class or
category of customers.

“Reset Date” shall mean (i) the date of this Note, and (ii) subject to the proviso below, the first day of every third month thereafter,
provided  that:  (a)  if  any  such  day  is  not  a  Business  Day,  then  the  first  succeeding  day  that  is  a  Business  Day  shall  instead  apply,
unless that day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case the next preceding day that is a Business Day shall instead
apply, and (b) if any such day is a day of a calendar month for which there is no numerically corresponding day in certain

- 2 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

other months (each, a “Non-Conforming Month”), then any Reset Date that falls within a Non-Conforming Month shall be the last
Business Day of such Non-Conforming Month.

4.    Interest Calculation; Maximum Rate. Interest will be calculated based on the actual number of days that principal is outstanding over
a year of 360 days. In no event will the rate of interest hereunder exceed the Maximum Rate. Regardless of any other provision of this Note
or the other Loan Documents, if for any reason the effective interest rate should exceed the Maximum Rate, the effective interest rate shall be
deemed reduced to, and shall be, the Maximum Rate, and (i) the amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed applied to the
reduction of the principal balance of this Note and not to the payment of interest, and (ii) if the loan evidenced by this Note has been or is
thereby  paid  in  full,  the  excess  shall  be  returned  to  the  party  paying  same,  such  application  to  the  principal  balance  of  this  Note  or  the
refunding of such excess to be a complete settlement and acquittance thereof.

5.        Alternate  LIBOR  Rate  Provisions.  If  the  Bank  determines  (which  determination  shall  be  final  and  conclusive)  that,  by  reason  of
circumstances affecting the eurodollar market generally, deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered to banks in the
eurodollar market for the selected term, or adequate means do not exist for ascertaining LIBOR, then the Bank shall give notice thereof to the
Borrower.  Thereafter,  until  the  Bank  notifies  the  Borrower  that  the  circumstances  giving  rise  to  such  suspension  no  longer  exist,  (a)  the
availability of LIBOR shall be suspended, and (b) the interest rate for all amounts outstanding under this Note shall be converted on the next
succeeding Reset Date to a rate of interest per annum equal to the Alternate Rate.

In addition, if, after the date of this Note, the Bank shall determine (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that any enactment,
promulgation or adoption of or any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration
thereof  by  a  governmental  authority,  central  bank  or  comparable  agency  charged  with  the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or
compliance by the Bank with any guideline, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank
or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank to make or maintain or fund loans based on LIBOR, the Bank shall
notify the Borrower. Thereafter, until the Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer apply,
(a) the availability of LIBOR shall be suspended, and (b) the interest rate on all amounts outstanding under this Note shall be converted to the
Alternate Rate either (i) on the next succeeding Reset Date if the Bank may lawfully continue to maintain or fund loans based on LIBOR to
such day, or (ii) immediately if the Bank may not lawfully continue to maintain or fund loans based on LIBOR.

The  LIBOR  Replacement  Rider  attached  to  this  Note  and  incorporated  herein  by  this  reference  provides  a  mechanism  for  determining  an
alternative rate of interest in the event that the London interbank offered rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances. The
Bank does not warrant or accept any responsibility for and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any
other  matter  related  to  the  London  interbank  offered  rate  or  other  rates  in  the  definition  of  “LIBOR”  or  with  respect  to  any  alternative  or
successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor. To the extent that any term or provision of the LIBOR Replacement Rider is or may be
inconsistent with any term or provision in the remainder of this Note or any other Loan Document, the terms and provisions of the LIBOR
Replacement Rider shall control.

6.    Other Payment Terms. If any payment under this Note shall become due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be
made on the next succeeding Business Day, unless that day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, in which case such payment shall be
made on the next preceding day that is a Business Day. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to charge the Borrower’s deposit account at
the Bank for any payment when due under this Note or any other Loan Document. Payments received will be applied to charges, fees and
expenses (including attorneys’ fees), accrued interest and principal in any order the Bank may choose, in its sole discretion. Any amortization
schedule provided to Borrower is only an estimate, and is superseded by the terms of this Note regarding the accrual and payment of interest.

- 3 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

7.    Late Payments; Default Rate. If the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal, interest or other amount coming due pursuant to
the provisions of this Note within 15 calendar days of the date due and payable, the Borrower also shall pay to the Bank a late charge equal to
the lesser of 3% of the amount of such payment or $100.00 (the “Late Charge”). Such 15-day period shall not be construed in any way to
extend the due date of any such payment. Upon maturity, whether by acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at the Bank’s option upon the
occurrence of any Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) and during the continuance thereof, amounts outstanding under this Note shall
bear interest at the Default Rate. The Default Rate shall continue to apply whether or not judgment shall be entered on this Note. Both the
Late  Charge  and  the  Default  Rate  are  imposed  as  liquidated  damages  for  the  purpose  of  defraying  the  Bank’s  expenses  incident  to  the
handling of delinquent payments, but are in addition to, and not in lieu of, the Bank’s exercise of any rights and remedies hereunder, under
the other Loan Documents or under applicable law, and any fees and expenses of any agents or attorneys which the Bank may employ. In
addition, the Default Rate reflects the increased credit risk to the Bank of carrying a loan that is in default. The Borrower agrees that the Late
Charge and Default Rate are reasonable forecasts of just compensation for anticipated and actual harm incurred by the Bank, and that the
actual harm incurred by the Bank cannot be estimated with certainty and without difficulty.

8.    Prepayment. The Borrower shall have the right to prepay any amounts outstanding hereunder at any time and from time to time without
penalty or premium, in whole or in part; subject, however, to payment of any break funding indemnification amounts owing pursuant to the
paragraph entitled “Break Funding Indemnification” below. Upon request of Borrower, prepayments of the Facility shall be applied to reduce
(i.e., reamortize) the subsequent scheduled payments of the Facility as set forth herein, so long as any such prepayment (a) shall not be less
than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00), and (b) shall be made concurrently with a regularly scheduled payment due on a Reset Date. For
the avoidance of doubt, prepayments made pursuant to the preceding sentence shall not be deemed or construed by any party as (i) permitting
Borrower to avoid making any regularly scheduled payments hereunder, or (ii) modifying the Maturity Date.

9.    Increased Costs; Yield Protection. On written demand, together with written evidence of the justification therefor, the Borrower agrees
to pay the Bank all direct costs incurred, any losses suffered or payments made by the Bank as a result of any Change in Law (hereinafter
defined), imposing any reserve, deposit, allocation of capital or similar requirement (including without limitation, Regulation D of the Board
of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System)  on  the  Bank,  its  holding  company  or  any  of  their  respective  assets  relative  to  the  Facility.
“Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Note, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule,
regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application
thereof by any governmental authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the
force of law) by any governmental authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street
Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all
requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
(or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each
case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

10.    Break Funding Indemnification. The Borrower agrees to indemnify the Bank against any liabilities, losses or expenses (including,
without limitation, loss of margin, any loss or expense sustained or incurred in liquidating or employing deposits from third parties, and any
loss or expense incurred in connection with funds acquired to effect, fund or maintain any amounts hereunder (or any part thereof) bearing
interest based on LIBOR) which the Bank sustains or incurs as a consequence of either (i) the Borrower’s failure to make a payment on the
due date thereof, (ii) the Borrower’s revocation (expressly, by later inconsistent notices or otherwise) in whole or in part of any notice given
to Bank to request, convert, renew or prepay any amounts bearing interest based on LIBOR, or (iii) the Borrower’s payment or prepayment
(whether  voluntary,  after  acceleration  of  the  maturity  of  this  Note  or  otherwise)  or  conversion  of  any  amounts  bearing  interest  based  on
LIBOR on a day other than the regularly scheduled due date therefor. A notice as to any amounts payable

- 4 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

pursuant to this paragraph given to the Borrower by the Bank shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and shall be payable upon
demand. The Borrower’s indemnification obligations hereunder shall survive the payment in full of all amounts payable hereunder.

11.    Other Loan Documents. This Note is issued in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as the same may
be amended, modified or renewed from time to time), and is secured by the property (if any) described in the Loan Documents and by any
and all mortgages, security agreements, assignments, loan agreements, pledge agreements and other documents or instruments evidencing a
security interest or other lien in favor of the Bank and delivered by the Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. Such documents may be executed contemporaneously with the execution of this Note, or they may be executed and delivered at
another time.

12.    Events of Default. The occurrence of any “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement shall constitute an “Event of Default” under
this Note. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default: subject to any cure periods in the Loan Agreement, (a) the
Bank shall be under no further obligation to make advances hereunder; (b) if an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) or (iv) above shall
occur,  the  outstanding  principal  balance  and  accrued  interest  hereunder  together  with  any  additional  amounts  payable  hereunder  shall  be
immediately due and payable without demand or notice of any kind; (c) if any other Event of Default shall occur, the outstanding principal
balance and accrued interest hereunder together with any additional amounts payable hereunder, at the Bank’s option and without demand or
notice of any kind, may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable; (d) at the Bank’s option, this Note will bear interest at the
Default Rate from the date of the occurrence of the Event of Default; and (e) the Bank may exercise from time to time any of the rights and
remedies available under the Loan Documents or under applicable law.

13.    Right of Setoff. In addition to all liens upon and rights of setoff against the Borrower’s money, securities or other property given to the
Bank by law, the Bank shall have, with respect to the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under this Note and to the extent permitted by law, a
contractual  possessory  security  interest  in  and  a  contractual  right  of  setoff  against,  and  the  Borrower  hereby  grants  the  Bank  a  security
interest in, and hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges and transfers to the Bank, all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to, all
of the Borrower’s deposits, moneys, securities and other property now or hereafter in the possession of or on deposit with, or in transit to, the
Bank or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., whether held in a general or special account or
deposit, whether held jointly with someone else, or whether held for safekeeping or otherwise, excluding, however, all IRA, Keogh, and trust
accounts. Every such security interest and right of setoff may be exercised without demand upon or notice to the Borrower. Every such right
of setoff shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder without any action of the
Bank, although the Bank may enter such setoff on its books and records at a later time.

14.    Anti-Money Laundering/International Trade Law Compliance. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank, as of the date
hereof, the date of each advance of proceeds under the Facility, the date of any renewal, extension or modification of the Facility, and at all
times until the Facility has been terminated and all amounts thereunder have been indefeasibly paid in full, that: (a) no Covered Entity (i) is a
Sanctioned Person; (ii) has any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person; or (iii)
does  business  in  or  with,  or  derives  any  of  its  operating  income  from  investments  in  or  transactions  with,  any  Sanctioned  Country  or
Sanctioned  Person  in  violation  of  any  law,  regulation,  order  or  directive  enforced  by  any  Compliance  Authority;  (b)  the  proceeds  of  the
Facility will not be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Country
or  Sanctioned  Person  in  violation  of  any  law,  regulation,  order  or  directive  enforced  by  any  Compliance  Authority;  (c)  the  funds  used  to
repay  the  Facility  are  not  derived  from  any  unlawful  activity;  and  (d)  each  Covered  Entity  is  in  compliance  with,  and  no  Covered  Entity
engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by, any laws of the United States, including but not limited to any Anti-Terrorism Laws.
Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall immediately notify the Bank in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary

- 5 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, the collateral securing any debt, liabilities or other obligations of any Obligor to the Bank shall
not include any Embargoed Property, but only to the extent and for so long as such collateral is or remains Embargoed Property.

As  used  herein:  “Anti-Terrorism  Laws”  means  any  laws  relating  to  terrorism,  trade  sanctions  programs  and  embargoes,  import/export
licensing, money laundering, or bribery, all as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time; “Compliance Authority” means each
and all of the (a) U.S. Treasury Department/Office of Foreign Assets Control, (b) U.S. Treasury Department/Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network, (c) U.S. State Department/Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, (d) U.S. Commerce Department/Bureau of Industry and Security,
(e) U.S. Internal Revenue Service, (f) U.S. Justice Department, and (g) U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; “Covered Entity” means
the Borrower, its affiliates and subsidiaries, all guarantors, pledgors of collateral, all owners of the foregoing, and all brokers or other agents
of  the  Borrower  acting  in  any  capacity  in  connection  with  the  Facility;  “Embargoed  Property”  means  any  property  (a)  in  which  a
Sanctioned  Person  holds  an  interest;  (b)  beneficially  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  a  Sanctioned  Person;  (c)  that  is  due  to  or  from  a
Sanctioned Person; (d) that is located in a Sanctioned Country; or (e) that would otherwise cause any actual or possible violation by Bank of
any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law if the Bank were to obtain an encumbrance on, lien on, pledge of or security interest in such property or
provide services in consideration of such property; “Reportable Compliance Event” means that any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned
Person, or is indicted, arraigned, investigated or custodially detained, or receives an inquiry from regulatory or law enforcement officials, in
connection  with  any  Anti-Terrorism  Law  or  any  predicate  crime  to  any  Anti-Terrorism  Law,  or  self-discovers  facts  or  circumstances
implicating any aspect of its operations with the actual or possible violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; “Sanctioned Country”  means  a
country subject to a sanctions program maintained by any Compliance Authority; and “Sanctioned Person”  means  any  individual  person,
group, regime, entity or thing listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person or entity, or
subject to any limitations or prohibitions (including but not limited to the blocking of property or rejection of transactions), under any order
or directive of any Compliance Authority or otherwise subject to, or specially designated under, any sanctions program maintained by any
Compliance Authority.

15.    [Reserved].

16.        Miscellaneous.  All  notices,  demands,  requests,  consents,  approvals  and  other  communications  required  or  permitted  hereunder
(“Notices”) must be in writing (except as may be agreed otherwise above with respect to borrowing requests or as otherwise provided in this
Note) and will be effective upon receipt. Notices may be given in any manner to which the parties may agree. Without limiting the foregoing,
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  facsimile  transmission  and  commercial  courier  service  are  hereby  agreed  to  as  acceptable  methods  for
giving Notices. In addition, the parties agree that Notices may be sent electronically to any electronic address provided by a party from time
to  time.  Notices  may  be  sent  to  a  party’s  address  as  set  forth  above  or  to  such  other  address  as  any  party  may  give  to  the  other  for  such
purpose in accordance with this paragraph. No delay or omission on the Bank’s part to exercise any right or power arising hereunder will
impair any such right or power or be considered a waiver of any such right or power, nor will the Bank’s action or inaction impair any such
right or power. The Bank’s rights and remedies hereunder are cumulative and not exclusive of any other rights or remedies which the Bank
may  have  under  other  agreements,  at  law  or  in  equity.  No  modification,  amendment  or  waiver  of,  or  consent  to  any  departure  by  the
Borrower from, any provision of this Note will be effective unless made in a writing signed by the Bank, and then such waiver or consent
shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may modify this
Note for the purposes of completing missing content or correcting erroneous content, without the need for a written amendment, provided
that the Bank shall send a copy of any such modification to the Borrower (which notice may be given by electronic mail). The Borrower
agrees to pay on demand, to the extent permitted by law, all costs and expenses incurred by the Bank in the enforcement of its rights in this
Note and in any security therefor, including without limitation reasonable fees and expenses of the Bank’s counsel. If any provision of this
Note is found to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect by a court, all the other provisions of this Note will remain in full force
and effect. The Borrower and all other makers and indorsers of this Note hereby forever

- 6 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

waive presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of acceleration, and any other
notice of any kind. The Borrower also waives all defenses based on suretyship or impairment of collateral. If this Note is executed by more
than one Borrower, the obligations of such persons or entities hereunder will be joint and several. This Note shall bind the Borrower and its
heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and the benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of the Bank and its successors and
assigns; provided, however, that the Borrower may not assign this Note in whole or in part without the Bank’s written consent and the Bank
at any time may assign this Note in whole or in part.

17.    Governing Law and Venue. This Note has been delivered to and accepted by the Bank and will be deemed to be made in the State of
New  York  (the  “State”).  This  Note  will  be  interpreted  and  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  the  Bank  and  the  Borrower  determined  in
accordance with the laws of the state, excluding its conflict of laws rules, including without limitation the Electronic Transactions Act
(or  equivalent)  in  effect  in  the  state  (or,  to  the  extent  controlling,  the  laws  of  the  United  States  Of  America,  including  without
limitation the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act). The Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive
jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the county or judicial district in the State; provided that nothing contained in this Note will prevent
the Bank from bringing any action, enforcing any award or judgment or exercising any rights against the Borrower individually, against any
security  or  against  any  property  of  the  Borrower  within  any  other  county,  state  or  other  foreign  or  domestic  jurisdiction.  The  Borrower
acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both the Bank and the Borrower. The  Borrower
waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Note.

18.    Commercial Purpose. The Borrower represents that the indebtedness evidenced by this Note is being incurred by the Borrower solely
for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  or  carrying  on  a  business,  professional  or  commercial  activity,  and  not  for  personal,  family  or  household
purposes.

19.        USA  PATRIOT  Act  Notice.  To  help  the  government  fight  the  funding  of  terrorism  and  money  laundering  activities,  Federal  law
requires  all  financial  institutions  to  obtain,  verify  and  record  information  that  identifies  each  Borrower  that  opens  an  account.  What  this
means: when the Borrower opens an account, the Bank will ask for the business name, business address, taxpayer identifying number and
other  information  that  will  allow  the  Bank  to  identify  the  Borrower,  such  as  organizational  documents.  For  some  businesses  and
organizations, the Bank may also need to ask for identifying information and documentation relating to certain individuals associated with
the business or organization.

20.    Representation by Counsel. The Borrower hereby represents that it has been represented by competent counsel of its choice, or has
knowingly waived its right to use and retain counsel, in the negotiation and execution of this Note and the other Loan Documents; that it has
read  and  fully  understood  the  terms  hereof;  that  the  Borrower  and  any  retained  counsel  have  been  afforded  an  opportunity  to  review,
negotiate and modify the terms of this Note and the other Loan Documents; and that it intends to be bound hereby. In accordance with the
foregoing, the general rule of construction to the effect that any ambiguities in a contract are to be resolved against the party drafting the
contract shall not be employed in the construction and interpretation of this Note or any other Loan Document.

21.    Authorization to Obtain Credit Reports. By signing below, each person, who is signing in his or her individual capacity, requests and
provides written authorization to the Bank or its designee (and any assignee or potential assignee hereof) to obtain such individual’s personal
credit  profile  from  one  or  more  national  credit  bureaus.    This  authorization  extends  to  obtaining  a  credit  profile  in  (i)  considering  an
application  for  credit  that  is  evidenced,  guaranteed  or  secured  by  this  document,  (ii)  assessing  creditworthiness  and  (iii)  considering
extensions  of  credit,  including  on  an  ongoing  basis,  as  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  (a)  update,  renewal  or  extension  of  such  credit  or
additional credit, (b) reviewing, administering or collecting the resulting account and (c) reporting on the repayment and satisfaction of such
credit obligations.  By signing below, such individual further ratifies and confirms his or her prior requests and authorizations with respect to
the matters set forth

- 7 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

herein.  For the avoidance of doubt, this provision does not apply to persons signing below in their capacities as officers or other authorized
representatives of entities, organizations or governmental bodies.

22.        Counterparts;  Electronic  Signatures  and  Records.  This  Note  and  any  other  Loan  Document  may  be  signed  in  any  number  of
counterpart  copies  and  by  the  parties  hereto  on  separate  counterparts,  but  all  such  copies  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Borrower agrees that this Note, the Loan Documents, any amendments thereto, and any other
information, notice, signature card, agreement or authorization related thereto (each, a “Communication”) may, at the Bank’s option, be in
the form of an electronic record. Any Communication may, at the Bank’s option, be signed or executed using electronic signatures. For the
avoidance  of  doubt,  the  authorization  under  this  paragraph  may  include,  without  limitation,  use  or  acceptance  by  the  Bank  of  a  manually
signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format) for transmission, delivery
and/or retention.

23.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. The Borrower irrevocably waives any and all rights the Borrower may have to a trial by jury in
any  action,  proceeding  or  claim  of  any  nature  relating  to  this  Note,  any  documents  executed  in  connection  with  this  Note  or  any
transaction  contemplated  in  any  of  such  documents.  The  Borrower  acknowledges  that  the  foregoing  waiver  is  knowing  and
voluntary.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

- 8 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

Term Note
[SIGNATURE PAGE]

The Borrower acknowledges that it has read and understands all the provisions of this Note, including the waiver of jury trial, and
has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document under seal, as of the date first written above, with the intent to be legally
bound hereby.

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED,
a Delaware corporation

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

- 9 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

LIBOR REPLACEMENT Rider

        (a)        Benchmark Replacement.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  the  Note  or  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  if  the  Bank
determines that a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Event has occurred, the Bank may amend the Note to replace LIBOR with
a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with the provisions of this Rider; and any such amendment shall be in writing, shall specify the
date that the Benchmark Replacement is effective and will not require any further action or consent of the Borrower. Until the Benchmark
Replacement is effective, amounts bearing interest with reference to LIBOR will continue to bear interest with reference to LIBOR; provided
however, during a Benchmark Unavailability Period such amounts automatically will bear interest at the rate and on the terms that would
have been applicable under the Note if the Bank had given notice that LIBOR had become unavailable.

    (b)    Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Bank
will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein  or  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  any  amendments  implementing  such  Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes  will  become
effective without any further action or consent of the Borrower.

    (c)    Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Bank will promptly notify the Borrower of (i) the effectiveness of any
Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes  and  (ii)  the  commencement  of  any  Benchmark  Unavailability  Period.  Any  determination,
decision  or  election  that  may  be  made  by  the  Bank  pursuant  to  this  Rider,  including  any  determination  with  respect  to  a  tenor,  rate  or
adjustment  or  of  the  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of  an  event,  circumstance  or  date  and  any  decision  to  take  or  refrain  from  taking  any
action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its sole discretion and without consent from the Borrower,
except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Rider. In addition to any delivery method permitted pursuant to the terms of the
Loan Documents, the Bank may provide any amendment, notice or other communication to the Borrower hereunder electronically (including
to any electronic address that the Borrower provides to the Bank) or through an automated platform that the Bank provides to the Borrower.

    (d)    Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Rider:

“Benchmark  Replacement”  means  the  sum  of:  (a)  the  Benchmark  Replacement  Index  and  (b)  the  Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment;  provided  that,  if  at  any  time  the  Benchmark  Replacement  as  so  determined  would  be  less  than  the  Benchmark
Replacement Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Benchmark Replacement Floor for the purposes of the
Note.

“Benchmark  Replacement  Adjustment”  means,  for  each  applicable  LIBOR-based  rate  and  tenor,  the  spread  adjustment  to  the
Benchmark  Replacement  Index,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment  (which  may  be  a  positive  or
negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Bank (a) giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a
spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment,  for  the  replacement  of  LIBOR  with  the
applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  Index  by  the  Relevant  Governmental  Body  or  (ii)  any  evolving  or  then-prevailing  market
convention  for  determining  a  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment,  for  such
replacement  of  LIBOR  for  U.S.  dollar-denominated  credit  facilities  at  such  time  and  (b)  which  also  may  reflect  adjustments  to
account  for  (i)  the  effects  of  the  transition  from  LIBOR  to  the  Benchmark  Replacement  and  (ii)  yield-  or  risk-based  differences
between LIBOR and the Benchmark Replacement.

- 10 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

“Benchmark Replacement Commencement Date” means the date a Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes
under the Note in accordance with this Rider.

“Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Benchmark  Replacement,  any  technical,
administrative or operational changes (including, for example, changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “LIBOR
Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that
the Bank decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the
administration thereof by the Bank in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Bank decides that adoption of
any  portion  of  such  market  practice  is  not  administratively  feasible  or  if  the  Bank  determines  that  no  market  practice  for  the
administration  of  the  Benchmark  Replacement  exists,  in  such  other  manner  of  administration  as  the  Bank  decides  is  reasonably
necessary in connection with the administration of the Note).

“Benchmark Replacement Floor” means the minimum rate of interest, if any, specified for LIBOR under the terms of the Note or,
if no minimum rate of interest is specified, zero.

“Benchmark Replacement Index” means the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Bank to replace LIBOR giving
due consideration to (a) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the
Relevant  Governmental  Body  or  (b)  any  evolving  or  then-prevailing  market  convention  for  determining  a  rate  of  interest  as  a
replacement to LIBOR for U.S. dollar-denominated credit facilities.

“Benchmark Replacement Transition Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to LIBOR:

(1)    in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public
statement  or  publication  of  information  referenced  therein  and  (b)  the  date  on  which  the  administrator  of  LIBOR
permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide LIBOR; or

(2)    in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication

of information referenced therein.

“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to LIBOR:

(1)        a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  administrator  of  LIBOR  announcing  that  such
administrator has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such
statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR;

(2)        a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  a  Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Bank,  the
regulatory  supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  LIBOR,  the  U.S.  Federal  Reserve  System,  an  insolvency  official  with
jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR or
a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for LIBOR, which states that the
administrator of LIBOR has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time
of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR; or

(3)        a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  the  regulatory  supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  LIBOR  or  a

Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Bank announcing that LIBOR is no longer representative.

- 11 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

“Benchmark  Unavailability  Period”  means  the  period,  if  any,  beginning  on  the  Benchmark  Replacement  Transition  Date  and
ending  on  the  Benchmark  Replacement  Commencement  Date,  it  being  understood  that  if  the  Benchmark  Replacement
Commencement Date occurs on or before the Benchmark Replacement Transition Date a Benchmark Unavailability Period will not
occur.

“Early Opt-in Event” means a determination by the Bank that U.S. dollar-denominated credit facilities being executed at such time,
or that include language similar to that contained in this Rider, are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt
a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR.

“Governmental  Authority”  means  the  government  of  the  United  States  of  America  or  any  other  nation,  or  of  any  political
subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other
entity  exercising  executive,  legislative,  judicial,  taxing,  regulatory  or  administrative  powers  or  functions  of  or  pertaining  to
government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“LIBOR” means, for purposes of this Rider only, any interest rate that is based on the London interbank offered rate, including the
Daily LIBOR Rate.

“Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee
officially  endorsed  or  convened  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and/or  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York  or  any  successor
thereto.

- 12 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

EXHIBIT A

    As used herein, the term “Applicable Margin” shall mean, beginning on the date hereof, two and one quarter percent (2.25%) per annum
and,  thereafter,  the  Applicable  Margin  shall  be  subject  to  adjustment  as  of  the  end  of  Borrower’s  fiscal  quarter  ending  after  the  Effective
Date,  based  on  the  Net  Leverage  Ratio  as  of  such  quarter  end  and  for  each  successive  quarter  thereafter.  Any  increase  or  decrease  in  the
Applicable  Margin  computed  as  of  a  quarter  end  shall  be  effective  on  the  date  on  which  the  Compliance  Certificate  evidencing  such
computation  is  due  to  be  delivered  under  Section  6.2(d)  of  the  Loan  Agreement.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  if  the  Net  Leverage  Ratio,
measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter, is as described below, the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Margin appearing opposite
the corresponding Net Leverage Ratio:

Fiscal Quarter End 
Net Leverage Ratio

Applicable Margin

Net Leverage Ratio less than or equal to 0.50 to 1.00

Net Leverage Ratio greater than 0.50 to 1.00 and less
than 1.25 to 1.00

Net  Leverage  Ratio  greater  than  or  equal  to  1.25  to
1.00

1.75%

2.00%

2.25%

Bank  shall  determine  whether  any  adjustment  to  the  Applicable  Margin  is  to  be  made  quarterly,  based  on  the  Compliance  Certificate
delivered to Bank pursuant to the Loan Agreement; provided, however, that if such Compliance Certificate is not timely delivered to Bank,
then,  at  the  option  of  Bank,  an  adjustment  to  the  Applicable  Margin  shall  be  made  based  on  an  assumed  delivery  of  said  Compliance
Certificate reflecting a Net Leverage Ratio which is greater than 1.25 to 1.00; provided, further, at the option of the Bank, on and after receipt
of a notice that an Event of Default has occurred, the Default Rate may then apply as of the date of such Event of Default (as reasonably
determined by Bank) and shall continue to apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default shall cease to be continuing (and
thereafter, in each case, the Applicable Margin otherwise determined in accordance with this Exhibit A shall apply). Each such adjustment
shall apply to all Advances then existing and any made during the period for which such adjustment becomes effective.

43724994_8

- 13 -

Form 8G (Multistate) – Rev. 9/20

EX-10.32

Revolving Line of Credit Note

$15,000,000.00    December 1, 2020

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED, a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower”), with an address at 1
Riverside Circle, Suite 400, Roanoke, VA 24016, promises to pay to the order of PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION (the “Bank”),
in  lawful  money  of  the  United  States  of  America  in  immediately  available  funds  at  its  offices  located  at  1001  Haxall  Point,  Suite  706,
Richmond, VA 23219, or at such other location as the Bank may designate from time to time, the principal sum of FIFTEEN MILLION AND
NO/100  DOLLARS  ($15,000,000.00)  (the  “Facility”)  or  such  lesser  amount  as  may  be  advanced  to  or  for  the  benefit  of  the  Borrower
hereunder, together with interest accruing on the outstanding principal balance from the date hereof, all as provided below. All capitalized
terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Loan Agreement (as defined below).

1.    Revolving Line of Credit Advances. This Note evidences a revolving line of credit. The Borrower may borrow, repay and reborrow
hereunder and the Bank may advance and readvance under this Note from time to time (each an “advance” and together the “advances”) until
the Expiration Date, subject to the terms and conditions of this Note and the Loan Documents. The “Expiration Date” shall mean December
1, 2023, or such later date as may be designated by the Bank by written notice from the Bank to the Borrower. The Borrower acknowledges
and agrees that in no event will the Bank be under any obligation to extend or renew the Facility or this Note beyond the Expiration Date. In
no event shall the aggregate unpaid principal amount of advances under this Note exceed the face amount of this Note.

2.    Interest Rate and Payments. Amounts outstanding under this Note will bear interest at a rate per annum which is at all times equal to
the sum of the Daily LIBOR Rate (as defined below), plus the Applicable Margin (as such term is defined in Exhibit A attached hereto and
made a part hereof). Accrued interest will be due and payable on the first day of each month, beginning with the payment due on January 1,
2021. The outstanding principal balance and any accrued but unpaid interest shall be due and payable on the Expiration Date.

3.    Certain Definitions. If the following terms are used in this Note, such terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

“Alternate Rate” shall mean the sum of (A) the Base Rate plus (B) the Applicable Margin (as such term is defined in Exhibit A
attached hereto and made a part hereof).

“Base Rate” shall mean the higher of (A) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, and (B) the sum of the Overnight Bank Funding Rate
in effect on such day plus 50 basis points (0.50%). If and when the Base Rate (or any component thereof) changes, the rate of interest
with  respect  to  any  amounts  hereunder  to  which  the  Base  Rate  applies  will  change  automatically  without  notice  to  the  Borrower,
effective on the date of any such change.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or Sunday or a legal holiday on which commercial banks are authorized or
required by law to be closed for business in New York, New York.

“Daily LIBOR Rate” shall mean, for any day, the rate per annum determined by the Bank by dividing (A) the Published Rate by (B)
a number equal to 1.00 minus the percentage prescribed by the Federal Reserve for determining the maximum reserve requirements
with respect to any eurocurrency fundings by

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

238310621 v2

banks on such day; provided, however, if the Daily LIBOR Rate determined as provided above would be less than zero, then such
rate shall be deemed to be zero. The rate of interest will be adjusted automatically as of each Business Day based on changes in the
Daily LIBOR Rate without notice to the Borrower.

“Default Rate” shall mean the rate per annum (based on the actual number of days that principal is outstanding over a year of 360
days) equal to the lesser of (A) the sum of 3% plus the interest rate otherwise in effect from time to time under this Note, and (B) the
Maximum Rate.

“Loan Agreement” shall mean that certain Loan Agreement by and among, the Borrower, the guarantors from time to time party
thereto and Bank of even date herewith, as the same may have been modified or amended from time to time.

“Maximum Rate” shall mean the maximum rate of interest allowed by applicable law.

“Overnight  Bank  Funding  Rate”  shall  mean,  for  any  day,  the  rate  comprised  of  both  overnight  federal  funds  and  overnight
Eurocurrency borrowings by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by
the Federal Reserve Bank of New York (“NYFRB”), as set forth on its public website from time to time, and as published on the
next  succeeding  Business  Day  as  the  overnight  bank  funding  rate  by  the  NYFRB  (or  by  such  other  recognized  electronic  source
(such as Bloomberg) selected by the Bank for the purpose of displaying such rate); provided, that if such day is not a Business Day,
the Overnight Bank Funding Rate for such day shall be such rate on the immediately preceding Business Day; provided, further, that
if such rate shall at any time, for any reason, no longer exist, a comparable replacement rate determined by the Bank at such time
(which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error). If the Overnight Bank Funding Rate determined as above would be
less than zero, then such rate shall be deemed to be zero. The rate of interest charged shall be adjusted as of each Business Day based
on changes in the Overnight Bank Funding Rate without notice to the Borrower.

“Prime Rate” shall mean the rate publicly announced by the Bank from time to time as its prime rate. The Prime Rate is determined
from time to time by the Bank as a means of pricing some loans to its borrowers. The Prime Rate is not tied to any external rate of
interest or index, and does not necessarily reflect the lowest rate of interest actually charged by the Bank to any particular class or
category of customers.

“Published Rate” shall mean the rate of interest published each Business Day in the Wall Street Journal under the caption “London
Interbank Offered Rates” for a one month period (or, if no such rate is published therein for any reason, then the Published Rate shall
be the eurodollar rate for a one month period as published in another publication selected by the Bank).

4.    Advance Procedures. Advances hereunder shall be permitted in the manner set forth in Section 3.4 of the Loan Agreement.

5.    Interest Calculation; Maximum Rate. Interest will be calculated based on the actual number of days that principal is outstanding over
a year of 360 days. In no event will the rate of interest hereunder exceed the Maximum Rate. Regardless of any other provision of this Note
or the other Loan Documents, if for any reason the effective interest rate should exceed the Maximum Rate, the effective interest rate shall be
deemed reduced to, and shall be, the Maximum Rate, and (i) the amount which would be excessive interest shall be deemed applied to the
reduction of the principal balance of this Note and not to the payment of interest, and (ii) if the loan evidenced by this Note has been or is
thereby  paid  in  full,  the  excess  shall  be  returned  to  the  party  paying  same,  such  application  to  the  principal  balance  of  this  Note  or  the
refunding of such excess to be a complete settlement and acquittance thereof.

- 2 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

238310621 v2

6.        Alternate  LIBOR  Rate  Provisions.  If  the  Bank  determines  (which  determination  shall  be  final  and  conclusive)  that,  by  reason  of
circumstances affecting the eurodollar market generally, deposits in dollars (in the applicable amounts) are not being offered to banks in the
eurodollar  market  for  the  selected  term,  or  adequate  means  do  not  exist  for  ascertaining  the  Daily  LIBOR  Rate,  then  the  Bank  shall  give
notice  thereof  to  the  Borrower.  Thereafter,  until  the  Bank  notifies  the  Borrower  that  the  circumstances  giving  rise  to  such  suspension  no
longer exist, the interest rate for all amounts outstanding under this Note shall be equal to the Alternate Rate.

In addition, if, after the date of this Note, the Bank shall determine (which determination shall be final and conclusive) that any enactment,
promulgation or adoption of or any change in any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any change in the interpretation or administration
thereof  by  a  governmental  authority,  central  bank  or  comparable  agency  charged  with  the  interpretation  or  administration  thereof,  or
compliance by the Bank with any guideline, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank
or comparable agency shall make it unlawful or impossible for the Bank to make or maintain or fund loans based on the Daily LIBOR Rate,
the Bank shall notify the Borrower. Thereafter, until the Bank notifies the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination
no longer apply, the interest rate on all amounts outstanding under this Note shall be the Alternate Rate.

The  LIBOR  Replacement  Rider  attached  to  this  Note  and  incorporated  herein  by  this  reference  provides  a  mechanism  for  determining  an
alternative rate of interest in the event that the London interbank offered rate is no longer available or in certain other circumstances. The
Bank does not warrant or accept any responsibility for and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission or any
other  matter  related  to  the  London  interbank  offered  rate  or  other  rates  in  the  definition  of  “LIBOR”  or  with  respect  to  any  alternative  or
successor rate thereto, or replacement rate therefor. To the extent that any term or provision of the LIBOR Replacement Rider is or may be
inconsistent with any term or provision in the remainder of this Note or any other Loan Document, the terms and provisions of the LIBOR
Replacement Rider shall control.

7.    Other Payment Terms. If any payment under this Note shall become due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be
made  on  the  next  succeeding  Business  Day  and  such  extension  of  time  shall  be  included  in  computing  interest  in  connection  with  such
payment. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Bank to charge the Borrower’s deposit account at the Bank for any payment when due under
this Note or any other Loan Document. Payments received will be applied to charges, fees and expenses (including attorneys’ fees), accrued
interest and principal in any order the Bank may choose, in its sole discretion.

8.    Late Payments; Default Rate. If the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal, interest or other amount coming due pursuant to
the provisions of this Note within 15 calendar days of the date due and payable, the Borrower also shall pay to the Bank a late charge equal to
the lesser of 3% of the amount of such payment or $100.00 (the “Late Charge”). Such 15-day period shall not be construed in any way to
extend the due date of any such payment. Upon maturity, whether by acceleration, demand or otherwise, and at the Bank’s option upon the
occurrence of any Event of Default (as hereinafter defined) and during the continuance thereof, amounts outstanding under this Note shall
bear interest at the Default Rate. The Default Rate shall continue to apply whether or not judgment shall be entered on this Note. Both the
Late  Charge  and  the  Default  Rate  are  imposed  as  liquidated  damages  for  the  purpose  of  defraying  the  Bank’s  expenses  incident  to  the
handling of delinquent payments, but are in addition to, and not in lieu of, the Bank’s exercise of any rights and remedies hereunder, under
the other Loan Documents or under applicable law, and any fees and expenses of any agents or attorneys which the Bank may employ. In
addition, the Default Rate reflects the increased credit risk to the Bank of carrying a loan that is in default. The Borrower agrees that the Late
Charge and Default Rate are reasonable forecasts of just compensation for anticipated and actual harm incurred by the Bank, and that the
actual harm incurred by the Bank cannot be estimated with certainty and without difficulty.

9.    Prepayment. The indebtedness evidenced by this Note may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time without penalty or premium.

- 3 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

238310621 v2

10.        Increased  Costs;  Yield  Protection.  On  written  demand,  together  with  written  evidence  of  the  justification  therefor,  the  Borrower
agrees  to  pay  the  Bank  all  direct  costs  incurred,  any  losses  suffered  or  payments  made  by  the  Bank  as  a  result  of  any  Change  in  Law
(hereinafter defined), imposing any reserve, deposit, allocation of capital or similar requirement (including without limitation, Regulation D
of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) on the Bank, its holding company or any of their respective assets relative to the
Facility. “Change in Law” means the occurrence, after the date of this Note, of any of the following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any
law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or
application thereof by any governmental authority or (c) the making or issuance of any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not
having the force of law) by any governmental authority; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank
Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith
and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking
Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III,
shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

11.    Other Loan Documents. This Note is issued in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan Documents (as the same may
be amended, modified or renewed from time to time), and is secured by the property (if any) described in the Loan Documents and by any
and all mortgages, security agreements, assignments, loan agreements, pledge agreements and other documents or instruments evidencing a
security interest or other lien in favor of the Bank and delivered by the Borrower in connection with the Loan Agreement and the other Loan
Documents. . Such documents may be executed contemporaneously with the execution of this Note, or they may be executed and delivered at
another time.

12.    Events of Default. The occurrence of any “Event of Default” under the Loan Agreement shall constitute an “Event of Default” under
this Note. Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default: subject to any cure periods in the Loan Agreement, (a) the
Bank shall be under no further obligation to make advances hereunder; (b) if an Event of Default specified in clause (iii) or (iv) above shall
occur,  the  outstanding  principal  balance  and  accrued  interest  hereunder  together  with  any  additional  amounts  payable  hereunder  shall  be
immediately due and payable without demand or notice of any kind; (c) if any other Event of Default shall occur, the outstanding principal
balance and accrued interest hereunder together with any additional amounts payable hereunder, at the Bank’s option and without demand or
notice of any kind, may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable; (d) at the Bank’s option, this Note will bear interest at the
Default Rate from the date of the occurrence of the Event of Default; and (e) the Bank may exercise from time to time any of the rights and
remedies available under the Loan Documents or under applicable law.

13.    Right of Setoff. In addition to all liens upon and rights of setoff against the Borrower’s money, securities or other property given to the
Bank by law, the Bank shall have, with respect to the Borrower’s obligations to the Bank under this Note and to the extent permitted by law, a
contractual  possessory  security  interest  in  and  a  contractual  right  of  setoff  against,  and  the  Borrower  hereby  grants  the  Bank  a  security
interest in, and hereby assigns, conveys, delivers, pledges and transfers to the Bank, all of the Borrower’s right, title and interest in and to, all
of the Borrower’s deposits, moneys, securities and other property now or hereafter in the possession of or on deposit with, or in transit to, the
Bank or any other direct or indirect subsidiary of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., whether held in a general or special account or
deposit, whether held jointly with someone else, or whether held for safekeeping or otherwise, excluding, however, all IRA, Keogh, and trust
accounts. Every such security interest and right of setoff may be exercised without demand upon or notice to the Borrower. Every such right
of setoff shall be deemed to have been exercised immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default hereunder without any action of the
Bank, although the Bank may enter such setoff on its books and records at a later time.

238310621 v2

- 4 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

14.    Anti-Money Laundering/International Trade Law Compliance. The Borrower represents and warrants to the Bank, as of the date
hereof, the date of each advance of proceeds under the Facility, the date of any renewal, extension or modification of the Facility, and at all
times until the Facility has been terminated and all amounts thereunder have been indefeasibly paid in full, that: (a) no Covered Entity (i) is a
Sanctioned Person; (ii) has any of its assets in a Sanctioned Country or in the possession, custody or control of a Sanctioned Person; or (iii)
does  business  in  or  with,  or  derives  any  of  its  operating  income  from  investments  in  or  transactions  with,  any  Sanctioned  Country  or
Sanctioned  Person  in  violation  of  any  law,  regulation,  order  or  directive  enforced  by  any  Compliance  Authority;  (b)  the  proceeds  of  the
Facility will not be used to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or, make any payments to, a Sanctioned Country
or  Sanctioned  Person  in  violation  of  any  law,  regulation,  order  or  directive  enforced  by  any  Compliance  Authority;  (c)  the  funds  used  to
repay  the  Facility  are  not  derived  from  any  unlawful  activity;  and  (d)  each  Covered  Entity  is  in  compliance  with,  and  no  Covered  Entity
engages in any dealings or transactions prohibited by, any laws of the United States, including but not limited to any Anti-Terrorism Laws.
Borrower covenants and agrees that it shall immediately notify the Bank in writing upon the occurrence of a Reportable Compliance Event.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any of the other Loan Documents, the collateral securing any debt, liabilities or other
obligations of any Obligor to the Bank shall not include any Embargoed Property, but only to the extent and for so long as such collateral is
or remains Embargoed Property.

As  used  herein:  “Anti-Terrorism  Laws”  means  any  laws  relating  to  terrorism,  trade  sanctions  programs  and  embargoes,  import/export
licensing, money laundering, or bribery, all as amended, supplemented or replaced from time to time; “Compliance Authority” means each
and all of the (a) U.S. Treasury Department/Office of Foreign Assets Control, (b) U.S. Treasury Department/Financial Crimes Enforcement
Network, (c) U.S. State Department/Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, (d) U.S. Commerce Department/Bureau of Industry and Security,
(e) U.S. Internal Revenue Service, (f) U.S. Justice Department, and (g) U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; “Covered Entity” means
the Borrower, its affiliates and subsidiaries, all guarantors, pledgors of collateral, all owners of the foregoing, and all brokers or other agents
of  the  Borrower  acting  in  any  capacity  in  connection  with  the  Facility;  “Embargoed  Property”  means  any  property  (a)  in  which  a
Sanctioned  Person  holds  an  interest;  (b)  beneficially  owned,  directly  or  indirectly,  by  a  Sanctioned  Person;  (c)  that  is  due  to  or  from  a
Sanctioned Person; (d) that is located in a Sanctioned Country; or (e) that would otherwise cause any actual or possible violation by Bank of
any applicable Anti-Terrorism Law if the Bank were to obtain an encumbrance on, lien on, pledge of or security interest in such property or
provide services in consideration of such property; “Reportable Compliance Event” means that any Covered Entity becomes a Sanctioned
Person, or is indicted, arraigned, investigated or custodially detained, or receives an inquiry from regulatory or law enforcement officials, in
connection  with  any  Anti-Terrorism  Law  or  any  predicate  crime  to  any  Anti-Terrorism  Law,  or  self-discovers  facts  or  circumstances
implicating any aspect of its operations with the actual or possible violation of any Anti-Terrorism Law; “Sanctioned Country”  means  a
country subject to a sanctions program maintained by any Compliance Authority; and “Sanctioned Person”  means  any  individual  person,
group, regime, entity or thing listed or otherwise recognized as a specially designated, prohibited, sanctioned or debarred person or entity, or
subject to any limitations or prohibitions (including but not limited to the blocking of property or rejection of transactions), under any order
or directive of any Compliance Authority or otherwise subject to, or specially designated under, any sanctions program maintained by any
Compliance Authority.

15.    [Reserved]

16.        Miscellaneous.  All  notices,  demands,  requests,  consents,  approvals  and  other  communications  required  or  permitted  hereunder
(“Notices”) must be in writing (except as may be agreed otherwise above with respect to borrowing requests or as otherwise provided in this
Note) and will be effective upon receipt. Notices may be given in any manner to which the parties may agree. Without limiting the foregoing,
first-class  mail,  postage  prepaid,  facsimile  transmission  and  commercial  courier  service  are  hereby  agreed  to  as  acceptable  methods  for
giving Notices. In addition, the parties agree that Notices may be sent electronically to any electronic address provided by a party from time
to  time.  Notices  may  be  sent  to  a  party’s  address  as  set  forth  above  or  to  such  other  address  as  any  party  may  give  to  the  other  for  such
purpose in accordance with this paragraph. No delay or

- 5 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

238310621 v2

omission on the Bank’s part to exercise any right or power arising hereunder will impair any such right or power or be considered a waiver of
any such right or power, nor will the Bank’s action or inaction impair any such right or power. The Bank’s rights and remedies hereunder are
cumulative  and  not  exclusive  of  any  other  rights  or  remedies  which  the  Bank  may  have  under  other  agreements,  at  law  or  in  equity.  No
modification, amendment or waiver of, or consent to any departure by the Borrower from, any provision of this Note will be effective unless
made in a writing signed by the Bank, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for
which given. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Bank may modify this Note for the purposes of completing missing content or correcting
erroneous  content,  without  the  need  for  a  written  amendment,  provided  that  the  Bank  shall  send  a  copy  of  any  such  modification  to  the
Borrower (which notice may be given by electronic mail). The Borrower agrees to pay on demand, to the extent permitted by law, all costs
and  expenses  incurred  by  the  Bank  in  the  enforcement  of  its  rights  in  this  Note  and  in  any  security  therefor,  including  without  limitation
reasonable  fees  and  expenses  of  the  Bank’s  counsel.  If  any  provision  of  this  Note  is  found  to  be  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable  in  any
respect by a court, all the other provisions of this Note will remain in full force and effect. The Borrower and all other makers and indorsers
of this Note hereby forever waive presentment, protest, notice of dishonor, notice of non-payment, notice of intent to accelerate and notice of
acceleration, and any other notice of any kind. The Borrower also waives all defenses based on suretyship or impairment of collateral. If this
Note is executed by more than one Borrower, the obligations of such persons or entities hereunder will be joint and several. This Note shall
bind the Borrower and its heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, and the benefits hereof shall inure to the benefit of the
Bank and its successors and assigns; provided, however, that the Borrower may not assign this Note in whole or in part without the Bank’s
written consent and the Bank at any time may assign this Note in whole or in part.

17.    Governing Law and Venue. This Note has been delivered to and accepted by the Bank and will be deemed to be made in the State of
New  York  (the  “State”).  This  Note  will  be  interpreted  and  the  rights  and  liabilities  of  the  Bank  and  the  Borrower  determined  in
accordance with the laws of the state, excluding its conflict of laws rules, including without limitation the Electronic Transactions Act
(or  equivalent)  in  effect  in  the  state  (or,  to  the  extent  controlling,  the  laws  of  the  United  States  Of  America,  including  without
limitation the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act). The Borrower hereby irrevocably consents to the exclusive
jurisdiction of any state or federal court in the county or judicial district in the State; provided that nothing contained in this Note will prevent
the Bank from bringing any action, enforcing any award or judgment or exercising any rights against the Borrower individually, against any
security  or  against  any  property  of  the  Borrower  within  any  other  county,  state  or  other  foreign  or  domestic  jurisdiction.  The  Borrower
acknowledges and agrees that the venue provided above is the most convenient forum for both the Bank and the Borrower. The  Borrower
waives any objection to venue and any objection based on a more convenient forum in any action instituted under this Note.

18.    Commercial Purpose. The Borrower represents that the indebtedness evidenced by this Note is being incurred by the Borrower solely
for  the  purpose  of  acquiring  or  carrying  on  a  business,  professional  or  commercial  activity,  and  not  for  personal,  family  or  household
purposes.

19.        USA  PATRIOT  Act  Notice.  To  help  the  government  fight  the  funding  of  terrorism  and  money  laundering  activities,  Federal  law
requires  all  financial  institutions  to  obtain,  verify  and  record  information  that  identifies  each  Borrower  that  opens  an  account.  What  this
means: when the Borrower opens an account, the Bank will ask for the business name, business address, taxpayer identifying number and
other  information  that  will  allow  the  Bank  to  identify  the  Borrower,  such  as  organizational  documents.  For  some  businesses  and
organizations, the Bank may also need to ask for identifying information and documentation relating to certain individuals associated with
the business or organization.

20.    Representation by Counsel. The Borrower hereby represents that it has been represented by competent counsel of its choice, or has
knowingly waived its right to use and retain counsel, in the negotiation and execution of this Note and the other Loan Documents; that it has
read  and  fully  understood  the  terms  hereof;  that  the  Borrower  and  any  retained  counsel  have  been  afforded  an  opportunity  to  review,
negotiate and modify the terms

- 6 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

238310621 v2

of this Note and the other Loan Documents; and that it intends to be bound hereby. In  accordance  with  the  foregoing,  the  general  rule  of
construction to the effect that any ambiguities in a contract are to be resolved against the party drafting the contract shall not be employed in
the construction and interpretation of this Note or any other Loan Document.

21.    Authorization to Obtain Credit Reports. By signing below, each person, who is signing in his or her individual capacity, requests and
provides written authorization to the Bank or its designee (and any assignee or potential assignee hereof) to obtain such individual’s personal
credit  profile  from  one  or  more  national  credit  bureaus.    This  authorization  extends  to  obtaining  a  credit  profile  in  (i)  considering  an
application  for  credit  that  is  evidenced,  guaranteed  or  secured  by  this  document,  (ii)  assessing  creditworthiness  and  (iii)  considering
extensions  of  credit,  including  on  an  ongoing  basis,  as  necessary  for  the  purposes  of  (a)  update,  renewal  or  extension  of  such  credit  or
additional credit, (b) reviewing, administering or collecting the resulting account and (c) reporting on the repayment and satisfaction of such
credit obligations.  By signing below, such individual further ratifies and confirms his or her prior requests and authorizations with respect to
the matters set forth herein.  For the avoidance of doubt, this provision does not apply to persons signing below in their capacities as officers
or other authorized representatives of entities, organizations or governmental bodies.

22.        Counterparts;  Electronic  Signatures  and  Records.  This  Note  and  any  other  Loan  Document  may  be  signed  in  any  number  of
counterpart  copies  and  by  the  parties  hereto  on  separate  counterparts,  but  all  such  copies  shall  constitute  one  and  the  same  instrument.
Notwithstanding any other provision herein, the Borrower agrees that this Note, the Loan Documents, any amendments thereto, and any other
information, notice, signature card, agreement or authorization related thereto (each, a “Communication”) may, at the Bank’s option, be in
the form of an electronic record. Any Communication may, at the Bank’s option, be signed or executed using electronic signatures. For the
avoidance  of  doubt,  the  authorization  under  this  paragraph  may  include,  without  limitation,  use  or  acceptance  by  the  Bank  of  a  manually
signed paper Communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into PDF format) for transmission, delivery
and/or retention.

23.    WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. The Borrower irrevocably waives any and all rights the Borrower may have to a trial by jury in
any  action,  proceeding  or  claim  of  any  nature  relating  to  this  Note,  any  documents  executed  in  connection  with  this  Note  or  any
transaction  contemplated  in  any  of  such  documents.  The  Borrower  acknowledges  that  the  foregoing  waiver  is  knowing  and
voluntary.

REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

238310621 v2

- 7 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

Revolving Line of Credit Note

[SIGNATURE PAGE]

The Borrower acknowledges that it has read and understands all the provisions of this Note, including the waiver of jury trial, and
has been advised by counsel as necessary or appropriate.

WITNESS the due execution hereof as a document under seal, as of the date first written above, with the intent to be legally
bound hereby.

LUNA INNOVATIONS INCORPORATED,
a Delaware corporation

By:     /s/ Scott A. Graeff
Name:     Scott A. Graeff
Title:     Chief Executive Officer

238310621 v2

- 8 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

LIBOR REPLACEMENT Rider

        (a)        Benchmark Replacement.  Notwithstanding  anything  to  the  contrary  in  the  Note  or  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  if  the  Bank
determines that a Benchmark Transition Event or an Early Opt-in Event has occurred, the Bank may amend the Note to replace LIBOR with
a Benchmark Replacement in accordance with the provisions of this Rider; and any such amendment shall be in writing, shall specify the
date that the Benchmark Replacement is effective and will not require any further action or consent of the Borrower. Until the Benchmark
Replacement is effective, amounts bearing interest with reference to LIBOR will continue to bear interest with reference to LIBOR; provided
however, during a Benchmark Unavailability Period such amounts automatically will bear interest at the rate and on the terms that would
have been applicable under the Note if the Bank had given notice that LIBOR had become unavailable.

    (b)    Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes. In connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement, the Bank
will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary
herein  or  in  any  other  Loan  Document,  any  amendments  implementing  such  Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes  will  become
effective without any further action or consent of the Borrower.

    (c)    Notices; Standards for Decisions and Determinations. The Bank will promptly notify the Borrower of (i) the effectiveness of any
Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes  and  (ii)  the  commencement  of  any  Benchmark  Unavailability  Period.  Any  determination,
decision  or  election  that  may  be  made  by  the  Bank  pursuant  to  this  Rider,  including  any  determination  with  respect  to  a  tenor,  rate  or
adjustment  or  of  the  occurrence  or  non-occurrence  of  an  event,  circumstance  or  date  and  any  decision  to  take  or  refrain  from  taking  any
action, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its sole discretion and without consent from the Borrower,
except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this Rider. In addition to any delivery method permitted pursuant to the terms of the
Loan Documents, the Bank may provide any amendment, notice or other communication to the Borrower hereunder electronically (including
to any electronic address that the Borrower provides to the Bank) or through an automated platform that the Bank provides to the Borrower.

    (d)    Certain Defined Terms. As used in this Rider:

“Benchmark  Replacement”  means  the  sum  of:  (a)  the  Benchmark  Replacement  Index  and  (b)  the  Benchmark  Replacement
Adjustment;  provided  that,  if  at  any  time  the  Benchmark  Replacement  as  so  determined  would  be  less  than  the  Benchmark
Replacement Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Benchmark Replacement Floor for the purposes of the
Note.

“Benchmark  Replacement  Adjustment”  means,  for  each  applicable  LIBOR-based  rate  and  tenor,  the  spread  adjustment  to  the
Benchmark  Replacement  Index,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment  (which  may  be  a  positive  or
negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Bank (a) giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a
spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment,  for  the  replacement  of  LIBOR  with  the
applicable  Benchmark  Replacement  Index  by  the  Relevant  Governmental  Body  or  (ii)  any  evolving  or  then-prevailing  market
convention  for  determining  a  spread  adjustment,  or  method  for  calculating  or  determining  such  spread  adjustment,  for  such
replacement  of  LIBOR  for  U.S.  dollar-denominated  credit  facilities  at  such  time  and  (b)  which  also  may  reflect  adjustments  to
account  for  (i)  the  effects  of  the  transition  from  LIBOR  to  the  Benchmark  Replacement  and  (ii)  yield-  or  risk-based  differences
between LIBOR and the Benchmark Replacement.

238310621 v2

- 9 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

“Benchmark Replacement Commencement Date” means the date a Benchmark Replacement has replaced LIBOR for all purposes
under the Note in accordance with this Rider.

“Benchmark  Replacement  Conforming  Changes”  means,  with  respect  to  any  Benchmark  Replacement,  any  technical,
administrative or operational changes (including, for example, changes to the definition of “Base Rate,” the definition of “LIBOR
Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest and other administrative matters) that
the Bank decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark Replacement and to permit the
administration thereof by the Bank in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Bank decides that adoption of
any  portion  of  such  market  practice  is  not  administratively  feasible  or  if  the  Bank  determines  that  no  market  practice  for  the
administration  of  the  Benchmark  Replacement  exists,  in  such  other  manner  of  administration  as  the  Bank  decides  is  reasonably
necessary in connection with the administration of the Note).

“Benchmark Replacement Floor” means the minimum rate of interest, if any, specified for LIBOR under the terms of the Note or,
if no minimum rate of interest is specified, zero.

“Benchmark Replacement Index” means the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Bank to replace LIBOR giving
due consideration to (a) any selection or recommendation of a replacement rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the
Relevant  Governmental  Body  or  (b)  any  evolving  or  then-prevailing  market  convention  for  determining  a  rate  of  interest  as  a
replacement to LIBOR for U.S. dollar-denominated credit facilities.

“Benchmark Replacement Transition Date” means the earlier to occur of the following events with respect to LIBOR:

(1)    in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public
statement  or  publication  of  information  referenced  therein  and  (b)  the  date  on  which  the  administrator  of  LIBOR
permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide LIBOR; or

(2)    in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the date of the public statement or publication

of information referenced therein.

“Benchmark Transition Event” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to LIBOR:

(1)        a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  or  on  behalf  of  the  administrator  of  LIBOR  announcing  that  such
administrator has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR, permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such
statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR;

(2)        a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  a  Governmental  Authority  having  jurisdiction  over  the  Bank,  the
regulatory  supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  LIBOR,  the  U.S.  Federal  Reserve  System,  an  insolvency  official  with
jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR, a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for LIBOR or
a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for LIBOR, which states that the
administrator of LIBOR has ceased or will cease to provide LIBOR permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time
of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide LIBOR; or

(3)        a  public  statement  or  publication  of  information  by  the  regulatory  supervisor  for  the  administrator  of  LIBOR  or  a

Governmental Authority having jurisdiction over the Bank announcing that LIBOR is no longer representative.

- 10 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

238310621 v2

“Benchmark  Unavailability  Period”  means  the  period,  if  any,  beginning  on  the  Benchmark  Replacement  Transition  Date  and
ending  on  the  Benchmark  Replacement  Commencement  Date,  it  being  understood  that  if  the  Benchmark  Replacement
Commencement Date occurs on or before the Benchmark Replacement Transition Date a Benchmark Unavailability Period will not
occur.

“Early Opt-in Event” means a determination by the Bank that U.S. dollar-denominated credit facilities being executed at such time,
or that include language similar to that contained in this Rider, are being executed or amended, as applicable, to incorporate or adopt
a new benchmark interest rate to replace LIBOR.

“Governmental  Authority”  means  the  government  of  the  United  States  of  America  or  any  other  nation,  or  of  any  political
subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other
entity  exercising  executive,  legislative,  judicial,  taxing,  regulatory  or  administrative  powers  or  functions  of  or  pertaining  to
government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank).

“LIBOR” means, for purposes of this Rider only, any interest rate that is based on the London interbank offered rate, including the
Daily LIBOR Rate.

“Relevant Governmental Body” means the Federal Reserve Board and/or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or a committee
officially  endorsed  or  convened  by  the  Federal  Reserve  Board  and/or  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of  New  York  or  any  successor
thereto.

238310621 v2

- 11 -

Form 8C (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

EXHIBIT A

    As used herein, the term “Applicable Margin” shall mean, beginning on the date hereof, two and one quarter percent (2.25%) per annum
and,  thereafter,  the  Applicable  Margin  shall  be  subject  to  adjustment  as  of  the  end  of  Borrower’s  fiscal  quarter  ending  after  the  Effective
Date,  based  on  the  Net  Leverage  Ratio  as  of  such  quarter  end  and  for  each  successive  quarter  thereafter.  Any  increase  or  decrease  in  the
Applicable  Margin  computed  as  of  a  quarter  end  shall  be  effective  on  the  date  on  which  the  Compliance  Certificate  evidencing  such
computation  is  due  to  be  delivered  under  Section  6.2(d)  of  the  Loan  Agreement.  For  the  avoidance  of  doubt,  if  the  Net  Leverage  Ratio,
measured as of the end of each fiscal quarter, is as described below, the Applicable Margin shall be the Applicable Margin appearing opposite
the corresponding Net Leverage Ratio:

Fiscal Quarter End 
Net Leverage Ratio

Applicable Margin

Net Leverage Ratio less than or equal to 0.50 to 1.00

Net Leverage Ratio greater than 0.50 to 1.00 and less
than 1.25 to 1.00

Net  Leverage  Ratio  greater  than  or  equal  to  1.25  to
1.00

1.75%

2.00%

2.25%

Bank  shall  determine  whether  any  adjustment  to  the  Applicable  Margin  is  to  be  made  quarterly,  based  on  the  Compliance  Certificate
delivered to Bank pursuant to the Loan Agreement; provided, however, that if such Compliance Certificate is not timely delivered to Bank,
then,  at  the  option  of  Bank,  an  adjustment  to  the  Applicable  Margin  shall  be  made  based  on  an  assumed  delivery  of  said  Compliance
Certificate reflecting a Net Leverage Ratio which is greater than 1.25 to 1.00; provided, further, at the option of the Bank, on and after receipt
of a notice that an Event of Default has occurred, the Default Rate may then apply as of the date of such Event of Default (as reasonably
determined by Bank) and shall continue to apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default shall cease to be continuing (and
thereafter, in each case, the Applicable Margin otherwise determined in accordance with this Exhibit A shall apply). Each such adjustment
shall apply to all Advances then existing and any made during the period for which such adjustment becomes effective.

43724954_6

Form 8A (Multistate) Rev. 9/20

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES

Luna Technologies, Inc.
Former Luna Subsidiary, Inc. (previously Advanced Photonix, Inc.)
TeraMetrix, LLC
General Photonics Corporation
OptaSense Holdings Limited
OptaSense Limited
OptaSense Inc.
OptaSense Canada Ltd.

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  have  issued  our  report  dated  March  12,  2021,  with  respect  to  the  consolidated  financial  statements  in  the  Annual  Report  of  Luna  Innovations
Incorporated  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020.  We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  of  said  report  in  the  Registration
Statements of Luna Innovations Incorporated on Form S-3 (File No. 333-191809), on Form S-4 (File No. 333-201956) and on Forms S-8 (File No. 333-
211802, File No. 333-204435, File No. 333-138745 and File No 333-239362).

/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP

Philadelphia, Pennsylvania
March 12, 2021

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Scott A. Graeff, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Luna Innovations Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2021

/s/    Scott A. Graeff      
Scott A. Graeff
President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

 
Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Eugene J. Nestro, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Luna Innovations Incorporated;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the

financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in

Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f))
for the registrant and have:

a.

b.

c.

d.

designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to
ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those
entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our
supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the
effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent
fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the

registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a.

b.

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably
likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting.

Date: March 12, 2021

/s/    Eugene J. Nestro      
Eugene J. Nestro
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.1

In connection with the annual report of Luna Innovations Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Scott A. Graeff, President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company,
certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

This certification accompanies this Report to which it relates, shall not be deemed “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (whether made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

/s/    Scott A. Graeff        
Scott A. Graeff
President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

March 12, 2021

 
CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Exhibit 32.2

In connection with to the annual report of Luna Innovations Incorporated (the “Company”) on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 as filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Eugene J. Nestro, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that to my knowledge:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

This certification accompanies this Report to which it relates, shall not be deemed “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be
incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
amended (whether made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

/s/ Eugene J. Nestro   
Eugene J. Nestro
Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial officer)

March 12, 2021